PDS Piping Component Data

Plant Design System (PDS)
Piping Component Data
Version 2011 (V12)

June 2011
DPDS3-PB-200022H
Copyright
Copyright 1984-2011 Intergraph Corporation. All Rights Reserved.
Including software, file formats, and audiovisual displays; may be used pursuant to applicable software license agreement;
contains confidential and proprietary information of Intergraph and/or third parties which is protected by copyright law, trade secret
law, and international treaty, and may not be provided or otherwise made available without proper authorization from Intergraph
Corporation.
U.S. Government Restricted Rights Legend

Use, duplication, or disclosure by the government is subject to restrictions as set forth below. For civilian agencies: This was
developed at private expense and is "restricted computer software" submitted with restricted rights in accordance with
subparagraphs (a) through (d) of the Commercial Computer Software - Restricted Rights clause at 52.227-19 of the Federal
Acquisition Regulations ("FAR") and its successors, and is unpublished and all rights are reserved under the copyright laws of the
United States. For units of the Department of Defense ("DoD"): This is "commercial computer software" as defined at DFARS
252.227-7014 and the rights of the Government are as specified at DFARS 227.7202-3.
Unpublished - rights reserved under the copyright laws of the United States.
Intergraph Corporation
P.O. Box 240000
Huntsville, AL 35813
Terms of Use
Use of this software product is subject to the End User License Agreement ("EULA") delivered with this software product unless the
licensee has a valid signed license for this software product with Intergraph Corporation. If the licensee has a valid signed license
for this software product with Intergraph Corporation, the valid signed license shall take precedence and govern the use of this
software product. Subject to the terms contained within the applicable license agreement, Intergraph Corporation gives licensee
permission to print a reasonable number of copies of the documentation as defined in the applicable license agreement and
delivered with the software product for licensee's internal, non-commercial use. The documentation may not be printed for resale or
redistribution.
Warranties and Liabilities

All warranties given by Intergraph Corporation about equipment or software are set forth in the EULA provided with the software or
applicable license for the software product signed by Intergraph Corporation, and nothing stated in, or implied by, this document or
its contents shall be considered or deemed a modification or amendment of such warranties. Intergraph believes the information in
this publication is accurate as of its publication date.
The information and the software discussed in this document are subject to change without notice and are subject to applicable
technical product descriptions. Intergraph Corporation is not responsible for any error that may appear in this document.
The software discussed in this document is furnished under a license and may be used or copied only in accordance with the terms
of this license. No responsibility is assumed by Intergraph for the use or reliability of software on equipment that is not supplied by
Intergraph or its affiliated companies. THE USER OF THE SOFTWARE IS EXPECTED TO MAKE THE FINAL EVALUATION AS
TO THE USEFULNESS OF THE SOFTWARE IN HIS OWN ENVIRONMENT.
Intergraph is not responsible for the accuracy of delivered data including, but not limited to, catalog, reference and symbol data.
Users should verify for themselves that the data is accurate and suitable for their project work.
Trademarks
Intergraph, the Intergraph logo, PDS, SmartPlant, FrameWorks, I-Convert, I-Export, I-Sketch, SmartMarine, IntelliShip, INtools,
ISOGEN, MARIAN, SmartSketch, SPOOLGEN, SupportManager, and SupportModeler are trademarks or registered trademarks of
Intergraph Corporation or its subsidiaries in the United States and other countries. Microsoft and Windows are registered
trademarks of Microsoft Corporation. Oracle, JD Edwards, PeopleSoft, and Retek are registered trademarks of Oracle Corporation
and/or its affiliates. MicroStation is a registered trademark of Bentley Systems Inc, all rights reserved. Other brands and product
names are trademarks of their respective owners.
Contents
Preface PDS ............................................................................................................................................... 15
Introduction ................................................................................................................................................ 17
Reference Data File Descriptions ......................................................................................................... 17
Piping Job Specification File Descriptions...................................................................................... 17
Non-Database Part of the Piping Job Specification ....................................................................... 18
Non-Database Part of Item Descriptions ........................................................................................ 19
Model Graphics .............................................................................................................................. 19
Design DDL .................................................................................................................................... 20
Seed File Definitions....................................................................................................................... 20
General Conventions ................................................................................................................................ 23
Variables Used in Symbols and Tables ................................................................................................ 32
Definition of Specific Variables ....................................................................................................... 32
Definition of Generic Variables ....................................................................................................... 35
Commodity Discussions ........................................................................................................................... 39
Piping Commodity Data ........................................................................................................................ 39
Basic Information ............................................................................................................................ 39
Non-parametric and Parametric Piping and Tubing (PIPING, TUBING) ........................................ 40
Valves (6Q1C) ................................................................................................................................ 43
On-line Fittings (6P2C) and In-line Fittings (6Q2C) .............................................................................. 74
Connect Point Data_GCP .............................................................................................................. 75
6Q2C01, Flange (in-line) ................................................................................................................ 80
6Q2C03, Reducing flange (in-line) (not-automatic) ........................................................................ 83
6Q2C04, Expander flange (in-line) (not-automatic) ....................................................................... 84
6Q2C06, Orifice flange (in-line) (not-automatic) ............................................................................ 84
6Q2C08, Blind flange (in-line) (not-automatic) ............................................................................... 86
6Q2C10, Open spectacle blank (in-line) (not-automatic) ............................................................... 87
6Q2C11, Closed spectacle blank (in-line) (not-automatic)............................................................. 87
6Q2C12, Blank disc (in-line) (not-automatic) ................................................................................. 87
6Q2C13, Blind spacer (in-line) (not-automatic) .............................................................................. 87
6Q2C14, Tapered spacer (in-line) (not-automatic) ........................................................................ 87
6Q2C15, Open spacer (in-line) (not-automatic) ............................................................................. 88
6Q2C16, End (in-line) (not-automatic) ........................................................................................... 88
6Q2C17, Head (in-line) (not-automatic) ......................................................................................... 88
6Q2C19, Plug (in-line) (not-automatic)........................................................................................... 89
6Q2C21, Cap (in-line) (not-automatic) ........................................................................................... 89
6Q2C23, Concentric diameter change (in-line) .............................................................................. 89
6Q2C24, Eccentric diameter change (in-line) (not-automatic) ....................................................... 89
6Q2C25, Coupling-connector (in-line) (not-automatic) .................................................................. 89
6Q2C26, Half coupling (in-line) (not-automatic) ............................................................................. 90
6Q2C27, Concentric reducer (in-line)............................................................................................. 91
6Q2C28, Eccentric reducer (in-line) (not-automatic) ...................................................................... 92
6Q2C32, Reducing coupling (in-line) (not-automatic) .................................................................... 92
6Q2C35, Concentric swage (in-line) .............................................................................................. 93
6Q2C36, Eccentric swage (in-line) (not-automatic) ....................................................................... 93
Plant Design System (PDS) Piping Component Data
Contents
6Q2C39, Union (in-line) (not-automatic) ........................................................................................ 94
6Q2C40, Orifice union (in-line) (not-automatic) ............................................................................. 94
6Q2C41, Dielectric union (in-line) (not-automatic) ......................................................................... 94
6Q2C43, Hose connection (in-line) (not-automatic) ....................................................................... 94
6Q2C44, Bushing (in-line) (not-automatic) ..................................................................................... 95
6Q2C46, Reducing insert (in-line) (not-automatic) ......................................................................... 95
6Q2C47, Pipe bend (in-line) ........................................................................................................... 95
6Q2C49, 5.625 deg elbow (in-line) (not-automatic) ....................................................................... 96
6Q2C51, 11.25 deg elbow (in-line) (not-automatic) ....................................................................... 96
6Q2C53, 22.5 deg elbow (in-line) (not-automatic) ......................................................................... 97
6Q2C55, <45 deg direction change (in-line) .................................................................................. 97
6Q2C56, 45 deg direction change (in-line) .................................................................................... 98
6Q2C57, 45 deg elbow (in-line) ...................................................................................................... 98
6Q2C59, 45 deg LR elbow (in-line) ................................................................................................ 99
6Q2C60, 45 deg long tangent elbow (in-line) ................................................................................. 99
6Q2C61, 45 deg 3D elbow (in-line) .............................................................................................. 100
6Q2C63, 45 deg union elbow (in-line) (not-automatic) ................................................................ 100
6Q2C65, 45 deg street elbow (in-line) (not-automatic) ................................................................ 100
6Q2C66, 45 deg short elbow (in-line)........................................................................................... 101
6Q2C68, 45 deg long elbow (in-line) ............................................................................................ 101
6Q2C73, 60 deg elbow (in-line) (not-automatic) .......................................................................... 101
6Q2C75, 45-90 deg direction change (in-line) ............................................................................. 101
6Q2C76, 90 deg direction change (in-line) .................................................................................. 102
6Q2C77, 90 deg elbow (in-line) .................................................................................................... 102
6Q2C79, 90 deg SR elbow (in-line).............................................................................................. 103
6Q2C80, 90 deg LR elbow (in-line) .............................................................................................. 103
6Q2C82, 90 deg LR long tangent elbow (in-line) ......................................................................... 104
6Q2C84, 90 deg reducing elbow (in-line) ..................................................................................... 104
6Q2C86, 90 deg 3D elbow (in-line) .............................................................................................. 104
6Q2C88, 90 deg union elbow (in-line) (not-automatic) ................................................................ 105
6Q2C90, 90 deg street elbow (in-line) (not-automatic) ................................................................ 105
6Q2C91, 90 deg reducing street elbow (in-line) (not-automatic) ................................................. 105
6Q2C93, 90 deg short elbow (in-line)........................................................................................... 106
6Q2C94, 90 deg long elbow (in-line) ............................................................................................ 106
On-line Fittings (6P3C) and In-line Fittings (6Q3C) ............................................................................ 106
Connect Point Data_Independent Variables ................................................................................ 107
6Q3C01, 180 deg return (in-line) (not-automatic) ........................................................................ 112
6Q3C03, 180 deg SR return (in-line) (not-automatic) .................................................................. 112
6Q3C05, 180 deg LR return (in-line) (not-automatic) ................................................................... 112
6Q3C07, 180 deg close return (in-line) (not-automatic) ............................................................... 112
6Q3C08, 180 deg medium return (in-line) (not-automatic) .......................................................... 113
6Q3C09, 180 deg open return (in-line) (not-automatic) ............................................................... 113
6Q3C14, Miter (in-line) (not-automatic) ........................................................................................ 113
6Q3C16, 45 deg miter (in-line) ..................................................................................................... 114
6Q3C18, 90 deg miter (in-line) ..................................................................................................... 115
6Q3C22, Tee (in-line) ................................................................................................................... 116
6Q3C24, Reducing branch tee (in-line) ........................................................................................ 117
6Q3C25, Reducing run and branch tee (in-line) .......................................................................... 119
6Q3C27, On-run union tee (in-line) (not-automatic) ..................................................................... 119
6Q3C28, On-branch union tee (in-line) (not-automatic) ............................................................... 119
6Q3C31, Street tee (in-line) (not-automatic) ................................................................................ 120
6Q3C34, Reducing instrument tee (in-line) (not-automatic)......................................................... 120
6Q3C36, Drip ring tee (in-line) (not-automatic) ............................................................................ 120
Contents
6Q3C38, Basin tee (in-line) .......................................................................................................... 121
6Q3C45, True Y (in-line) (not-automatic) ..................................................................................... 121
6Q3C47, Lateral (in-line) .............................................................................................................. 121
6Q3C49, Reducing branch lateral (in-line) ................................................................................... 122
6Q3C50, Reducing run and branch lateral (in-line) ...................................................................... 123
6Q3C52, 90 deg short Y-branch (in-line) (not-automatic) ............................................................ 123
6Q3C53, 90 deg reducing short Y-branch (in-line) (not-automatic) ............................................. 123
6Q3C54, 90 deg long Y-branch (in-line) (not-automatic) ............................................................. 123
6Q3C55, 90 deg reducing long Y-branch (in-line) (not-automatic) .............................................. 124
6Q3C60, Cross (in-line) (not-automatic) ...................................................................................... 124
6Q3C62, Reducing branches cross (in-line) (not-automatic) ....................................................... 125
6Q3C63, Reducing run and branches cross (in-line) (not-automatic) .......................................... 125
6Q3C64, Basin cross (in-line) (not-automatic) ............................................................................. 126
6Q3C70, Saddle (in-line) .............................................................................................................. 126
6Q3C72, Sweepolet (in-line) ........................................................................................................ 126
6Q3C73, Weldolet (in-line) ........................................................................................................... 127
6Q3C74, Sockolet (in-line) ........................................................................................................... 127
6Q3C75, Thredolet (in-line) .......................................................................................................... 128
6Q3C76, Nippolet (in-line) ............................................................................................................ 128
6Q3C77, Elbolet (in-line) (not-automatic) ..................................................................................... 129
6Q3C78, Latrolet (in-line) (not-automatic) .................................................................................... 129
6Q3C79, Endolet (in-line) (not-automatic).................................................................................... 130
6Q3C80, Reinforcing pad (in-line) ................................................................................................ 130
6Q3C82, Reinforcing weld (in-line) .............................................................................................. 132
6Q3C84, Buttweld (in-line) (not-automatic) .................................................................................. 134
6Q3C86, Full Encirclement Reinforcement Pad (In-Line) ............................................................ 134
6Q3C88, Branch nipple (in-line) (not-automatic) .......................................................................... 134
6Q3C89, In-line nipple (in-line) (not-automatic) ........................................................................... 135
6Q3C95, Gasket ........................................................................................................................... 135
6Q3C97, Stud ............................................................................................................................... 137
Fire and Safety Piping Components, On-line (6P4C), In-line (6Q4C) ................................................ 140
Connect Point Data ...................................................................................................................... 141
6Q4C01, Fire monitor (in-line) ...................................................................................................... 145
6Q4C02, Elevated fire monitor (in-line) ........................................................................................ 145
6Q4C03, Remotely operated fire monitor (in-line) ....................................................................... 145
6Q4C04, Foam monitor (in-line) ................................................................................................... 146
6Q4C05 Elevated foam monitor (in-line) ...................................................................................... 146
6Q4C06, Remotely operated foam monitor (in-line) .................................................................... 146
6Q4C10, [2-way] fire hydrant (in-line) .......................................................................................... 147
6Q4C11, [2-way] fire hydrant w/monitor nozzle (in-line) .............................................................. 147
6Q4C13, 3-way fire hydrant (in-line) ............................................................................................ 147
6Q4C24, Hose reel (in-line) .......................................................................................................... 148
6Q4C25, Hose rack station (in-line) ............................................................................................. 148
6Q4C26, Foam chamber (in-line) ................................................................................................. 148
6P4C30, Wet sprinkler (on-line) ................................................................................................... 148
6P4C31, Pre-action sprinkler (on-line) ......................................................................................... 149
6P4C32, Spray sprinkler (on-line) ................................................................................................ 149
6Q4C38, Eye wash (in-line) ......................................................................................................... 149
6Q4C39, Safety shower (in-line) .................................................................................................. 149
6Q4C40, Safety shower and eye wash (in-line) ........................................................................... 149
6Q4C60, [2-way] siamese (in-line) ............................................................................................... 150
6Q4C66, [2-way] 90 deg siamese (in-line) ................................................................................... 150
In-Line Bio-Pharmaceutical Components (6Q5P) ............................................................................... 150
Contents
Bio-Pharmaceutical Specification Components ........................................................................... 150
Bio-Pharmaceutical Operators ..................................................................................................... 160
Bio-Pharmaceutical Specialty Components ................................................................................. 161
Piping Specialty Components, On-line (6P6C) , In-line (6Q6C) ......................................................... 163
Named and Unamed Specialties .................................................................................................. 165
Connect Point Data ...................................................................................................................... 165
6Q6C01, Flame arrestor (in-line) (PID piping comp type 513)................................................... 168
6Q6C03, Hammer arrestor (in-line) (PID piping comp type 515) ............................................... 168
6Q6C04, Vent silencer (in-line) (PID piping comp type 516) ..................................................... 168
6Q6C05, In-line silencer (in-line) (PID piping comp type 517) ................................................... 168
6Q6C07, Exhaust head (in-line) (PID piping comp type 519) .................................................... 169
6Q6C09, Breather vent (in-line) (PID piping comp type 521) .................................................... 169
6Q6C11, Free vent w/o screen (in-line) (PID piping comp type 523) ........................................ 169
6Q6C12, Free vent w/screen (in-line) (PID piping comp type 524) ........................................... 169
6Q6C13, Motor operated valve (in-line) (with operator) ............................................................. 169
6Q6C15, Mixing T (in-line) (PID piping comp type 527) ............................................................ 169
6P6C17, Spray nozzle (on-line) (PID piping comp type 529) .................................................... 169
6Q6C21, Removable spool (in-line) (PID piping comp type 533) .............................................. 170
6Q6C23, Swing elbow (in-line) (PID piping comp type 535) ...................................................... 170
6Q6C28, Expansion joint (in-line) (PID piping comp type 540).................................................. 170
6Q6C30, Hinged expansion joint (in-line) (PID piping comp type 542) ..................................... 170
6Q6C32, Swivel joint (in-line) (PID piping comp type 544) ........................................................ 170
6Q6C34, Mechanical coupling (in-line) (PID piping comp type 546) ......................................... 171
6Q6C36, Flexible hose (in-line) (PID piping comp type 548) ..................................................... 171
6Q6C40, Sample cooler (in-line) (PID piping comp type 552) ................................................... 172
6Q6C45, Single basket strainer (in-line) (PID piping comp type 557) ....................................... 172
6Q6C47, Duplex basket strainer (in-line with operator) (PID piping comp type
559)............................................................................................................................................... 172
6Q6C49, T strainer (in-line) (PID piping comp type 561) ........................................................... 172
6Q6C51, Y strainer (in-line) (PID piping comp type 563) ........................................................... 173
6Q6C52, Temporary strainer (in-line) (PID piping comp type 564) ........................................... 173
6Q6C53, Basket strainer (in-line) (PID piping comp type 565) .................................................. 173
6Q6C55, Cone strainer (in-line) (PID piping comp type 567) .................................................... 174
6Q6C57, Flat plate strainer (in-line) (PID piping comp type 569) .............................................. 174
6Q6C59, Sump strainer (in-line) (PID piping comp type 571).................................................... 174
6Q6C64, Filter (in-line) (PID piping comp type 576) .................................................................. 174
6Q6C70, Steam trap (in-line) (PID piping comp type 582) ........................................................ 174
6Q6C71, Float steam trap (in-line) (PID piping comp type 583) ................................................ 174
6Q6C72, Inverted bucket steam trap (in-line) (PID piping comp type 584) ............................... 174
6Q6C74, Thermostatic steam trap (in-line) (PID piping comp type 586) ................................... 174
6Q6C76, Thermodynamic steam trap (in-line) (PID piping comp type 588) .............................. 174
6Q6C78, Impulse steam trap (in-line) (PID piping comp type 590) ........................................... 174
6Q6C99, Generic component (in-line) (PID piping comp type 611) .......................................... 175
Instrument Specialty Discussions ....................................................................................................... 175
Signal Lines (7N2A) ...................................................................................................................... 176
Control Valves and Regulators (7P1E) ........................................................................................ 176
Relief Devices (7P2C) .................................................................................................................. 186
Other in-line Instruments (7P3C) .................................................................................................. 191
Off-Line Instruments (7Q4D) ........................................................................................................ 201
Miscellaneous ..................................................................................................................................... 218
Valve Operators and Actuators .................................................................................................... 219
Piping Connectors ........................................................................................................................ 228
6Q3C83, Non-radial Reinforcing Weld ......................................................................................... 229
Contents
Assemblies .......................................................................................................................................... 230
In-line Piping Macrocomponents (6N8C) ..................................................................................... 230
On-line Piping Macrocomponents (6P8C) .................................................................................... 230
Symbols .................................................................................................................................................... 231
Piping Commodity Symbols ................................................................................................................ 231
Piping Commodity Symbol Legend .............................................................................................. 231
Piping Commodity Symbol P1 ...................................................................................................... 232
Piping Commodity Symbol V1 ...................................................................................................... 233
Piping Commodity Symbol V2A ................................................................................................... 235
Piping Commodity Symbol V2B ................................................................................................... 235
Piping Commodity Symbol V11 .................................................................................................... 240
Piping Commodity Symbol F1A .................................................................................................... 260
Piping Commodity Symbol F4 ...................................................................................................... 261
Piping Commodity Symbol F10_1 ................................................................................................ 264
Piping Commodity Symbol F13 .................................................................................................... 266
Piping Commodity Symbol F14A .................................................................................................. 267
Piping Commodity Symbol F14B .................................................................................................. 268
Piping Commodity Symbol F17D ................................................................................................. 269
Contents
Piping Commodity Symbol F47A .................................................................................................. 280
Piping Commodity Symbol F101 .................................................................................................. 283
Piping Commodity Symbol F114A ................................................................................................ 284
Piping Commodity Symbol F114B ................................................................................................ 285
Piping Commodity Symbol F114C ............................................................................................... 286
Piping Commodity Symbol F114D ............................................................................................... 287
Piping Commodity Symbol F122_1 .............................................................................................. 288
Piping Commodity Symbol F122_2 .............................................................................................. 289
Piping Commodity Symbol F180F ................................................................................................ 306
Fire and Safety Symbols ..................................................................................................................... 313
Fire and Safety Symbol FS1A ...................................................................................................... 313
Fire and Safety Symbol FS2B ...................................................................................................... 313
Fire and Safety Symbol FS10A .................................................................................................... 314
Fire and Safety Symbol FS10B .................................................................................................... 314
Fire and Safety Symbol FS66A338 .............................................................................................. 320
Contents
Fire and Safety Symbol T-FS1A ................................................................................................... 321
Fire and Safety Symbol T-FS2B ................................................................................................... 321
Fire and Safety Symbol T-FS10A ................................................................................................. 322
Piping Specialty Symbols .................................................................................................................... 323
Piping Specialty Symbol S1AC .................................................................................................... 323
Piping Specialty Symbol S1BZ ..................................................................................................... 324
Piping Specialty Symbol S3AZ ..................................................................................................... 324
Piping Specialty Symbol S4AC .................................................................................................... 325
Piping Specialty Symbol S11BZ ................................................................................................... 326
Piping Specialty Symbol S13AZ ................................................................................................... 327
Piping Specialty Symbol S28BZ ................................................................................................... 328
Piping Specialty Symbol S32BC .................................................................................................. 328
Piping Specialty Symbol S49AC .................................................................................................. 329
Instrument Specialty Symbols ............................................................................................................. 333
Instrument Specialty Symbol I3AZ ............................................................................................... 333
Instrument Specialty Symbol I11AZ ............................................................................................. 335
Instrument Specialty Symbol I106BZ ........................................................................................... 340
Instrument Specialty Symbol I120AZ ........................................................................................... 342
Instrument Specialty Symbol I201CZ ........................................................................................... 343
Contents
Instrument Specialty Symbol I324CZ ........................................................................................... 347
Instrument Specialty Symbol I324DZ ........................................................................................... 348
Instrument Specialty Symbol I324EZ ........................................................................................... 348
Instrument Specialty Symbol I324FZ ........................................................................................... 349
Miscellaneous Symbols ...................................................................................................................... 349
Miscellaneous Symbol OP3 ......................................................................................................... 349
Miscellaneous Symbol OP9373 ................................................................................................... 351
Miscellaneous Symbol OP_251 ................................................................................................... 351
Miscellaneous Symbol A1003 ...................................................................................................... 368
Miscellaneous Symbol S2003 ...................................................................................................... 370
Miscellaneous Symbol S3003 ...................................................................................................... 371
Bio-Pharmaceutical SpecificationComponent Symbols ...................................................................... 371
Bio-Pharm Specification Component Symbol FERR ................................................................... 371
10
Contents
Bio-Pharm Specification Component Symbol FERS .................................................................... 372
Bio-Pharm Specification Component Symbol CAPT .................................................................... 372
Bio-Pharm Specification Component Symbol CAPSE ................................................................. 373
Bio-Pharm Specification Component Symbol HA ........................................................................ 373
Bio-Pharm Specification Component Symbol FA ......................................................................... 374
Bio-Pharm Specification Component Symbol FAS ...................................................................... 374
Bio-Pharm Specification Component Symbol MA ........................................................................ 375
Bio-Pharm Specification Component Symbol MAR ..................................................................... 375
Bio-Pharm Specification Component Symbol B90T ..................................................................... 376
Bio-Pharm Specification Component Symbol B90TC .................................................................. 377
Bio-Pharm Specification Component Symbol B90C .................................................................... 378
Bio-Pharm Specification Component Symbol B45T ..................................................................... 379
Bio-Pharm Specification Component Symbol B45TC .................................................................. 379
Bio-Pharm Specification Component Symbol B45C .................................................................... 380
Bio-Pharm Specification Component Symbol R180R .................................................................. 380
Bio-Pharm Specification Component Symbol R180C .................................................................. 381
Bio-Pharm Specification Component Symbol TT ......................................................................... 381
Bio-Pharm Specification Component Symbol TTRB .................................................................... 382
Bio-Pharm Specification Component Symbol TCB ...................................................................... 383
Bio-Pharm Specification Component Symbol TRCB ................................................................... 384
Bio-Pharm Specification Component Symbol TSCB .................................................................... 385
Bio-Pharm Specification Component Symbol TRSCB ................................................................. 385
Bio-Pharm Specification Component Symbol TICB ..................................................................... 386
Bio-Pharm Specification Component Symbol TSCR ................................................................... 386
Bio-Pharm Specification Component Symbol XT ......................................................................... 387
Bio-Pharm Specification Component Symbol XTRB .................................................................... 388
Bio-Pharm Specification Component Symbol XC ........................................................................ 389
Bio-Pharm Specification Component Symbol TC ........................................................................ 390
Bio-Pharm Specification Component Symbol TCR ...................................................................... 391
Bio-Pharm Specification Component Symbol TCSB .................................................................... 392
Bio-Pharm Specification Component Symbol TCRSB ................................................................. 392
Bio-Pharm Specification Component Symbol TCI ....................................................................... 393
Bio-Pharm Specification Component Symbol RCP ...................................................................... 393
Bio-Pharm Specification Component Symbol RCCL ................................................................... 394
Bio-Pharm Specification Component Symbol RCC ..................................................................... 394
Bio-Pharm Specification Component Symbol REP ...................................................................... 395
Bio-Pharm Specification Component Symbol RECL .................................................................... 395
Bio-Pharm Specification Component Symbol REC ...................................................................... 396
Bio-Pharm Specification Component Symbol CHA ...................................................................... 396
Bio-Pharm Specification Component Symbol C2HD ................................................................... 397
Bio-Pharm Specification Component Symbol C3HD ................................................................... 397
Bio-Pharm Specification Component Symbol CPAN ................................................................... 397
Bio-Pharm Specification Component Symbol CPHB ................................................................... 398
Bio-Pharm Specification Component Symbol CA ........................................................................ 398
Bio-Pharm Specification Component Symbol CSJ ...................................................................... 398
Bio-Pharm Specification Component Symbol CHD ..................................................................... 399
Bio-Pharm Specification Component Symbol VS2D .................................................................... 399
Bio-Pharmaceutical Operators ............................................................................................................ 401
Bio-Pharm Operator Symbol SOP_3 ............................................................................................ 401
Bio-Pharm Operator Symbol SOP_42 .......................................................................................... 402
Bio-Pharmaceutical Specialty Components ........................................................................................ 403
Bio-Pharm Specialty Component Symbol R180B ........................................................................ 403
Bio-Pharm Specialty Component Symbol R180S ........................................................................ 404
11
Contents
Bio-Pharm Specialty Component Symbol VSDTP ....................................................................... 404
Bio-Pharm Specialty Component Symbol VSDTC ....................................................................... 405
Bio-Pharm Specialty Component Symbol VSCCB ....................................................................... 405
Bio-Pharm Specialty Component Symbol VSCCBU425 .............................................................. 405
Bio-Pharm Specialty Component Symbol VS3WD ...................................................................... 406
Bio-Pharm Specialty Component Symbol VS4WD ...................................................................... 407
Details Assumed ................................................................................................................................. 407
Detail V1 ....................................................................................................................................... 407
Detail V2 ....................................................................................................................................... 408
Detail V3 ....................................................................................................................................... 408
Detail V4 ....................................................................................................................................... 409
Detail V5 ....................................................................................................................................... 409
Detail V7 ....................................................................................................................................... 410
Detail V8 ....................................................................................................................................... 410
Detail H1 ....................................................................................................................................... 411
Detail H2 ....................................................................................................................................... 411
Detail H3 ....................................................................................................................................... 412
Detail H4 ....................................................................................................................................... 412
Detail F1 ....................................................................................................................................... 413
Detail F2 ....................................................................................................................................... 413
Detail F4 ....................................................................................................................................... 414
Detail F7 ....................................................................................................................................... 414
Detail F8 ....................................................................................................................................... 415
Detail P1 ....................................................................................................................................... 415
Detail P2 ....................................................................................................................................... 416
Detail P3 ....................................................................................................................................... 416
Detail P4 ....................................................................................................................................... 417
Detail P5 ....................................................................................................................................... 417
Detail P7 ....................................................................................................................................... 418
Detail P8 ....................................................................................................................................... 418
Detail P9 ....................................................................................................................................... 419
Detail T1 ....................................................................................................................................... 419
Detail T ......................................................................................................................................... 420
Detail T4 ....................................................................................................................................... 420
Detail L1 ....................................................................................................................................... 421
Detail L2 ....................................................................................................................................... 421
Detail L4 ....................................................................................................................................... 422
Detail L7 ....................................................................................................................................... 423
Detail L8 ....................................................................................................................................... 424
Piping and Instrument Symbol Notes ................................................................................................. 425
Assembly Notes .................................................................................................................................. 432
Commodity Code Descriptions .............................................................................................................. 435
Commodity Code Matrix ..................................................................................................................... 435
Flanged and Miscellaneous Fittings ................................................................................................... 436
Completing Materials .......................................................................................................................... 441
Fire and Safety Components .............................................................................................................. 442
Steam Specialties ............................................................................................................................... 443
Flanges ............................................................................................................................................... 446
Flanged Fittings................................................................................................................................... 453
Strainer Specialties ............................................................................................................................. 459
Instrument Specialties ......................................................................................................................... 465
Pipe Supports...................................................................................................................................... 475
12
Contents
Labor Codes........................................................................................................................................ 488
Miscellaneous Wetted Fittings ............................................................................................................ 496
Miscellaneous Non-Wetted Fittings .................................................................................................... 497
Tubing and Hose ................................................................................................................................. 499
Pipe ..................................................................................................................................................... 504
Socket Fittings..................................................................................................................................... 516
Tubing Fittings..................................................................................................................................... 518
Socketwelded Fittings ......................................................................................................................... 524
Threaded Fittings ................................................................................................................................ 527
Underground Fittings .......................................................................................................................... 532
Valves ................................................................................................................................................. 535
Welded Fittings ................................................................................................................................... 551
Gaskets ............................................................................................................................................... 559
Bolting ................................................................................................................................................. 566
Calculations From ANSI-B31.1 and ANSI-B31.3 ................................................................................... 573
Codelists................................................................................................................................................... 577
General Comments ............................................................................................................................. 579
Comments Specific to Units of Measure Codelist Sets ...................................................................... 579
CL31, Object Types for Orthographic Drawings (40).......................................................................... 581
CL35, Approval Status (10) ................................................................................................................. 583
CL36, Structural Approval Status (15) ................................................................................................ 583
CL37, HVAC Approval Status (10)...................................................................................................... 584
CL50, Hold Status (10) ....................................................................................................................... 584
CL69, Equipment Divisions/Form Code (99) ...................................................................................... 584
CL125, Fluid Code/Connector Type (999) .......................................................................................... 585
CL130, Construction Status (15) ......................................................................................................... 589
CL145, Materials Grade (4500) .......................................................................................................... 589
CL148, Piping Materials Class Description (31999) ........................................................................... 625
CL160, Responsibility (25) .................................................................................................................. 636
CL180, Fabrication Category (99)....................................................................................................... 636
CL190, Coating Requirements (99) .................................................................................................... 637
CL200, Heat Tracing Requirements (10) ............................................................................................ 637
CL210, Heat Tracing Media (60) ......................................................................................................... 638
CL220, Insulation Purpose (40) .......................................................................................................... 639
CL230, Cleaning Requirements (99) .................................................................................................. 639
CL330, CP Type/Termination/Preparation (999) ................................................................................ 639
CL332, Schedule / Thickness Override .............................................................................................. 643
CL340, Safety Classification (99)........................................................................................................ 645
CL360, Stress Analysis Requirements (15) ........................................................................................ 645
CL365, Reporting Requirements (25) ................................................................................................. 645
CL366, Requirement to Reconstruct (10) ........................................................................................... 646
CL380, Piping Component Type (2500) ............................................................................................. 646
CL390, Action (40) .............................................................................................................................. 655
CL400, Option (999) ........................................................................................................................... 655
CL420, Piping Component Type/Source (25) ..................................................................................... 664
CL425, Piping/Tubing Type (25) ......................................................................................................... 664
CL430, Instrument Component Type/Source (25) .............................................................................. 664
CL499, Piping Notes (999) .................................................................................................................. 664
CL530, Accessory/Item Type (125) .................................................................................................... 667
CL550, Operator/Actuator Type (200) ................................................................................................ 667
CL570, Design Standard (200) ........................................................................................................... 669
13
Contents
CL572, Wall Thickness Equation ........................................................................................................ 669
CL575, Geometry Standard (31999)................................................................................................... 669
CL576, Table Suffix/End Standard - Green (999) ............................................................................... 684
CL577, Table Suffix/End Standard - Red (999) .................................................................................. 688
CL578, Weight Code (399) ................................................................................................................. 692
CL990, Types of Piping Commodity Data Forms ............................................................................... 694
CL999, Standard Note Title (2000) ..................................................................................................... 695
CL1010, Area Units (25) ..................................................................................................................... 696
CL1028, Mass Units (40) .................................................................................................................... 697
CL1056, Temperature Units (15) ........................................................................................................ 697
CL1064, Pressure Units (40) .............................................................................................................. 698
CL1074, Density Units (35) ................................................................................................................. 699
CL1100, Weld Type (100) ................................................................................................................... 699
CL1162, Force Units (40) .................................................................................................................... 699
CL1201, Drawing Scale (540) ............................................................................................................. 700
CL1202, Drawing Size (199) ............................................................................................................... 700
CL1203, Interference Manager Approval Status (99) ......................................................................... 700
CL1204, Interference Clash Type ....................................................................................................... 700
CL1205, Interference Manager Action (10) ........................................................................................ 703
CL1207, Interference Manager Approval Method (10) ....................................................................... 703
CL1208, Clash Checking Option......................................................................................................... 703
CL1209, Clash Checking Volume Filter Option .................................................................................. 703
CL1310, Report Source (99) ............................................................................................................... 703
CL1312, Report Type (999) ................................................................................................................ 703
CL1410, Design Review Type (10) ..................................................................................................... 704
CL1605, Model Status ........................................................................................................................ 704
CL1610, Force Units for FrameWorks Plus (40) ................................................................................. 704
CL1620, Drawing View Directions (7) ................................................................................................. 705
CL1630, Drawing View Composition Status (4) .................................................................................. 705
CL1710, Document Source (99) ......................................................................................................... 705
CL1720, Document Type (999) ........................................................................................................... 706
CL1900, Isometric Drawing Type ........................................................................................................ 708
CL2000, PD_Draw Document Type (999) .......................................................................................... 709
Index ......................................................................................................................................................... 711
14
Preface PDS
This document provides command reference information and procedural instructions for the Plant
Design System (PDS) Piping Component Data task.
List of PDS Documentation
DPDS3-PB-200003 - DesignReview Integrator (PD_Review) Reference Guide

DPDS3-PB-200004 - Drawing Manager (PD_Draw) User's Guide
DPDS3-PB-200005 - EE Raceway Modeling Reference Guide
DPDS3-PB-200006 - Interference Checker/Manager (PD_Clash) User's Guide
DPDS3-PB-200010 - PDS 3D Theory User's Guide
DPDS3-PB-200013 - PDS EDEN Interface Reference Guide Volume I : Piping
DPDS3-PB-200015 - PDS Equipment Modeling (PD_EQP) User's Guide
DPDS3-PB-200017 - PDS ISOGEN Reference Guide, Vol. 1
DPDS3-PB-200022 - PDS Piping Component Data Reference Guide
DPDS3-PB-200023 - PDS Project Setup Technical Reference
DPDS3-PB-200025 - PDS Stress Analysis Interface (PD_Stress) User's Guide
DPDS3-PB-200026 - Pipe Supports Modeler Reference Guide
DPDS3-PB-200028 - Piping Design Graphics (PD_Design) Reference Guide
DPDS3-PB-200030 - Project Administrator (PD_Project) Reference Guide
DPDS3-PB-200033 - Project Engineer HVAC (PE-HVAC) Reference Guide
DPDS3-PB-200034 - Reference Data Manager (PD_Data) Reference Guide
DPDS3-PB-200035 - Report Manager (PD_Report) User's Guide
DPDS3-PB-200041 - PDS EDEN Interface Reference Guide Volume 2 : Equipment
DPDS3-PB-200042 - PDS EDEN Interface Reference Guide Volume 3 : Pipe Supports
DPDS3-PE-200016 - PDS Express Project Creation Quick Start Guide
DPDS3-PE-200052 - PDS Ortho Draw User's Guide
DPDS3-PE-200029 - Piping Model Builder (PD_Model) Reference Guide
DPDS3-PE-200031 - Project Engineer HVAC Getting Started Guide
DPDS3-PE-200032 - Project Engineer HVAC Overview
DPDS3-PE-200045 - PDS Label Library Merger Utility
DPDS3-PE-200047 - PDS Reference Data Auditing Tool
DPDS3-PE-200048 - Pipe Supports Explorer Utility
DPDS3-PE-200050 - Batch Services Quick Start Guide
DPDS3-PE-200051 - Batch Services User's Guide
15
SECTION 1
Introduction
This document explains the basis used in developing the Reference Data required for the
execution of the Piping Task.
See Also
Reference Data File Descriptions (on page 17)
Piping Job Specification File Descriptions (on page 17)
Non-Database Part of the Piping Job Specification (on page 18)
Non-Database Part of Item Descriptions (on page 19)
Model Graphics (on page 19)
Design DDL (on page 20)
Seed File Definitions (on page 20)
Reference Data File Descriptions

The files containing the piping reference data are delivered with the PDS product. Practice
independent data is delivered with PD_Shell in the directory c:\win32app\ingr\pdshell\lib. Practice
dependent data is delivered with RDUSRDB in the directory c:\win32app\ingr\rdusrdb.
Piping Job Specification File Descriptions

The files involved and a short description are given below. Refer to the description of the Piping
Job Specification in the Reference Data Manager (PD_Data) Reference Guide, for detailed
explanations.
c:\win32app\ingr\rdusrdb\spec_data\
This directory contains neutral files in the format required for definition. It includes definitions
made in the tables listed below:
Piping Materials Class Table (classes.pmc)
Piping Commodities Tables (*.pcd)
Taps Tables (taps.data)
c:\win32app\ingr\pdshell\
This is the database definition for the applicable database. The relational database holds the
information that constitutes the Piping Job Specification. The following database tables form
this database.
201 Piping Materials Class Data
202 Piping Commodity Specification Data
203 Piping Specialty Specification Data
204 Instrument Component Specification Data
205 Tap Properties Data
211 Piping Commodity Size-Dependent Material Data
212 Piping Commodity Implied Material Data
221 Reference Database Revision Management Data
231 Component Insulation Exclusion Data
232 Flange Insulation Exclusion Data
233 Piping Construction Tolerance Exclusion Data
17
Introduction
240
241
242
243
Pipe Support Family

Pipe Support Commodity Data
Pipe Support Material Reference
Pipe Support Material Description Data
Non-Database Part of the Piping Job Specification

The files involved and a short description are given below. Refer to the Reference Data Manager
(PD_Data) Reference Guide for more information on these tables. Also refer to the Appendix
Codelists for detailed explanations about codelist sets.
c:\win32app\ingr\rdusrdb\us_pjstb.l.t
This library file contains data in the format required for definition and revision. It includes
definitions made in the tables listed below:
Commodity_Item_Name Table
Bend_Deflection Table
Pipe Run Length Table
Pipe Length Table
Gasket_Cmdty_Code_Gkt Table
Bolt_Length Table
Bolt_Cmdty_Code_Blt Table
Weld_Type Table
Field_Fit_Length Table
Default_End_Prep Table
Temperature-Pressure Tables
Diameters Tables
Thicknesses Tables
Materials Tables
Branches Tables
Gasket Gaps Tables
Fluid Code Tables
MTO Tables and Functions
c:\win32app\ingr\rdusrdb\us_pjstb.l
This library file contains data in the format required for execution by the task. It includes data
from all the sources listed in the description of the c:\win32app\ingr\rdusrdb\us_pjstb.l file.
c:\win32app\ingr\pdshell\lib\std_note.l.t
This file contains data in the format required for definition and revision. It includes all the
codelist sets used in the Piping Task.
c:\win32app\ingr\pdshell\lib\std_note.l
This library file contains data in the format required for execution by the task.
18
Introduction
Non-Database Part of Item Descriptions

The files involved and a short description are given below. Refer to the description of the Material
Description Library and Label Description Library in the Reference Data Manager (PD_Data)
Reference Guide for detailed explanations.
c:\win32app\ingr\rdusrdb\us_shbom.l
This library file contains data in the format required for execution by the task. It includes:
The short descriptions for piping commodities, including those for implied components, as
a function of the commodity codes assigned to them in the piping materials classes.
The descriptions of all the tap codes.
c:\win32app\ingr\rdusrdb\us_lgbom.l
This library file contains data in the format required for execution by the task. It provides the
long descriptions for piping commodities, including those for implied components, as a
function of the commodity codes assigned to them in the Piping Materials Classes.
c:\win32app\ingr\pdshell\lib\labels.l
This library file contains data in the format required for execution by the task. It provides the
label definitions required for the execution of the Piping Task, including the preparation of
orthographic and isometric drawings.
These libraries do not have text libraries associated with them.
Model Graphics
The files involved and a short description are given below. Refer to the description of the Graphic
Commodity Library in the Reference Data Manager (PD_Data) Reference Guide for detailed
explanations.
c:\win32app\ingr\rdusrdb\us_pcdim.l.t
This file contains data in the format required for definition and revision. It includes all the
tables required to provide dimensions, surface area and weight data to the Piping Task during
interactive execution of the task. In addition to generic data, it includes specific data about:
Plain piping components
Valves
Fittings
Fire and safety components
Miscellaneous piping commodity components, including valve operators
c:\win32app\ingr\rdusrdb\us_pcdim.l
from all the sources listed in the description of c:\win32app\ingr\rdusrdb\us_pcdim.l.t.
c:\win32app\ingr\pdshell\lib\assembly.l.t
This file contains data in the format required for definition and revision. It includes the
definitions of all assemblies available for use with the task.
c:\win32app\ingr\pdshell\lib\assembly.l
from all the assemblies included in c:\win32app\ingr\pdshell\lib\assembly.l.t.
19
Introduction
Design DDL
The file involved and a short description are given below.
c:\win32app\ingr\pdshell\ddl\design.ddl
This is the database definition of the relational database for the Design portion of the Piping
Task.
Seed File Definitions

The definitions that follow have been applied to the project seed files.
Description
Files(s)
Piping Job Specification

Piping Job Specification
c:\win32app\ingr\rdusrdb\spec_data\*
Alphanumeric Commodity Data
c:\win32app\ingr\pddata\sample\data\pcd_size.d
ata
Piping Job Specification Tables
c:\win32app\ingr\rdusrdb\us_pjstb.l
Notes
c:\win32app\ingr\pdshell\lib\std_note.l
Item Descriptions
Piping Commodities Short
Descriptions
c:\win32app\ingr\rdusrdb\us_shbom.l
Piping Commodities Long

Descriptions
c:\win32app\ingr\rdusrdb\us_lgbom.l
Piping Specialties, Pipe Supports

and Instrument Descriptions
c:\win32app\ingr\rdusrdb\us_spbom.l
Labels
c:\win32app\ingr\pdshell\lib\labels.l
Graphic Commodity Library

Eden modules
c:\win32app\ingr\pdshell\lib\pip_gcom.l
Commodity Dimension Tables
c:\win32app\ingr\rdusrdb\us_pcdim.l
Assemblies
c:\win32app\ingr\pdshell\lib\assembly.l
Miscellaneous
20
Color Table
c:\wc:\win32app\ingr\pdshell\seedz\*sdz.dgnin3
2app\ingr\pdshell\color\*
Model Seed File
c:\win32app\ingr\pdshell\seedz\*sdz.dgn
Introduction
Description
Files(s)
Report Formats
c:\win32app\ingr\pdreport\sample\*.fmt
c:\win32app\ingr\pddata\sample\format\*.fmt
c:\win32app\ingr\pdprojec\sample\*.fmt
c:\win32app\ingr\pdclash\sample\*.fmt
21
APPENDIX A
General Conventions
Unless otherwise indicated in this document, values for "specific" and "generic" parameters
will be stored in tables whose names are derived from parameters in the Piping Job
Specification.
Table names often use the character "_".
Any number of comments may be included in a table, using the convention described below:
Blank lines are allowed without limits. No special character is required to define their
presence.
Any number of lines with comments may be included. Each comment line must be
preceded by an "!". Comments are disregarded by the system.
The following comments are specific to the Piping Job Specification Table, to the Piping
Commodities Table and to the Taps Table:
Columns in the table may be separated by either single or double spaces. The following
comments apply:
If single spacing is preferred, a line with the following format is required:
Single_Spacing
Entries in the columns must be made without blank spaces.
If double spacing is preferred, a line with the following format is required:
Double_Spacing
Entries in the columns may have up to one blank space in them.
A sequence line will define the contents of each column in the table. This will be done by
identifying the attribute number from the applicable entity and DDL covered by each column.
Attributes that are not included in the table will be defined by preceding them with an "*". An
example is:
Sequence= 1 2 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 *3 *4
The spacing between the entries in the above order statement must be either single or double
depending upon whether the single or double format applies to the table. This includes the
space between "=" and the first number in the statement.
Units will be defined for each column of a table as the applicable of the codes shown below.
The indicated upper/lower case convention should be respected.
Measurement
Type
Unit Name Code
Angle
Degrees
DEG
Angle between runs
Degrees
DEC
Area
Square feet
FT2
Area
Square inches
IN2
Area
Square miles
Area
Area
Square yards
Square centimeters
MI2
YD2
SCM
23
General Conventions
Measurement
Type
Unit Name Code
Area
Square kilometers
Codelisted attributes
INT
Density
Grams per cubic meter
GCM3
Density
Kilograms per cubic

decimeter
KG_DM3
Density
Kilograms per liter
Density
Kilopounds (kips) per

cubic foot
Density
Kilopounds (kips) per inch KLB_IN
Density
Kilopounds (kips) per foot KLB_FT
KG_L
KIPFT3
Density
Pounds per cubic foot
Density
Pounds per UK gallon

LB_
UKGAL
Density
Pounds per US gallon

LB_
USGAL
Density
Kilograms per cubic

meter
KGM3
Insulation Thickness
24
SKM
Inches
LBF3
IN
Insulation Thickness
Millimeters
MM
Length
Inches
IN
Length
Inches (decimal) I
N_DEC
Length
Millimeters (decimal)
MM_DEC
Mass
Grams
Mass
Grains
GRAIN
Mass
Kilograms
KG
Mass
Milligrams
MG
Mass
Tons (UK)
UKTON
Mass
Tons (US)
USTON
Nominal diameter
Inches
NPD_IN
Nominal diameter
Millimeters
NPD_MM
Pressure
Atmospheres
ATM
Pressure
Bars (Absolute)
BAR
Pressure
Bars (Gauge)
BAR_G
Pressure
Inches of water
INH2O
General Conventions
Measurement
Type
Unit Name Code
Pressure
Inches of water at 32
degrees F
INH2O_32F
Pressure
Inches of mercury
INHG
Pressure
Inches of mercury at 32
degrees F
INHG_32F
Pressure
Kilograms per square

centimeter
KG_CM2
Pressure
Kilograms per square

centimeter (absolute)
KG_CM2_A
Pressure
Kilogram-force per meter KGF_M
Pressure
Kilogram-force per
millimeter
KGF_MM
Pressure
Kilonewtons per meter
KN_M
Pressure
Kilonewtons per
millimeter
KN_MM
Pressure
Kilopascals (Gauge)
KPA_G
Pressure
Pounds per foot
LB_FT
Pressure
Pounds per inch
LB_IN
Pressure
Millimeters of water
MMH2O
Pressure
Millimeters of mercury
(Torr)
MMHG
Pressure
Megapascals (Gauge)
MPA_G
Pressure
Newtons per meter
N_M
Pressure
Newtons per millimeter
N_MM
Pressure
Pascals (Gauge)
PAG
Pressure
Pounds per square inch

(Gauge)
PSIG
Density
Tons (US) per cubic foot
USTONFT3
Rating
RAT (CLXXX and XXX#

will be expressed as
XXX)
Schedule/Thickness
Inches
SC_TH_IN
Schedule/Thickness
Millimeters
SC_TH_MM
Stress
Pounds per square inch
PSI
Stress
Pascals (Absolute)
PA
Stress
Kilopascals (Absolute)
KPA
25
General Conventions
26
Measurement
Type
Unit Name Code
Stress
Megapascals (Absolute)
MPA
Surface area
Square feet
SF
Surface area
Square meters
SM
Surface area
Square millimeters
SMM
Surface area/unit
Square feet per foot
SFF
Surface area/unit
Square meters per meter SM_M
Surface area/unit
Square millimeters per

meter
SMM_M
Temperature
Degrees Celsius
DC
Temperature
Degrees Fahrenheit
DF
Temperature
Degrees Kelvin
DK
Temperature
Degrees Rankin
DR
Unitless alphanumeric
AN*XX (where "XX"

defines the number of
characters)
Unitless floating point

value
REAL (same as DEC)
Unitless integer
INT
Unitless real number
DEC
Weight
Pounds
LB
Weight
Kilograms
KG
Weight/unit
Pounds per foot
LBF
Weight/unit
Kilograms per meter
KGM
All entries in the tables will be left justified.
Field locations and field lengths defined with XXXXs, WWWWs and ZZZZZs in this document
will be observed.
Fractions will not be used in defining any table value. They will be expressed in their decimal
equivalents.
Adjacent columns in a table will be separated by one or more spaces.
If a value in a table is not known, a "-" must be used in the corresponding field. The system
will interpret this entry to represent a blank value and such will be displayed in reports,
drawings and other such formal data outputs to the User. The dash shall not be enclosed in
quote marks, even if the field is for an alphanumeric value.
Real numbers without decimals may be expressed with or without a decimal point. For
example, a nominal diameter of twenty inches may be expressed as "20", or "20." or "20.0".
For the sake of consistency, all tables will show the value as "20".
All alphanumeric values in a table must be enclosed in single quotes; for example, 'ZZZZZZZ'.
General Conventions
For tables with only one input column, the generic value ET_AL may be used in the input
column. The system will understand such entry to indicate that values in the line just prior to
that for ET_AL will apply to any input value equal to or greater than the value in that line.
The following conventions will apply to the definition of columns in a table with a table format
other than P8*, P9*, I8* or I9*, where * refers to any applicable alphanumeric character:
A definition must be made using the format described below regarding the number of
input and output columns involved:
No Inputs X No Outputs X
The number of input columns must not exceed 2. The number of output columns must
not exceed 9; it may be 0.
A definition must be made using the format described below regarding the units of
measure used in each column.
Units= NPD IN, SF, LB, INT, DEC, IN, RAT, IN, IN, IN
The following conventions will apply to the definition of data in a table with table format P8*,
P9*, I8* or I9*:
A definition does not need to be made regarding the number of input and output columns
involved. The number of input fields must not exceed 2. The number of output fields is
up to parameter P34 for component data and up to parameter Y27 for actuator data. A
blank line following a component will signify that the definition of the component has been
completed and that a new component will follow. The word "END" following a
component will signify the end to the table.
Each parameter in these tables must have the applicable units of measure defined, using
the format "Pii-Z" or "Yii-Z", where:
-A=AN*20
-D=AN*1
-E=INT
-G=NPD IN
-H=NPD MM
-J=SF
-L=LB
-N=IN
-P=DEG
The following conventions apply to the attribute "rating" with respect to the naming of data
tables:
The Piping Job Specification may express alphanumeric ratings in at least the following
formats: CLXXXX, XXXX# or OTXXXX. The entry in the table and the file names
representing the attribute "rating", however, will exclude characters such as "CL", "#" and
"OT" so that the same table may be used regardless of how rating was defined in the
Piping Job Specification. The above rating formats have been used in accordance with
the following criteria:
CLXXXX to refer to an ANSI or API pressure rating.
XXXX# to refer to a pressure rating defined by an organization other ANSI or API.
OTXXXX to refer to the rating of a connect point that meets the applicable ANSI or
API rating geometrically but not from a pressure carrying standpoint. An example of
the above is a valve supplied with flanged ends meeting the bolting pattern of ANSI
CL150 pressure rating but having pressure carrying characteristics different from
those of that ANSI rating.
Female ends for plastic pipe are usually defined in terms of "schedule/thickness" and not
in terms of "rating" as is common with female ends for most other components. To make
27
General Conventions
28
female ends for plastic pipe follow the rules for other female ends, the applicable
"schedule/thickness" will be used as the value for "rating" for these components. If such
rating values consist of alphanumeric characters (including dashes), the system will
"strip" all such characters from the rating value in the Piping Job Specification and will
only use the numeric values in accessing the applicable tables. If such rating values
include decimal points, the decimal points will be converted to the character "$" in
accessing the applicable tables.
If the rating in the Piping Job Specification is expressed in terms of alphabetic characters
only, the system will use all such characters in accessing the data tables. The names of
the data tables will include all the alphabetic characters included in the Piping Job
Specification.
Another acceptable value for rating is "GRAVHD". This value may be used in the
Piping Job Specification and in the data tables for components rated to sustain a
nominal fluid head.
Another acceptable value for rating is "OTHER".
One acceptable value for rating is "NONE". This value may be used in the Piping Job
Specification and in the data tables for components whose ends would normally
require the use of the attribute rating as part of the table name but that for some
specific reason, a rating does not apply.
The schedule/thickness of piping components may be determined either by
look-up/calculation from a piping materials class or based on a value provided by the User
independent of the piping materials class. Comments in this paragraph define the latter
approach. The value of the override schedule/thickness attribute of each piping segment
may be either:
Left blank if the User wishes schedule/thickness to be determined from the applicable
piping materials class; or
Defined by the User entering a schedule/thickness value; or
Defined by data transfer from the P&ID Task. A value from the P&ID Task will only be
transferred to this attribute if the piping thickness flag in the P&ID segment has a value "
U"; in such case, the value from the P&ID segment schedule/thickness will be transferred
to the Piping Task override schedule/thickness. Otherwise, the value of the override
schedule/thickness in the Piping Task will be left blank
If the Piping Task software finds a non-blank value for the override schedule/thickness,
such value will be applied to all the components that belong to the segment. Such
definition will be respected during reconstruction of the piping system.
Schedule or thickness values will be shown for all components for which such values make
sense. In order of preference, schedule and thickness will be expressed in terms of:
Generic schedules, such as S-STD, S-XS and S-XXS.
Specific schedules, such as S-40, S-60 and S-80.
Thickness class, such as CL50 and CL51. For this situation, both the alpha and numeric
characters must be included in the "Sc/Th" column of the piping materials class and in the
corresponding table names.
"NREQD": This value is to be used in cases where all of the following conditions apply:
+ The thickness value is not required in purchasing the component.
+ Empty weights are not significantly affected by actual thickness values.
+ Either stress analysis is not applicable or, if applicable, the component is to be
considered infinitely rigid in stress analysis calculations.
General Conventions
Specific wall thicknesses: To insure compatibility between data tables, the Piping Job
Specification and wall thickness calculations, thickness will be expressed as defined
below.
+ .XXXX if the thickness is less than 1 inch
+ X if the thickness is an even inch
+ X.XXX if the thickness is 1 inch or thicker
Trailing zeroes will not be included. Decimal points will not be included for numbers
without decimals. Examples of these rules follow: + .25 + .5 + 1 + 1.375 + 2.375
Where the schedule name exceeds the field length provided, for example S-SDR13.5, it
will be defined in terms of its wall thickness.
*XYYY: The need to perform a thickness calculation will be triggered by an entry with the
format "*XYYY" being present in the "Sc/Th" column of the Piping Commodities Table.
The letters that make this code have the following meaning:
The character "X" is an alphanumeric code that defines the equation to use in the
calculation. Possible values and their definitions are as follows: If the value for this
character is "C", the schedule/thickness for the applicable end of the component is to
be determined by calculations using the thickness equation defined for the piping
materials class in the "Thck Eqtn" column of the Define Piping Job Specification table.
The characters "YYY" define the casting, joint or structural grade quality factor (E)
times 100. This factor is one of the parameters used in the thickness calculation.
The User should be cautioned that if he is defining a calculation to be performed on a
seamless fitting (E=1) but wishes to match the thickness for the mating welded pipe
(E=0.85), the quality factor for the pipe should be entered here.
MATCH: The need to match the thickness of a component to that of the pipe of the same
diameter and of option 1 will be triggered by an entry with the format "MATCH" being
present in the "Sc/Th" column of the Piping Commodities Table.
29
General Conventions
To minimize duplication when the same thickness can be expressed for metallic materials in
terms of either a generic or a specific schedule, the convention defined below will be used.
For a given nominal diameter, only the schedules shown in the line for that diameter will be
used in the Piping Job Specification and in the data tables.
The table shown below will be used to correlate English nominal pipe diameters with their
corresponding metric values.
Nominal Pipe Diameter
in
30
mm
0.125
0.250
0.375
10
0.500
15
0.750
20
General Conventions
1.000
25
1.250
32
1.500
40
2.000
50
2.500
65
3.000
80
3.500
90
4.000
100
5.000
125
6.000
150
8.000
200
10.00
250
12.00
300
14.00
350
16.00
400
18.00
450
20.00
500
22.00
550
24.00
600
26.00
650
28.00
700
30.00
750
32.00
800
34.00
850
36.00
900
38.00
950
40.00
1000
42.00
1050
44.00
1100
46.00
1150
48.00
1200
Weight tables have been provided for components required by the piping materials classes for
at least the combinations of thickness shown in the applicable Thicknesses Tables.
Where a "." or a "-" is included in a parameter that is part of a table name, a "$" will be used to
represent them in both the table name and the ASCII file name. The actual character, and
31
General Conventions
not the "$", will be displayed in all fields representing the actual attribute involved. Examples of
how thicknesses would be represented on the basis of the above rule follow:
.25 .........................................$25
.5 ..........................................$5
1 ...........................................1
1.375 .......................................1$375
2.375 .......................................2$375
Some tables require an "END" statement as their last line; others do not. Refer to specific
table formats in this document for actual requirements.
Revision management of Piping RDB data follows the conventions described below:
The applicable control document is updated.
The "Rev" and "Date" fields of the table that is changed are revised as appropriate.
The line in the table that was either newly created or revised is identified by having the
symbol ">" precede it. If the line was deleted, a ">" is placed above and below the line
deleted.
When a table is revised again, all previous revision marks are deleted.
Variables Used in Symbols and Tables

Definition of Specific Variables
Letters A through O are used to represent variables which are specific to a component:
Variables
End Type
Explanation
Any
component, this is the distance from the origin of the component

to the outermost face of any of its ends. For components that
have either ends with different terminations or branches that are
not normal to the main axis of the component, this is the distance
from the origin of the component to the outermost face of the end
in the vicinity of PCP1.
Bolted
This value will be included in the appropriate dimension table.
Male
Not applicable.
Female
This value will not be included in any dimension table. It may be

deduced from the expression E + Q using values of E and Q from
the appropriate tables.
Any
For components that have ends with identical terminations and

for which branches, if any, are normal to the main axis of the
component, this parameter does not apply. For components that
Bolted
Male
Not applicable.
32
General Conventions
Variables
BCD
End Type
Explanation
Female

deduced from the expression F + Q using values of F and Q from
Bolted
This is the bolt circle diameter of the bolts required at a bolted

end, as defined in the table named "BLT_Term_Rat_TS" as a
function of the nominal pipe diameter, termination type, rating and
table suffix of the applicable bolted end.
Male
Not applicable.
Female
Not applicable.
Any

Bolted
Male
Not applicable.
Female

deduced from the expression G + Q using values of G and Q from
Any

Bolted
Male
Not applicable.
Female

deduced from the expression H + Q using values of H and Q from
Any

component, this is the distance from the origin of the component
to any of its PCPs. For components that have either ends with
different terminations or branches that are not normal to the main
axis of the component, this is the distance from the origin of the
component to PCP1.
Bolted
This parameter may be deduced from the expression A + T using

values of A and T from the appropriate tables.
Male
33
General Conventions
Variables
End Type
Explanation
Female
Any

from the origin of the component to PCP2.
Bolted
This parameter may be deduced from the expression B + T using

values of B and T from the appropriate tables.
Male
Female
Any

Bolted
This parameter may be deduced from the expression C + T using

values of C and T from the appropriate tables.
Male
Female
Any

Bolted
This parameter may be deduced from the expression D + T using

values of D and T from the appropriate tables.
Male
Female
I,J,K,L,M,N
Any
For use in dimension tables for specific components as required

by component being defined.
Any
This is the overall length of the component considering the

outermost surface at each end of the component. For blanks
other than per API-590, their lengths are derived from the
API-590 thicknesses, plus the raised face depth, plus the CA
defined in codelist set CL575, Geometry Standards, less the
API-590 CA.
34
General Conventions
Definition of Generic Variables

Letters P through Z are used to represent generic variables.
Variables
End Type
Explanation
Bolted
This is the outside diameter of a bolted end of the indicated

termination type, rating and nominal diameter, as defined in the
table named "BLT_Term_Rat_TS".
Male
This is the outside diameter of a male end of the indicated

termination type and nominal diameter, as defined in the table
named "MAL_Term_TS".
Female
The is the outside diameter of the female end of the component of

the indicated termination type, rating and nominal diameter, as
defined in the table named "FEM_Term_Rat_TS". For model
graphic purposes, it is desirable to have the value of this
parameter be larger than the value of the matching male
termination end. Components such as 90 degree elbows and tees
will not place, however, if the value of this parameter is made too
large. For this reason we have defined values for this parameter as
follows:
For PVC and CPVC female ends: same as the value of "P" for
the corresponding male termination type.
For all other female ends: 30% of the fitting OD at the female
end plus 70% of the matching pipe OD.
Bolted
Not applicable
Male
The value of this variable will be "0" for all male ends.
Female
This is the depth of socket, as defined in the table named

"FEM_Term_Rat_TS".
For socketwelded ends, this value will be the nominal depth of
socket less 1/16". The actual depth of socket less 1/16" will be
used to determine a component's dimensional parameters.
For female threaded ends, this is the thread engagement as
defined as follows:
In Table B2.1 for components complying with ANSI-B16.12

In Table B2.2 for all other components.
35
General Conventions
Variables
End Type
Explanation
Bolted
This is the flange thickness, as defined in the table named

"BLT_Term_Rat_TS". This dimension represents the distance
from the outermost face of the flange to the back surface of the
flange on which the nut rests. It includes any projections that the
flange may have; for example, the raised face. For lapflanged
ends, it does not include the thickness of the pipe or stub end since
such is determined by the software at stud length calculation time;
it only includes the thickness of the loose flange used. This
parameter is primarily used for the calculation of stud length. When
dealing with specialty components, such as relief valves, and if the
User wanted to be precise about this parameter, he might have to
develop many generic tables. A practical alternative might be to
create a table in which values for this parameter would be large
enough to insure that short studs would not result.
Male
Not applicable
Female
Not applicable
Bolted
This is the seating depth, as defined in the table named

"BLT_Term_Rat_TS". This dimension represents the distance
from the outermost surface of the bolted end to the seating surface
of the gasket. It will only have a value for small groove, large
groove, small female and large female flanged ends and for
mechanical joints. The value of this parameter will be zero for all
other bolted ends.
Male
Not applicable
Female
Not applicable
Bolted
This is half of the gasket gap thickness, as defined in the Piping

Job Specification for the applicable piping materials class.
Male
Not applicable
Female
Not applicable
Bolted
This is the number of bolts required at a bolted connection, as

defined in the applicable of the tables listed below:
36
"STUD_Rat_TS", if the RDB option that involves CP

termination for bolt length calculations is not active; or
General Conventions
Variables
End Type
Explanation
"STUD_Term_Rat_TS" if the RDB option that involves CP

termination for bolt length calculations is active
as a function of the nominal pipe diameter, termination type
(only if the RDB option that involves CP termination for bolt
length calculations is active), rating and table suffix of the
applicable bolted end.
Male
Not applicable
Female
Not applicable
Bolted
This variable represents the diameter of the bolt at the bolted

connection. The V variable is used in generic tables by Bolted
ends STUD_Rat_TS and STUD_Term_Rat_TS.


termination for bolt length calculations is active
applicable bolted end.
W_i
Male
Not applicable
Female
Not applicable
Bolted
This is the nut allowance, as defined in the applicable of the tables

listed below:


termination for bolt length calculations is active.
applicable bolted end. It includes the nut length as well as the
stud extension beyond the nut. Value W_0 defines the nut
allowance to be used with studs using standard nut
allowances. Value W_1 defines the nut allowance to be used
with machine bolts using standard nut allowances. Values W_i
(i=2-5) define the nut allowances to be used with either studs
37
General Conventions
Variables
End Type
Explanation
(+ or no sign modifier value) or machine bolts (- modifier value)
using special nut allowances. This parameter will be used in
calculating the length of bolts required in a bolted connection.
Values for W_0 and W_1 were developed on the following
basis:
If data was available in the applicable industry standard

defining the desired stud and/or machine bolt lengths, values
for W_0 and W_1 were calculated using the criteria in Annex F
of ANSI-B16.5-1981. If the values so calculated resulted in too
short a length, however, they were increased to result in the
desired length. Such increase was mostly required when
tables with name format "STUD_Rat_TS" applied. For tables
with name format "STUD_Term_Rat_TS", such increase was
not required.
If data was not available in the applicable industry standard

defining the desired stud lengths, values for W_0 were
calculated using the criteria in Annex F of ANSI-B16.5-1981.
If data was not available in the applicable industry standard

defining the desired machine bolt lengths, values for W_1
were defined as "-"
Male
Not applicable
Female
Not applicable
Bolted
Not applicable
Male
This is the wall thickness of the applicable end of a component of

the indicated nominal diameter, as defined in the table named
"MALWT_Term_Sc/Th_TS_WC". For cement and plastic lined
components, the thickness of the lining will not be included in the
value for wall thickness. For integrally clad components, however,
the thickness of the cladding will be included in the value for wall
thickness and the corrosion allowance will be made equal to the
clad thickness.
Female
Not applicable.
Any
Yi variables are used to define operator and actuator

parameters.
38
Any
No specific meaning is attached to this variable.
APPENDIX B
Commodity Discussions
Piping Commodity Data
This section defines requirements which are specific to piping components.
See Also
Basic Information (on page 39)
Non-parametric and Parametric Piping and Tubing (PIPING, TUBING) (on page 40)
Valves (6Q1C) (on page 43)
On-line Fittings (6P2C) and In-line Fittings (6Q2C) (on page 74)
On-line Fittings (6P3C) and In-line Fittings (6Q3C) (on page 106)
Basic Information
AABBCC Codes and Model Codes
The AABBCC code is the primary access key to the commodity items in the Piping Job
Specification. An AABBCC code is a generic code about which a more detailed definition is made
in the Piping Job Specification.
These detailed definitions are identified by a model code in the Commodity Item data table of the
PJS. Each model code is classified by:
AABBCC code
option
size ranges
end preparations
ratings
The model code includes the definition of the graphic representation of the component in the
piping model. Depending upon the circumstances:
One or more model codes can be assigned to one AABBCC code
The same model code can be assigned to different AABBCC codes.
Connect Point Data

Connect point dependent data about each component is organized in terms of green and red
connect points. The following conventions regarding the sequence of data in the Piping Job
Specification and the naming of the Interactive Data Tables are used to coordinate the two sets of
data:
If data is only shown under green connect point data, it applies to all ends of the component.
If a component has ends with different nominal diameters (regardless of other end properties),
the larger nominal diameter end(s) is defined as the green connect point.
If a component has ends with the same nominal diameter but other end properties that differ,
the following rules apply:
If the ends have different termination type, regardless of the values for
schedule/thickness, the end(s) whose end preparations have the lowest codelist number
are designated as the green connect point.
39
If the termination types are the same but the values for rating, schedule or thickness differ,
the "stronger" ends(s) are designated as the green connect point.
Abbreviations
The following abbreviations are used to describe the table name formats in this document.
(G) (R) Angle BrchTbl
Green Red Angle Branch Table
Cmdty Code GCP
Commodity Code Green Connect Point
GS MC
Geometric Industry Standard Model Code
Op/Ac Rat RCP
Operator/Actuator Pressure Rating Red Connect Point
Sc/Th Term TNF
Schedule Thickness End Termination Type Table Name

Format
TS
Table Suffix
WC
Weight Code
Non-parametric and Parametric Piping and Tubing (PIPING,

TUBING)
The AABBCC code for piping and tubing consists of the words PIPING and TUBING, respectively.
The Pipe Model Entity will apply to this class of piping components.
PIPING, Piping (in-line)
Non-parametric pipe (MC=PIPE) (SN=None)
TNF=None & None
Beveled ends
Tapered and beveled ends
Male flared ends
Male threaded ends
Male grooved ends
Spigot ends
Plain ends
For GCP: Rating="-"; Sc/Th="Value"
For RCP: Rating="-"; Sc/Th="-"
The following comments apply to the above definition of piping:
No EDEN parametric code definition is required for its placement.
Both ends of the pipe have the same end preparation. It will be possible to "break" this
type of pipe after placement for insertion of another component.
The pipe length is determined at placement either by keying in the actual length or by
stringing the pipe between two existing components. The system will refuse to place
portions of piping, which are shorter that the "min length" value defined in table
PIPE_LENGTH. The system will return a warning if the User places a section of piping
which is shorter than the "preferred length" value defined in table PIPE_LENGTH.
Placement of taps is neither required nor possible.
TNF=None & None
Beveled/plain ends
Beveled/plain 3" field fit ends
Beveled/plain 6" field fit ends
40
Male threaded/plain ends
Beveled/male grooved ends
Male threaded/male grooved ends
Male grooved/plain ends
Plain/plain 3" field fit ends
Plain/plain 6" field fit ends
For RCP: Rating="-"; Sc/Th="Value"
For certain types of pipe, for example, reinforced concrete, the thickness is actually
determined by the Fabricator on the basis of specified conditions. For them, the value
"NREQD" is used for Sc/Th.
TNF=None & None
Spigot/push-on bell ends
Plain/push-on bell ends
For RCP: Rating="Value"; Sc/Th="NREQD"
Both ends of the pipe have different end preparation. Pipe placement must always start at
a fitting. The end preparation of the fitting will determine the end preparation of the pipe
which will be placed first. When pipe placement is completed, the end preparation of the
last end of the pipe will be checked for compatibility with that of the corresponding fitting
end, if one applies. If an incompatibility is detected with such fitting end, an error will be
returned by the system.
The pipe length is determined at placement either by key-in of actual length or by stringing
the pipe between two pre-existing components. The system will refuse to place portions
of piping, which are shorter that the "min length" value defined in table PIPE_LENGTH.
The system will return a warning if the user places a section of piping which is shorter than
the "preferred length" value defined in table PIPE_LENGTH.
Purchased Length Pipe
Purchased length pipe has its length defined in the pds_sort_code attribute of the Piping
Commodity Specification Data Table of the Material Reference Database. Purchased
length pipe, can be placed or extended such that the remainder length of the last pipe does
not exceed the pipe length threshold, as specified in the active Pipe Length Threshold Table.
The following considerations apply to the length of this type of pipe:
During manual component placement, the system will place, starting at the active
placement point, one length of pipe of the default length. If the available length is less than
the default length, a pipe will be placed to fit the available length. By choosing the
starting point for placement, the user will have control as to where the random length of
pipe is placed.
During automatic component placement, the system will start placing pipe of the default
length from whichever end applies and will continue doing so until the available length for
placement is less than the default length. An additional pipe will then be placed to fit the
remaining length. In this method of placement, the user has no control as to where the
random length of pipe is placed.
The system will refuse to place any portion of piping, which are shorter that the "min
length" value defined in table PIPE_LENGTH. The system will return a warning if the
41
user places a section of piping which is shorter than the "preferred length" value defined in
table PIPE_LENGTH.
TNF=None & None
Flanged/mechanical joint ends
Mechanical joint/plain ends
For GCP: Rating="Value"; Sc/Th="Value"
For RCP: Rating="Value"; Sc/Th="Value"
TNF=None & None
Plain/mechanical joint bell ends
In the Piping Materials Class, the entry for model code will be preceded by an asterisk (*)
to signify to the software that piping with an EDEN parametric code definition is involved.
This asterisk is not part of the model code name itself and such will be recognized by data
check reports executed by PDS. The ends of the piping will be drawn per the following
convention:
Bolted ends will be represented per standard PDS practice using dimensions from the
applicable generic tables.
Female ends will be represented as a cone of the following dimensions:
The large end with dimensions from the applicable female generic tables.
An included cone of angle of 90 degrees.
A cone length determined by the above criteria in conjunction with the termination
type at the other end of the pipe.
Both ends of the pipe have different end preparation. Pipe placement must always start at
a fitting. The end preparation of the fitting will determine the end preparation of the pipe
which will be placed first. When pipe placement is completed, the end preparation of the
last end of the pipe will be checked for compatibility with that of the corresponding fitting
end, if one applies. If an incompatibility is detected with such fitting end, an error will be
returned by the system. It will not be possible to "break" this type of pipe after placement
for insertion of another component; if such action was required, deletion and replacement
of the pipe will be necessary.
The following considerations apply to the length of this type of pipe:
The model code (MC) for parametric pipe will consist of the letter "P" followed by an
integer that will define its default length. This length will be the "CP to CP" length,
rather than the "face to face" length. It will have as units of measure those that apply
to pipe length in the project.
During manual component placement, the system will place, starting at the active
placement point, one length of pipe of the default length. If the available length is
less than the default length, a pipe will be placed to fit the available length. By
choosing the starting point for placement, the user will have control as to where the
random length of pipe is placed.
During automatic component placement, the system will start placing pipe of the
default length from whichever end applies and will continue doing so until the
available length for placement is less than the default length. An additional pipe will
then be placed to fit the remaining length. In this method of placement, the user has
no control as to where the random length of pipe is placed.
42
During reconstruction, the system will replace default and non-default pipe lengths in
kind. If the new default length differs from the original default length, however, the
procedure define above for automatic component placement will be used.
The system will refuse to place any portion of piping, which are shorter that the "min
length" value defined in table PIPE_LENGTH. The system will return a warning if the
user places a section of piping which is shorter than the "preferred length" value
defined in table PIPE_LENGTH.
Placement of taps is required.
TUBING, Tubing (in-line)

Non-parametric tubing (MC=TUBING) (SN=None)
TNF=None & None
Male flared ends
Male ferrule ends
Male ferrule/plain ends
Plain ends
The following comments apply to the above definition of tubing:
Both ends of the pipe have the same end preparation. It will be possible to "break" this
type of pipe after placement for insertion of another component.
The pipe length is determined at placement either by key-in of actual length or by stringing
the pipe between two pre-existing components. The system will refuse to place portions
of tubing, which are shorter that the "min length" value defined in table PIPE_LENGTH.
The system will return a warning if the user places a section of tubing which is shorter than
the "preferred length" value defined in table PIPE_LENGTH.
Valves (6Q1C)
The AABBCC code for valves consists of the AABB code 6Q1C followed by two numbers for the
specific type of valve.
The Piping Component database table (34) applies to these classes of piping components.
See Also
Connect Point Data (on page 44)
6Q1C01, Gate valve (in-line) (on page 50)
6Q1C02, Extended body gate valve (in-line) (on page 51)
6Q1C03, Conduit gate valve (in-line) (on page 52)
6Q1C04, Blank gate valve (in-line) (on page 52)
6Q1C05, 3-way valve (in-line) (on page 53)
6Q1C06, [2-way] ball valve (in-line) (on page 53)
6Q1C08, 3-way ball valve (in-line) (on page 54)
6Q1C11, [2-way] globe valve (in-line) (on page 55)
6Q1C12, [2-way] angle globe valve (in-line) (on page 56)
6Q1C13, 3-way globe valve (in-line) (on page 57)
6Q1C14, Y globe valve (in-line) (on page 57)
6Q1C16, [2-way] plug valve (in-line) (on page 58)
6Q1C18, 3-way plug valve (in-line) (on page 60)
6Q1C19, 4-way plug valve (in-line) (on page 60)
6Q1C22, Needle valve (in-line) (on page 60)
43
6Q1C26, Butterfly valve (in-line) (on page 60)
6Q1C30, Diaphragm valve (in-line) (on page 61)
6Q1C32, Knife gate valve (in-line) (on page 62)
6Q1C33, [2-way] slide valve (in-line) (on page 62)
6Q1C34, 3-way slide valve (in-line) (on page 63)
6Q1C37, Angle valve (in-line) (on page 64)
6Q1C38, Check valve (in-line) (directional) (on page 64)
6Q1C39, Wafer check valve (in-line) (directional) (on page 67)
6Q1C40, Angle check valve (in-line) (directional) (on page 67)
6Q1C41, Stop check valve (in-line) (directional) (on page 68)
6Q1C42, Angle stop check valve (in-line) (directional) (on page 68)
6Q1C43, Y stop check valve (in-line) (directional) (on page 68)
6Q1C50, Backflow preventer (in-line) (directional) (on page 69)
6Q1C51, Automatic recirculation valve (in-line) (directional) (on page 69)
6Q1C53, Angle blowdown valve (in-line) (on page 69)
6Q1C54, Y blowdown valve (in-line) (on page 70)
6Q1C56, Pinch valve (in-line) (on page 70)
6Q1C57, Float valve (in-line) (on page 70)
6Q1C58, Foot valve (in-line) (directional) (on page 70)
6Q1C62, Tank drain valve (in-line) (directional) (on page 71)
6Q1C69, Deluge valve (in-line) (on page 71)
6Q1C72, Hose valve (in-line) (on page 71)
6Q1C73, Angle hose valve (in-line) (on page 72)
6Q1C76, Vent-drain valve (in-line) (on page 72)
6Q1C80, Instrument root valve (in-line) (on page 72)
6Q1C81, 3-way instrument root valve (in-line) (on page 73)
6Q1C82, 4-way instrument root valve (yn-line) (on page 73)
Connect Point Data

For each component in the piping commodities part of the Piping Job Specification, component
specific data is defined in tables, as follows:
Green Connect Point Data Only

If only green connect point data appears in the definition of the component in the Piping Job
Specification and regardless of the termination type for the green connect point, the following
applies:
General data about the component is included in a table with format P15A. The name of this
table is comprised of the following parameters from the piping commodities part of the Piping
Job Specification:
MC GS Term(G)_Rat(G) A
The only independent variable in this table is the nominal diameter of the green connect point
of the component. The dependent variables are surface area, weight of water plus all those
dimensional parameters required to display the component in the model whose values are not
defined in a generic table.
If columns available in the above table were insufficient to allow definition of all the applicable
dimensional parameters, the remaining parameters are included in a table with format P15B.
The name of the P15B table is comprised of the following parameters from the piping
commodities part of the Piping Job Specification:
MC GS Term(G)_Rat(G) B
44
of the component. The dependent variables are those dimensional parameters required to
display the component in the model that were not included in the P15A table.
For piping valves whose operator types as defined in codelist set CL550, Operator/Actuator
Type, are less than or equal to 24, the empty weight of the valve, including the valve operator
weight, is included in a table with format P59. The name of this table is comprised of the
following parameter from the piping commodities part of the Piping Job Specification:
Cmdty Code
of the component. The only dependent variable is empty weight of the valve, including its
operator.
Type, exceed 24 and are less than or equal to 40, the empty weight of the valve exclusive of
the operator weight, the operator weight, the model code for the valve operator, the three
parameters that define the location of the center of gravity of the operator and up to two
dimensional parameters required to define the geometry of the valve operator is included in a
table with format P60A. The name of this table is comprised of the following parameter from
the piping commodities part of the Piping Job Specification:
Cmdty Code_WOPD_A
of the component. The dependent variables are the empty weight of the valve exclusive of
the operator weight, the operator weight, the model code of the operator, the three
dimensional parameters required to define the geometry of the valve operator.
dimensional parameters of the valve operator, the remaining parameters are included in a
table with format P60B. The name of the P60B table is comprised of the following parameter
from the piping commodities part of the Piping Job Specification:
Cmdty Code_WOPD_B
display the valve operator in the model that were not included in the P60A table.
Green and Red Connect Point Data, GCP Male, RCP=Male

If both green and red connect point data appear in the definition of the component in the Piping
Job Specification, the green connect point is not a male termination type and the red connect point
is a male termination type, the following applies:
Job Specification:
MC GS Term(G)_Rat(G) Term(R)_A
The independent variables in this table are the nominal diameters of the green and red
connect points of the component. The dependent variables are surface area, weight of water
plus all those dimensional parameters required to display the component in the model whose
values are not defined in a generic table.
45
MC GS Term(G)_Rat(G) Term(R)_B
connect points of the component. The dependent variables are those dimensional
parameters required to display the component in the model that were not included in the P25A
table.
Cmdty Code
operator.
Cmdty Code_WOPD_A
Cmdty Code_WOPD_B
Green and Red Connect Point Data, GCP Male, RCP Male
Job Specification and if the neither the green nor the red connect points are a male termination
type, the following applies:
Job Specification:
MC GS Term(G)_Rat(G) Term(R)_Rat(R) A
46
MC GS Term(G)_Rat(G) Term(R)_Rat(R) B
table.
Cmdty Code
operator.
Cmdty Code_WOPD_A
Cmdty Code_WOPD_B
Green and Red Connect Point Data, GCP=Male, RCP=Male

Job Specification and both the green and the red connect points are male termination type, the
following applies:
Job Specification:
MC_GS_Term(G) Rat(G) Term(R) Rat(R) A
47
MC_GS_Term(G) Rat(G) Term(R) Rat(R) B
table.
Cmdty Code
operator.
table with format P60A.The name of this table is comprised of the following parameter from the
piping commodities part of the Piping Job Specification:
Cmdty Code_WOPD_A
Cmdty Code_WOPD_B
Green and Red Connect Point Data, GCP = Male, RCP Male
Job Specification, the green connect point is a male termination type and the red connect point is
not a male termination type, the following applies:
Job Specification:
MC_GS_Term(G) Term(R) Rat(R) A
48
MC_GS_Term(G) Term(R) Rat(R) B
connect points of the component. The dependent variables are those dimensional parameters
required to display the component in the model that were not included in the P27A table.
Cmdty Code
operator.
Cmdty Code_WOPD_A
Cmdty Code_WOPD_B
Unless otherwise indicated, all valves have operators. Refer to paragraph C.6.1 for
additional requirements regarding operators.
Valves and their operators are not placed during automatic component placement. They
must be positioned manually.
For the table format descriptions applicable to each component type, the GCP and RCP rating
and schedule/thickness that needs to be provided in the Piping Job Specification has been
listed. These values are required for one or more of the reasons indicated below and are not
necessarily part of the names of the tables that include data about the component.
To procure the component.
49
To access data tables. Refer to Section 4, Model Graphics Definitions, for a description of the
table formats.
To supply data required for stress analysis purposes.
6Q1C01, Gate valve (in-line)

Short pattern gate valve (MC=GATSP) (SN=V1)
TNF=P15A, P31A & P59, or
P15A, P60A & P60B
Flanged ends
For GCP: Rating="Value"; Sc/Th="NREQD"
P25A, P60A & P60B
Flanged/beveled ends
P15A, P60A & P60B
Beveled ends
Long pattern, bolted or male ends gate valve (MC=GAT) (SN=V1)
P15A, P60A & P60B
Flanged ends
Push-on bell ends
P15A, P60A & P60B
Mechanical joint ends
For GCP: Rating="Value"; Sc/Th="NREQD" or "Value"
P26A, P60A & P60B
Flanged/mechanical joint ends
For RCP: Rating="Value"; Sc/Th="NREQD" or "Value"
P25A, P60A & P60B
50
P15A, P60A & P60B
Beveled ends
Regular pattern, female ends, full port gate valve (MC=GATF)
(SN=V1)
TNF=P15A, P31A & P59
Socket ends
Socketwelded ends
Female threaded ends
Socketwelded/female threaded ends
Regular pattern, female ends, reduced port gate valve
(MC=GATR) (SN=V1)
Socket ends
Socketwelded ends
6Q1C02, Extended body gate valve (in-line)

Extended body gate valve (MC=GATEX) (SN=V2)
TNF=
P27A, P31A & P59
Male threaded/socketwelded ends
Male threaded/female threaded ends
Plain/socketwelded ends
Plain/female threaded ends
Extended body gate valve (MC=GATEXB) (SN=V2)
51
Beveled/socketwelded ends
Beveled/female threaded ends
Extended body gate valve (no iso operator) (MC=GATXBA) (SN=V2A)
This is used to place an olet valve similarly to a branch
component. Since this symbol is mapped in Isogen to one
derived from an olet type branch component, it is not
possible to place an iso operator on it.
Olet/socketwelded ends
Olet/female threaded ends
Extended body gate valve (MC=GATXBB) (SN=V2B)
This is used to place an olet valve at a tap, for example at a cap.
Olet/socketwelded ends
Olet/female threaded ends
6Q1C03, Conduit gate valve (in-line)

Conduit gate valve (MC=GATCON) (SN=V3)
TNF=
P15A, P31A & P59, or

p15A, P60A & P60B
Flanged ends
TNF=
P15A, P31A & P59, or

P15A, P60A & P60B
Beveled ends
6Q1C04, Blank gate valve (in-line)

Blank gate valve (no operator) (MC=GATBL) (SN=V4)
TNF=P15A & P59
Flanged ends
52
TNF=P15A & P59
Beveled ends
6Q1C05, 3-way valve (in-line)

Any of the model codes for 3-way valves may be used under
this AABBCC code.
6Q1C06, [2-way] ball valve (in-line)

Female ends, full port ball valve (MC=BALF) (SN=V6)
Socket ends
Socketwelded ends
Female ends, reduced port ball valve (MC=BALR) (SN=V6)
Socket ends
Socketwelded ends
Short pattern, bolted or male ends ball valve (MC=BALSP) (SN=V6)
P15A, P60A & P60B
Flanged ends
P25A, P60A & P60B
53
P15A, P60A & P60B
Beveled ends
Long pattern, bolted or male ends ball valve (MC=BALLP) (SN=V6)
P15A, P60A & P60B
Flanged ends
P25A, P60A & P60B
P15A, P60A & P60B
Beveled ends
Venturi pattern, bolted or male ends ball valve (MC=BALVP) (SN=V6)
P15A, P60A & P60B
Flanged ends
P25A, P60A & P60B
P15A, P60A & P60B
Beveled ends
6Q1C08, 3-way ball valve (in-line)

3-way ball valve (MC=BAL3W) (SN=V8)
54
P15A, P60A & P60B
Flanged ends
Socket ends
Socketwelded ends
P15A, P60A & P60B
Beveled ends
6Q1C11, [2-way] globe valve (in-line)

Short pattern globe valve (MC=GLOSP) (SN=V11)
P15A, P60A & P60B
Flanged ends
P15A, P60A & P60B
Beveled ends
Long pattern, bolted or male ends globe valve (MC=GLO)
(SN=V11)
P15A, P60A & P60B
Flanged ends
P15A, P60A & P60B
Beveled ends
Regular pattern, female ends, full port globe valve
(MC=GLOF) (SN=V11)
55
Socket ends
Socketwelded ends
Regular pattern, female ends, reduced port globe valve
(MC=GLOR) (SN=V11)
Socket ends
Socketwelded ends
6Q1C12, [2-way] angle globe valve (in-line)

Short pattern angle globe valve (MC=GLOASP) (SN=V12)
P15A, P60A & P60B
Flanged ends
P15A, P60A & P60B
Beveled ends
Long pattern angle globe valve (MC=GLOA) (SN=V12)
P15A, P60A & P60B
Flanged ends
Socketwelded ends
56
P15A, P60A & P60B
Beveled ends
6Q1C13, 3-way globe valve (in-line)

3-way globe valve (MC=GLO3W) (SN=V13)
P15A, P60A & P60B
Flanged ends
P15A, P60A & P60B
Beveled ends
6Q1C14, Y globe valve (in-line)

Bolted or male ends, Y globe valve (MC=GLOY) (SN=V11)
P15A, P60A & P60B
Flanged ends
P15A, P60A & P60B
Beveled ends
Female ends, full port Y globe valve (MC=GLOYF) (SN=V11)
Socketwelded ends
Female ends, reduced port Y globe valve (MC=GLOYR) (SN=V11)
Socketwelded ends
57
The graphics for the valve operator will distinguish a Y
globe valve from a globe valve.
6Q1C16, [2-way] plug valve (in-line)

Short pattern, bolted or male ends plug valve (MC=PLUSP)
(SN=V16)
P15A, P60A & P60B
Flanged ends
P15A, P60A & P60B
P25A, P60A & P60B
Regular pattern, bolted or male ends plug valve (MC=PLU) (SN=V16)
P15A, P60A & P60B
Flanged ends
P15A, P60A & P60B
P25A, P60A & P60B
Venturi pattern, bolted or male ends plug valve (MC=PLUVP)
(SN=V16)
58
P15A, P60A & P60B
Flanged ends
P15A, P60A & P60B
P25A, P60A & P60B
Bolted or male ends, full port and round bore plug valve
(MC=PLUFB) (SN=V16)
P15A, P60A & P60B
Flanged ends
P15A, P60A & P60B
P25A, P60A & P60B
Female ends, full port plug valve (MC=PLUF) (SN=V16)
Socket ends
Socketwelded ends
Female ends, reduced port plug valve (MC=PLUR) (SN=V16)
59
Socket ends
Socketwelded ends
6Q1C18, 3-way plug valve (in-line)

3-way plug valve (MC=PLU3W) (SN=V18)
P15A, P60A & P60B
Flanged ends
Socketwelded ends
P15A, P60A & P60B
Beveled ends
6Q1C19, 4-way plug valve (in-line)

4-way plug valve (MC=PLU4W) (SN=V19)
P15A, P60A & P60B
Flanged ends
6Q1C22, Needle valve (in-line)

Needle valve (MC=NEE) (SN=V11)
Socketwelded ends
6Q1C26, Butterfly valve (in-line)

Low pressure butterfly valve (MC=BFYLP) (SN=V26)
60
P15A, P60A & P60B
Flanged ends
Thru-bolted ends
Thru-bolted ends with integral gaskets
Thru-bolted with cap-screw ends
Thru-bolted with cap-screw ends with integral gaskets
Male grooved ends
Mechanical joint bell ends
High pressure butterfly valve (MC=BFYHP) (SN=V26)
P15A, P60A & P60B
Flanged ends
Thru-bolted ends
Male grooved ends
6Q1C30, Diaphragm valve (in-line)

Unlined metal diaphragm valve (MC=DIA) (SN=V1)
P15A, P60A & P60B
Flanged ends
Socket ends
Socketwelded ends
P15A, P60A & P60B
Beveled ends
Solid plastic diaphragm valve (MC=DIASP) (SN=V1)
P15A, P60A & P60B
Flanged ends
Socket ends
61
Plastic lined diaphragm valve (MC=DIAPL) (SN=V1)
P15A, P60A & P60B
Flanged ends
Glass lined diaphragm valve (MC=DIAGL) (SN=V1)
P15A, P60A & P60B
Flanged ends
6Q1C32, Knife gate valve (in-line)

Knife gate valve (MC=KNF) (SN=V32)
P15A, P60A & P60B
Flanged ends
Thru-bolted ends
6Q1C33, [2-way] slide valve (in-line)

Slide valve (MC=SLI) (SN=V33)
P15A, P60A & P60B
Flanged ends
P26A, P60A & P60B
Flanged/flanged ends
P25A, P60A & P60B
62
P15A, P60A & P60B
Beveled ends
P26A, P60A & P60B
Beveled/beveled ends
This type of component is used to represent "simple"
slide valves from catalog data. Slide valves for FCCU
service is defined as control valves.
6Q1C34, 3-way slide valve (in-line)

3-way slide valve (MC=SLI3W) (SN=V34)
P15A, P60A & P60B
Flanged ends
P26A, P60A & P60B
P25A, P60A & P60B
P15A, P60A & P60B
Beveled ends
P26A, P60A & P60B
This type of component is used to represent "simple"
slide valves from catalog data. Slide valves for FCCU
service is defined as control valves.
63
6Q1C37, Angle valve (in-line)

Any of the model codes for angle valves may be used under
this AABBCC code.
6Q1C38, Check valve (in-line) (directional)

Short pattern, lift check valve (no operator) (MC=CKLSP) (SN=V38)
TNF=P15A & P59
Flanged ends
TNF=P15A & P59
Beveled ends
Short pattern, swing check valve (no operator) (MC=CKSSP) (SN=V38)
TNF=P15A & P59
Flanged ends
TNF=P15A & P59
Beveled ends
Long pattern, bolted or male ends lift check valve (no
operator) (MC=CKL) (SN=V38)
TNF=P15A & P59
Flanged ends
TNF=P15A & P59
TNF=P15A & P59
Beveled ends
TNF=P15A & P59
Male grooved ends
64
Long pattern, female ends, full port lift check valve (no
operator) (MC=CKLF) (SN=V38)
TNF=P15A & P59
Socket ends
Socketwelded ends
TNF=P26A & P59
Regular pattern, female ends, reduced port lift check valve
(no operator) (MC=CKLR) (SN=V38)
TNF=P15A & P59
Socket ends
Socketwelded ends
TNF=P26A & P59
Long pattern, bolted or male ends swing check valve (no
operator) (MC=CKS) (SN=V38)
TNF=P15A & P59
Flanged ends
TNF=P15A & P59
TNF=P15A & P59
Beveled ends
TNF=P15A & P59
Male grooved ends
Regular pattern, female ends, full port swing check valve
(no operator) (MC=CKSF) (SN=V38)
TNF=P15A & P59
Socket ends
Socketwelded ends
65
TNF=P26A & P59
Regular pattern, female ends, reduced port swing check valve
(no operator) (MC=CKSR) (SN=V38)
TNF=P15A & P59
Socket ends
Socketwelded ends
TNF=P26A & P59
Regular pattern, Y-swing check valve (no operator) (MC=CKSY)
(SN=V38)
TNF=P15A & P59
Flanged ends
Socket ends
Socketwelded ends
TNF=P15A & P59
TNF=P15A & P59
Beveled ends
TNF=P15A & P59
Male grooved ends
TNF=P26A & P59
Regular pattern, female ends, Y reduced port lift check
valve (no operator) (MC=CKLRY) (SN=V38)
TNF=P15A & P59
Socket ends
Socketwelded ends
66
TNF=P26A & P59
6Q1C39, Wafer check valve (in-line) (directional)

Long pattern wafer check valve (no operator) (MC=CKWF) (SN=V26)
TNF=P15A & P59
Thru-bolted ends
Short pattern wafer check valve (no operator) (MC=CKWFSP) (SN=V26)
TNF=P15A & P59
Thru-bolted ends
The graphics for the operator used with a butterfly valve
will distinguish that valve from a wafer check valve.
6Q1C40, Angle check valve (in-line) (directional)

Short pattern, angle lift check valve (no operator)
(MC=CKALSP) (SN=V40)
TNF=P15A & P59
Flanged ends
TNF=P15A & P59
Beveled ends
Long pattern, angle lift check valve (no operator) (MC=CKAL)
(SN=V40)
TNF=P15A & P59
Flanged ends
Socketwelded ends
67
TNF=P15A & P59
Beveled ends
6Q1C41, Stop check valve (in-line) (directional)

Stop check valve (MC=CKST) (SN=V41)
P15A, P60A & P60B
Flanged ends
Socketwelded ends
P15A, P60A & P60B
Beveled ends
6Q1C42, Angle stop check valve (in-line) (directional)

Angle stop check valve (MC=CKAST) (SN=V42)
P15A, P60A & P60B
Flanged ends
Socketwelded ends
P15A, P60A & P60B
Beveled ends
The graphics for the valve operator will distinguish an
angle stop check valve from a stop check valve.
6Q1C43, Y stop check valve (in-line) (directional)

Y stop check valve (MC=CKYST) (SN=V41)
68
P15A, P60A & P60B
Flanged ends
Socketwelded ends
P15A, P60A & P60B
Beveled ends
6Q1C50, Backflow preventer (in-line) (directional)

Backflow preventer (no operator) (MC=CKBP) (SN=V38)
TNF=P15A & P59
Flanged ends
6Q1C51, Automatic recirculation valve (in-line) (directional)

Automatic recirculation valve (no operator) (MC=CKAR)
(SN=V51)
TNF=P26A & P59
TNF=P27A & P59
Beveled/flanged ends
6Q1C53, Angle blowdown valve (in-line)

Angle blowdown valve (MC=BDA) (SN=V12)
P15A, P60A & P60B
Flanged ends
Socketwelded ends
69
P15A, P60A & P60B
Beveled ends
6Q1C54, Y blowdown valve (in-line)

Y blowdown valve (MC=BDY) (SN=V11)
P15A, P60A & P60B
Flanged ends
Socketwelded ends
P15A, P60A & P60B
Beveled ends
6Q1C56, Pinch valve (in-line)

Pinch valve (MC=PIN) (SN=V1)
P15A, P60A & P60B
Flanged ends
6Q1C57, Float valve (in-line)

Float valve (MC=FLO) (SN=V1)
P15A, P60A & P60B
Flanged ends
6Q1C58, Foot valve (in-line) (directional)

Foot valve (no operator) (MC=FOOT) (SN=V58)
TNF=P15A & P59
Flanged end
Female threaded end
70
6Q1C62, Tank drain valve (in-line) (directional)

Tank drain valve (MC=TKDR) (SN=V62)
P26A, P60A & P60B
Flanged ends
Note that this valve has been defined to require
definition of data about both the GCP and the RCP. This
was required by the fact that for some vendors, these
valves have ends with different diameters.
6Q1C69, Deluge valve (in-line)

Deluge valve (no operator) (MC=DEL) (SN=V1)
TNF=P15A & P59
Flanged ends
6Q1C72, Hose valve (in-line)

Hose valve (MC=HOS) (SN=V72)
Male threaded/male hose ends
Male hose/female threaded ends
71
6Q1C73, Angle hose valve (in-line)

Angle hose valve (MC=HOSA) (SN=V73)
6Q1C76, Vent-drain valve (in-line)

Vent/drain valves are defined as those valves which are
intended for the venting or draining of piping and/or
instruments. They may be, but most often are not used, in
the venting or draining of equipment. They often have end
preparations which differ from those of the regular in-line
valves in the piping materials class. They may be of any of
the types described elsewhere in this section. They are
chosen from a piping materials class.
this AABBCC code.
6Q1C80, Instrument root valve (in-line)

Instrument root valves are defined as those 2-way valves
which are used to isolate off-line instruments (P&ID
definition) from the equipment or piping to which they are
connected. A piping materials class should include
instrument root valves for all instrument detail situations
requiring isolation, including consideration that the
instrument may be connected to a nozzle, to a pipe fitting
or to a plain section of piping. In defining instrument
root valves in a piping materials class, the need for
coordination with instrument root valves that have been
"implied" as part of P&ID instrument components must be
carefully considered.
this AABBCC code.
72
6Q1C81, 3-way instrument root valve (in-line)

3-way instrument root valve type 1 (MC=3WRV1) (SN=V81)
3-way instrument root valves are defined as those 3-way
valves which are used to isolate off-line instruments (P&ID
connected. A piping materials class should include 3-way
instrument root valves for all applicable instrument detail
situations requiring isolation.
Socketwelded/socketwelded ends
Female threaded/female threaded ends
6Q1C82, 4-way instrument root valve (yn-line)

4-way instrument root valve type 1 (MC=4WRV1) (SN=V82)
4-way instrument root valves are defined as those 4-way
valves which are used to isolate off-line instruments (P&ID
connected. A piping materials class should include 4-way
instrument root valves for all applicable instrument detail
situations requiring isolation.
73
On-line Fittings (6P2C) and In-line Fittings (6Q2C)

The applicability of the above AABB codes is as defined below for each component type.
The AABBCC code for fittings will consist of the applicable AABB code, 6P2C or 6Q2C, followed
by the two numbers for the specific type of fitting.
The Piping Component Model Entity and the Piping Component Analysis Entity will apply to these
classes of piping components.
See Also
Connect Point Data_GCP (on page 75)
6Q2C01, Flange (in-line) (on page 80)
6Q2C03, Reducing flange (in-line) (not-automatic) (on page 83)
6Q2C04, Expander flange (in-line) (not-automatic) (on page 84)
6Q2C06, Orifice flange (in-line) (not-automatic) (on page 84)
6Q2C08, Blind flange (in-line) (not-automatic) (on page 86)
6Q2C10, Open spectacle blank (in-line) (not-automatic) (on page 87)
6Q2C11, Closed spectacle blank (in-line) (not-automatic) (on page 87)
6Q2C12, Blank disc (in-line) (not-automatic) (on page 87)
6Q2C13, Blind spacer (in-line) (not-automatic) (on page 87)
6Q2C14, Tapered spacer (in-line) (not-automatic) (on page 87)
6Q2C15, Open spacer (in-line) (not-automatic) (on page 88)
6Q2C16, End (in-line) (not-automatic) (on page 88)
6Q2C17, Head (in-line) (not-automatic) (on page 88)
6Q2C19, Plug (in-line) (not-automatic) (on page 89)
6Q2C21, Cap (in-line) (not-automatic) (on page 89)
6Q2C23, Concentric diameter change (in-line) (on page 89)
6Q2C24, Eccentric diameter change (in-line) (not-automatic) (on page 89)
6Q2C25, Coupling-connector (in-line) (not-automatic) (on page 89)
6Q2C26, Half coupling (in-line) (not-automatic) (on page 90)
6Q2C27, Concentric reducer (in-line) (on page 91)
6Q2C28, Eccentric reducer (in-line) (not-automatic) (on page 92)
6Q2C32, Reducing coupling (in-line) (not-automatic) (on page 92)
6Q2C35, Concentric swage (in-line) (on page 93)
6Q2C36, Eccentric swage (in-line) (not-automatic) (on page 93)
6Q2C39, Union (in-line) (not-automatic) (on page 94)
6Q2C40, Orifice union (in-line) (not-automatic) (on page 94)
6Q2C41, Dielectric union (in-line) (not-automatic) (on page 94)
6Q2C43, Hose connection (in-line) (not-automatic) (on page 94)
6Q2C44, Bushing (in-line) (not-automatic) (on page 95)
6Q2C46, Reducing insert (in-line) (not-automatic) (on page 95)
6Q2C47, Pipe bend (in-line) (on page 95)
6Q2C49, 5.625 deg elbow (in-line) (not-automatic) (on page 96)
6Q2C55, <45 deg direction change (in-line) (on page 97)
6Q2C56, 45 deg direction change (in-line) (on page 98)
6Q2C57, 45 deg elbow (in-line) (on page 98)
6Q2C59, 45 deg LR elbow (in-line) (on page 99)
6Q2C60, 45 deg long tangent elbow (in-line) (on page 99)
6Q2C61, 45 deg 3D elbow (in-line) (on page 100)
6Q2C63, 45 deg union elbow (in-line) (not-automatic) (on page 100)
6Q2C65, 45 deg street elbow (in-line) (not-automatic) (on page 100)
74
6Q2C66, 45 deg short elbow (in-line) (on page 101)
6Q2C68, 45 deg long elbow (in-line) (on page 101)
6Q2C73, 60 deg elbow (in-line) (not-automatic) (on page 101)
6Q2C75, 45-90 deg direction change (in-line) (on page 101)
6Q2C76, 90 deg direction change (in-line) (on page 102)
6Q2C77, 90 deg elbow (in-line) (on page 102)
6Q2C79, 90 deg SR elbow (in-line) (on page 103)
6Q2C80, 90 deg LR elbow (in-line) (on page 103)
6Q2C82, 90 deg LR long tangent elbow (in-line) (on page 104)
6Q2C84, 90 deg reducing elbow (in-line) (on page 104)
6Q2C86, 90 deg 3D elbow (in-line) (on page 104)
6Q2C88, 90 deg union elbow (in-line) (not-automatic) (on page 105)
6Q2C90, 90 deg street elbow (in-line) (not-automatic) (on page 105)
6Q2C91, 90 deg reducing street elbow (in-line) (not-automatic) (on page 105)
6Q2C93, 90 deg short elbow (in-line) (on page 106)
6Q2C94, 90 deg long elbow (in-line) (on page 106)
Connect Point Data_GCP

Green Connect Point Data Only, GCP=Male

Specification and if the connect point is a male termination type, the following applies:
Job Specification:
MC GS Term(G) A
MC GS Term(G)_B
The empty weight of the component is included in a table with format P51. The name of this
Job Specification:
MC GS Term(G)_Sc/Th(G)_WC
of the component. The only dependent variable is empty weight of the component.
75
Green Connect Point Data Only, GCP Male
Specification and if the connect point is not a male termination type, the following applies:
Job Specification:
MC GS Term(G) Rat(G) A
MC GS Term(G) Rat(G) B
Job Specification:
MC GS Term(G)_Rat(G) Sc/Th(G)_WC

Job Specification:
table.
76
Job Specification:
MC GS Term(G)_Rat(G) Term(R)_Rat/Sc/Th(R)_WC
connect points of the component. The only dependent variable is empty weight of the
component.
If both green and red connect point data appear in the definition of the component in the piping
commodities part of the Piping Job Specification and neither the green nor the "red" connect
points are male termination types, the following applies:
Job Specification:
table.
Job Specification:
MC_GS_Term(G) Rat(G) Term(R) Rat(R) Sc/Th(R)_WC
component.
Green and Red Connect Point Data, GCP=Male, RCP=Male, MC WOL, SOL, TOL, NOL,
EOL, LOL, RPAD* or RWELD*
Job Specification and both the green and red connect points are male termination type and the
model code is not WOL, SOL, TOL, NOL, EOL, LOL, RPAD* or RWELD*, the following applies:
Job Specification:
MC GS Term(G) Term(R) A
77
MC GS Term(G) Term(R) B
table.
Job Specification:
MC_GS_Term(G) Sc/Th(G) Term(R) Sc/Th(R)_WC
component.
Green and Red Connect Point Data, GCP=Male, RCP Male, MC WOL, SOL, TOL, NOL,
EOL LOL, RPAD* or RWELD*
Job Specification, the green connect point is a male termination type, the red connect point is not
a male termination type and the model code is not WOL, SOL, TOL, NOL, EOL LOL, RPAD* or
RWELD*, the following applies:
Job Specification:
table.
Job Specification:
MC_GS_Term(G) Sc/Th(G) Term(R) Rat(R)_WC
component.
78
Green and Red Connect Point Data, GCP=Male, RCP=Male or Female, MC=WOL, SOL, TOL,
NOL, EOL or LOL
Job Specification, the green connect point is a male termination type, the red connect point is
either a male or a female termination type and the model code is WOL, SOL, TOL, NOL, EOL or
LOL, the following applies:
Job Specification:
MC_GS_Term(G) Sc/Th(G) Term(R) Rat/Sc/Th(R) A
MC_GS_Term(G) Sc/Th(G) Term(R) Rat/Sc/Th(R) B
table.
Job Specification:
MC_GS_Term(G) Sc/Th(G) Term(R) Rat/Sc/Th(R)_WC
component.
Green and Red Connect Point Data, GCP=Male, RCP=Male, MC=RPAD*, RWELD*
Job Specification and both the green and the red connect points are male termination types and
the model code is RPAD* or RWELD*, the following applies:
table is comprised of the following parameters:
MC_GS_BrchTbl Angle A
The values for these parameters are derived from:

MC and GS from the piping commodities part of the Piping Job Specification
BrchTbl from the piping classes part of the Piping Job Specification
The "angle" of intersection between the header and the branch from data in the design
file.
connect points of the component. The dependent variables are surface area, weight of
water plus all those dimensional parameters required to display the component in the
model whose values are not defined in a generic table.
These components do not require an overflow table.
79
The empty weight of these components will not be considered.

Unless otherwise indicated, all fittings are automatically placed in the Piping Task during
automatic component placement. Components to be placed automatically by the system will
be selected to match the CP preparation, CP rating and table suffix of the applicable CP of the
mating component or equipment nozzle.
Under the description of each table format applicable to each component type, the GCP and
RCP rating and schedule/thickness that needs to be provided in the Piping Job Specification
has been listed. These values are required for one or more of the reasons indicated below and
will not necessarily be part of the names of the tables that include data about the component.
To access data tables. Refer to Section 4, Model Graphics Definitions, for a description of
the table formats.
6Q2C01, Flange (in-line)

Weld neck flange (MC=FWN) (SN=F1A)
TNF=P25A & P61
Long weld neck flange (MC=FLWN) (SN=F1A)
TNF=P25A & P61
Slip-on flange (MC=FSO) (SN=F1A)
TNF=P25A & P61
Flanged/plain ends
Lap joint flange (MC=FL) (SN=F1A)
TNF=P25A & P61
Flanged/plain ends
Plate flange (MC=FPL) (SN=F1A)
TNF=P25A & P61
Flanged/plain ends
Short-stub-end, slip-on flange (MC=FSSSO) (SN=F1A)
80
TNF=P25A & P61
Short-stub-end, lap joint flange (MC=FSSL) (SN=F1A)
TNF=P25A & P61
Short-stub-end, plate flange (MC=FSSPL) (SN=F1A)
TNF=P25A & P61
Long-stub-end, slip-on flange (MC=FLSSO) (SN=F1A)
TNF=P25A & P61
Long-stub-end, lap joint flange (MC=FLSL) (SN=F1A)
TNF=P25A & P61
Filler flange (MC=FFIL) (SN=F1A)
TNF=P15A & P52
Flanged ends
Socket flange (MC=FS) (SN=F1A)
TNF=P26A & P62
Flanged/socket ends
Socketwelded flange (MC=FSW) (SN=F1A)
TNF=P26A & P62
Flanged/socketwelded ends
81
Threaded flange (MC=FTHD) (SN=F1A)
TNF=P26A & P62
Flanged/female threaded ends
Flanged connecting piece (MC=FCP) (SN=F1A)
TNF=P25A & P61
Flanged/plain ends
The following comments apply to the above items:
o The "rating" for the RCP, if applicable, is the same
as for the flange itself, regardless of the CP preparation
involved. A value is provided in the "rating" field
to minimize the number of weight tables required to define
these components.
o For flanges placed together with stub-ends, the flange
is defined in the piping materials class as the
primary component. The stub-end is defined as its
implied component, using the "*" prefix method.
o Prior to the automatic placement of flanges, all
user-placed components that have flanged ends must be
placed in the model. During automatic placement of
flanges, the system will determine whether the flange
being placed shares the CP preparation, CP rating and
table suffix of its previously placed mate. If it does,
the flange being placed is accepted; if it does not,
the system will search for the next occurrence of the
AABBCC code. The checking process is repeated until
a match is found. If a match is not found, error message
GMXXX is returned.
o During automatic component placement, the piping software
will refuse to attach slip-on or lap-joint flanges without
stub-ends to any kind of fitting. Only attachment of a
slip-on or lap-joint flange to a plain section of pipe
is allowed. For piping materials classes with
slip-on or lap-joint flanges, two flanges are defined:
a first one that will lead to a slip-on or lap-joint
flange; a second one that will lead to an acceptable
flange type for attachment to a fitting. If during
automatic component placement, the system refuses to
attach the first flange selected because of the above
criteria, a new search is made in the piping
materials class for the second flange.
82
6Q2C03, Reducing flange (in-line) (not-automatic)

Weld neck reducing flange (MC=FRWN) (SN=F1A)
TNF=P25A & P61
Slip-on reducing flange (MC=FRSO) (SN=F1A)
TNF=P25A & P61
Flanged/plain ends
Plate reducing flange (MC=FRPL) (SN=F1A)
TNF=P25A & P61
Flanged/plain ends
Socket reducing flange (MC=FRS) (SN=F1A)
TNF=P26A & P62
Flanged/socket ends
Socketwelded reducing flange (MC=FRSW) (SN=F1A)
TNF=P26A & P62
Threaded reducing flange (MC=FRTHD) (SN=F1A)
TNF=P26A & P62
these components.
83
6Q2C04, Expander flange (in-line) (not-automatic)

Weld neck expander flange (MC=FEWN) (SN=F4)
TNF=P27A & P64
The following comments apply to the above item:
o The "rating" for the GCP, if applicable, is the same
involved.
6Q2C06, Orifice flange (in-line) (not-automatic)

Weld neck orifice flange w/0.5inch threaded taps (MC=FOWNA)
(SN=F6)
TNF=P25A & P61
Weld neck orifice flange w/0.5inch socketwelded taps
(MC=FOWNAW) (SN=F6)
TNF=P25A & P61
Weld neck orifice flange w/0.75inch threaded taps (MC=FOWNB)
(SN=F6)
TNF=P25A & P61
Weld neck orifice flange w/0.75inch socketwelded taps
(MC=FOWNBW) (SN=F6)
TNF=P25A & P61
Slip-on orifice flange w/0.5inch threaded taps (MC=FOSOA)
(SN=F6)
84
TNF=P25A & P61
Flanged/plain ends
Slip-on orifice flange w/0.5inch socketwelded taps
(MC=FOSOAW) (SN=F6)
TNF=P25A & P61
Flanged/plain ends
Slip-on orifice flange w/0.75inch threaded taps (MC=FOSOB)
(SN=F6)
TNF=P25A & P61
Flanged/plain ends
Slip-on orifice flange w/0.75inch socketwelded taps
(MC=FOSOBW) (SN=F6)
TNF=P25A & P61
Flanged/plain ends
Socketwelded orifice flange w/0.5inch threaded taps
(MC=FOSWA) (SN=F6)
TNF=P26A & P62
Socketwelded orifice flange w/0.5inch socketwelded taps
(MC=FOSWAW) (SN=F6)
TNF=P26A & P62
Socketwelded orifice flange w/0.75inch threaded taps
(MC=FOSWB) (SN=F6)
TNF=P26A & P62
85
Socketwelded orifice flange w/0.75inch socketwelded taps
(MC=FOSWBW) (SN=F6)
TNF=P26A & P62
Threaded orifice flange w/0.5 inch threaded taps (MC=FOTHDA)
(SN=F6)
TNF=P26A & P62
o The tap connect point is placed a distance of one-half
the flange thickness from the face of the flange. This
distance may not be dimensionally correct per the industry
standards. The user must modify the Eden if exact
coordinates are required for tap locations.
these components.
o The number of taps for orifice flanges, "1" or "2", will
be defined in the "Mod" column of the Piping Job
Specification. Only these values are acceptable.
o The "rating" for the taps is derived from the entry
in the applicable Taps Table with an option code of "1"
and having the tap size implied in the orifice flange
being placed.
6Q2C08, Blind flange (in-line) (not-automatic)

Blind flange (MC=FBLD) (SN=F8)
TNF=P52
Flanged end
A specific table will not be required for definition of
dimensions of blind flanges.
86
6Q2C10, Open spectacle blank (in-line) (not-automatic)

Open spectacle blank (MC=BLSPO) (SN=F10_1)
TNF=P15A & P52
Thru-bolted ends
6Q2C11, Closed spectacle blank (in-line) (not-automatic)

Closed spectacle blank (MC=BLSPC) (SN=F10_2)
TNF=P15A & P52
Thru-bolted ends
6Q2C12, Blank disc (in-line) (not-automatic)

Blank disc (MC=BDISC) (SN=F13)
TNF=P15A & P52
Thru-bolted ends
6Q2C13, Blind spacer (in-line) (not-automatic)

Paddle blank (MC=BLPAD) (SN=F13)
TNF=P15A & P52
Thru-bolted ends
6Q2C14, Tapered spacer (in-line) (not-automatic)

One-sided tapered spacer (MC=T1SPA) (SN=F14A)
TNF=P15A & P52
Thru-bolted ends
Two-sided tapered spacer (MC=T2SPA) (SN=F14B)
87
TNF=P15A & P52
Thru-bolted ends
The included angle of tapered spacers is determined by
the system from data in the design file and is supplied
to the component definition without need of user
intervention.
6Q2C15, Open spacer (in-line) (not-automatic)

Paddle spacer (MC=BLSPA) (SN=F13)
TNF=P15A & P52
Thru-bolted ends
Full-face thru-bolted ends with integral gaskets
Open spacer (MC=OPSPA) (SN=F13)
TNF=P15A & P52
Thru-bolted ends
Full-face thru-bolted ends with integral gaskets
6Q2C16, End (in-line) (not-automatic)

Any of the model codes for closure of a piping component may
be used under this AABBCC code. The piping materials classes
will only include the generic end which is applicable to the
vent/drain valve.
6Q2C17, Head (in-line) (not-automatic)

Hemispherical head (MC=HDHEMI) (SN=F17D)
TNF=P11A & P51
Beveled end
Ellipsoidal head (MC=HDELIP) (SN=F17D)
TNF=P11A & P51
Beveled end
2:1 elliptical head (MC=HD21) (SN=F17D)
88
TNF=P11A & P51
Beveled end
6Q2C19, Plug (in-line) (not-automatic)

Plug (MC=PLUG) (SN=F19)
TNF=P11A & P51
Male threaded end
Spigot end
For GCP: Rating="-"; Sc/Th="NREQD"
6Q2C21, Cap (in-line) (not-automatic)

Cap (MC=CAPBV) (SN=F17D)
TNF=P11A & P51
Beveled end
Cap (MC=CAPOT) (SN=F19)
TNF=P15A & P52
Socket end
Socketwelded end
Female threaded end
6Q2C23, Concentric diameter change (in-line)

Any of the model codes for concentric components that allow
diameter change may be used under this AABBCC code. This
component is used in the automatic placement of components.
6Q2C24, Eccentric diameter change (in-line) (not-automatic)

Any of the model codes for eccentric components that allow
diameter change may be used under this AABBCC code.
6Q2C25, Coupling-connector (in-line) (not-automatic)

Coupling/connector (MC=CPL) (SN=F25)
TNF=P11A & P51
Beveled ends
89
TNF=P15A & P52
TNF=P15A & P52
Female grooved ends
Push-on bell ends
TNF=P15A & P52
Socket ends
Socketwelded ends
TNF=P25A & P61
Flanged/plain ends
For RCP: Rating="-"; Sc/Th="NREQD"
TNF=P25A & P61
TNF=P25A & P61
Socket/male threaded ends
TNF=P26A & P62
Socket/female threaded ends
6Q2C26, Half coupling (in-line) (not-automatic)

Half coupling (MC=CPLH) (SN=F31)
TNF=P27A & P64
Plain/socket ends
90
6Q2C27, Concentric reducer (in-line)

Concentric reducer (MC=REDC) (SN=F27)
TNF=P26A & P62
TNF=P26A & P62
Socket/socket ends
TNF=P26A & P62
Mechanical joint/mechanical joint ends
TNF=P26A & P62
Push-on bell/push-on bell ends
TNF=P25A & P61
Mechanical joint/plain
TNF=P25A & P61
Push-on bell/plain ends
TNF=P21A & P63
Male grooved/male grooved ends
Male grooved/male threaded ends
TNF=P21A & P63
Plain/plain ends
For GCP: Rating="-"; Sc/Th="S-RAT"
For RCP: Rating="-"; Sc/Th="S-RAT"
TNF=P27A & P64
Plain/mechanical joint ends
91
TNF=P27A & P64
A note is required on the iso to identify the end connection
sizes.
6Q2C28, Eccentric reducer (in-line) (not-automatic)

Eccentric reducer (MC=REDE) (SN=F28)
TNF=P26A & P62
TNF=P26A & P62
TNF=P21A & P63
A note is required on the iso to identify the end connection
sizes and center line offset dimensions.
6Q2C32, Reducing coupling (in-line) (not-automatic)

Reducing coupling (MC=CPLR) (SN=F32)
TNF=P26A & P62
Socket/socket ends
92
6Q2C35, Concentric swage (in-line)

Concentric swage (MC=SWGC) (SN=F27)
TNF=P21A & P63
Beveled/male threaded ends
Beveled/plain ends
Male threaded/male threaded ends
Male threaded/beveled ends
Plain/plain ends
Plain ends/beveled ends
Plain ends/male threaded ends
CP preparation for each end will generally be determined by
the piping commodities part of the Piping Job Specification.
Optionally, it is determined by the user during the
work session, provided that the end has been defined as "User
defined". A note is required on the iso to identify the end
connection sizes.
6Q2C36, Eccentric swage (in-line) (not-automatic)

Eccentric swage (MC=SWGE) (SN=F28)
TNF=P21A & P63
Beveled ends/beveled ends
Beveled/plain ends
Male threaded/male threaded ends
Male threaded/beveled ends
Plain/plain ends
Plain ends/beveled ends
Plain ends/male threaded ends
CP preparation for each end will generally be determined by
the piping commodities part of the Piping Job Specification.
Optionally, it is determined by the user during the
work session, provide that the end has been defined as "User
defined". A note is required on the iso to identify the end
connection sizes.
93
6Q2C39, Union (in-line) (not-automatic)

Union (MC=UN) (SN=F39)
TNF=P15A & P52
Socket ends
Socketwelded ends
TNF=P27A & P64
6Q2C40, Orifice union (in-line) (not-automatic)

Orifice union (MC=UNO) (SN=F39)
TNF=P15A & P52
Socketwelded ends
6Q2C41, Dielectric union (in-line) (not-automatic)

Dielectric union (MC=UND) (SN=F39)
TNF=P15A & P52
Socketwelded ends
6Q2C43, Hose connection (in-line) (not-automatic)

Hose connection (MC=HC) (SN=F43_1)
TNF=P21A & P63
TNF=P27A & P64
Male threaded/female quick connect ends
TNF=P27A & P64
Male hose/female quick connect ends
94
6Q2C44, Bushing (in-line) (not-automatic)

Bushing (MC=BUSH) (SN=F43_2)
TNF=P27A & P64
For RCP: Rating="NONE"; Sc/Th="NREQD"
6Q2C46, Reducing insert (in-line) (not-automatic)

Reducing insert type 1 (MC=INSR1) (SN=F43_2)
TNF=P27A & P64
Plain/socket ends
Reducing insert type 2 (MC=INSR2) (SN=F43_2)
TNF=P27A & P64
Plain/socket ends
6Q2C47, Pipe bend (in-line)

Pipe bend w/ straight ends (MC=PIPB) (SN=F47A)
TNF=P11A
Beveled ends
Male threaded ends
Male grooved ends
Plain ends
Pipe bend w/o straight ends (MC=PIPB2) (SN=F47A)
TNF=P11A
Beveled ends
Male threaded ends
Male grooved ends
Plain ends
The included angle of pipe bends is determined by the
system from data in the design file and is supplied to
the component definition without need of user intervention.
95
The radius of the pipe bend is defined in the "Mod"
column of the Piping Job Specification in terms of the
nominal diameter.
Dimension tables with TNF=P11A are required for all pipe
bends, regardless of their model code. In these tables, a
"-" is shown for the surface area and water weight
parameters since they are calculated by the software
using the information available for plain piping. For pipe
bends with model code PIPB, values are provided for
table parameters "P1" and "P2" to define the lengths of the
straight sections involved. For pipe bends with model code
PIPB2, dashes are provided for table parameters "P1" and
"P2" since no straight sections are involved. The use of
tables with TNF=51 will not be required for pipe bends since
their empty weights are calculated by the software
using the information available for plain piping.
6Q2C49, 5.625 deg elbow (in-line) (not-automatic)

5.625 deg elbow (MC=E5) (SN=F47)
TNF=P15A & P52

TNF=P15A & P52
TNF=P15A & P52
TNF=P15A & P52
Push-on bell ends
TNF=P25A & P61
96
TNF=P11A & P51
Male grooved ends
TNF=P27A & P64

TNF=P15A & P52
TNF=P15A & P52
TNF=P15A & P52
Push-on bell ends
TNF=P25A & P61
TNF=P11A & P51
Male grooved ends
Plain ends
TNF=P27A & P64
6Q2C55, <45 deg direction change (in-line)

For an intersection more acute than 45 degrees, any of the
model codes for a 45 degree "trimmable elbow" or for a
"miter" may be used under this AABBCC code. This component
is used in the automatic placement of components.
97
6Q2C56, 45 deg direction change (in-line)

Any of the model codes for components that allow a 45 degree
change in direction may be used under this AABBCC code.
This component is used in the automatic placement of
components.
6Q2C57, 45 deg elbow (in-line)

45 deg elbow (MC=E45) (SN=F47)
TNF=P15A & P52
Flanged ends
TNF=P15A & P52
Socket ends
Socketwelded ends
TNF=P15A & P52
TNF=P15A & P52
Push-on bell ends
TNF=P25A & P61
TNF=P26A & P62
Flanged/socket ends
TNF=P11A & P51
Male grooved ends
Plain ends
TNF=P27A & P64
98
TNF=P27A & P64
Plain/socket ends
6Q2C59, 45 deg LR elbow (in-line)

45 deg LR elbow (MC=E45LR) (SN=F47)
TNF=P15A & P52
Flanged ends
TNF=P11A & P51
Beveled ends
45 deg trimmable LR elbow (MC=E45TLR) (SN=F47)
TNF=Use tables for E45LR
Beveled ends
Model code E45TLR is trimmed by the software to the
angle defined in the design file between elements defining
the center line routing of the segment or, if center line
routes do not exist, to the angle defined at placement
The system will use data tables for E45LR; tables specific
to E45TLR will not be required.
6Q2C60, 45 deg long tangent elbow (in-line)

45 deg long tangent elbow (MC=E45LT) (SN=F63)
TNF=P27A & P64
99
6Q2C61, 45 deg 3D elbow (in-line)

45 deg 3D elbow (MC=E453D) (SN=F47)
TNF=P11A & P51
Beveled ends
45 deg trimmable 3D elbow (MC=E45T3D) (SN=F47)
TNF=Use tables for E453D
Beveled ends
Model code E45T3D is trimmed by the software to the
routes do not exist, to the angle defined at
placement time. The system will use data tables for E453D
tables specific to E45T3D will not be required.
6Q2C63, 45 deg union elbow (in-line) (not-automatic)

45 deg union elbow (MC=E45U) (SN=F63)
TNF=P15A & P52
TNF=P27A & P64
6Q2C65, 45 deg street elbow (in-line) (not-automatic)

45 deg street elbow (MC=E45ST) (SN=F63)
TNF=P21A & P63
TNF=P27A & P64
100
6Q2C66, 45 deg short elbow (in-line)

45 deg short elbow (MC=E45S) (SN=F47)
TNF=P15A & P52
6Q2C68, 45 deg long elbow (in-line)

45 deg long elbow (MC=E45L) (SN=F47)
TNF=P15A & P52
6Q2C73, 60 deg elbow (in-line) (not-automatic)

TNF=P15A & P52
TNF=P27A & P64
6Q2C75, 45-90 deg direction change (in-line)

For an intersection larger than 45 degrees and smaller than
90 degrees, any of the model codes for a 90 degree
"trimmable elbow" or for a "miter" may be used under this
AABBCC code. This component is used in the automatic
placement of components.
101
6Q2C76, 90 deg direction change (in-line)

Any of the model codes for components that allow a 90 degree
change in direction may be used under this AABBCC code.
This component is used in the automatic placement of
components.
6Q2C77, 90 deg elbow (in-line)

TNF=P15A & P52
Flanged ends
TNF=P15A & P52
Socket ends
Socketwelded ends
TNF=P15A & P52
TNF=P15A & P52
Push-on bell ends
TNF=P25A & P61
TNF=P26A & P62
Flanged/socket ends
TNF=P11A & P51
Male grooved ends
Plain ends
TNF=P21A & P63
102
TNF=P27A & P64
TNF=P27A & P64
Plain/socket ends
6Q2C79, 90 deg SR elbow (in-line)

90 deg SR elbow (MC=E90SR) (SN=F47)
TNF=P11A & P51
Beveled ends
6Q2C80, 90 deg LR elbow (in-line)

90 deg LR elbow (MC=E90LR) (SN=F47)
TNF=P15A & P52
Flanged ends
TNF=P11A & P51
Beveled ends
90 deg trimmable LR elbow (MC=E90TLR) (SN=F47)
TNF=Use tables for E90LR
Beveled ends
Model code E90TLR is trimmed by the software to the angle
defined in the design file between elements defining the
center line routing of the segment or, if center line routes
do not exist, to the angle defined at placement. The system
will use data tables for E90LR; tables specific to E90TLR
will not be required.
103
6Q2C82, 90 deg LR long tangent elbow (in-line)

90 deg LR long tangent elbow (MC=E90LT) (SN=F63)
TNF=P11A & P51
Beveled ends
TNF=P27A & P64
6Q2C84, 90 deg reducing elbow (in-line)

90 deg reducing elbow (MC=E90R) (SN=F84)
TNF=P26A & P62
Socket/socket ends
TNF=P21A & P63
6Q2C86, 90 deg 3D elbow (in-line)

90 deg 3D elbow (MC=E903D) (SN=F47)
TNF=P11A & P51
Beveled ends
Male grooved ends
90 deg trimmable 3D elbow (MC=E90T3D) (SN=F47)
TNF=Use tables for E903D
Beveled ends
104
Model code E90T3D is trimmed by the software to the
routes do not exist, to the angle defined at placement.
The system will use data tables for E903D; tables specific
to E90T3D will not be required.
6Q2C88, 90 deg union elbow (in-line) (not-automatic)

90 deg union elbow (MC=E90U) (SN=F63)
TNF=P15A & P52
TNF=P27A & P64
6Q2C90, 90 deg street elbow (in-line) (not-automatic)

90 deg street elbow (MC=E90ST) (SN=F63)
TNF=P21A & P63
TNF=P27A & P64
6Q2C91, 90 deg reducing street elbow (in-line)

(not-automatic)
90 deg reducing street elbow (MC=E90RST) (SN=F84)
TNF=P25A & P61
Female threaded/male threaded ends
105
6Q2C93, 90 deg short elbow (in-line)

90 deg short elbow (MC=E90S) (SN=F47)
TNF=P15A & P52
6Q2C94, 90 deg long elbow (in-line)

90 deg long elbow (MC=E90L) (SN=F47)
TNF=P15A & P52
On-line Fittings (6P3C) and In-line Fittings (6Q3C)

The definition of piping fittings included in this paragraph is a continuation of that started under
piping component classes 6P2C and 6Q2C in Section C1.3.
The AABBCC code for fittings will consist of the applicable AABB code, 6P3C or 6Q3C, followed
by two numbers for the specific type.
See Also
Connect Point Data_Independent Variables (on page 107)
6Q3C01, 180 deg return (in-line) (not-automatic) (on page 112)
6Q3C03, 180 deg SR return (in-line) (not-automatic) (on page 112)
6Q3C05, 180 deg LR return (in-line) (not-automatic) (on page 112)
6Q3C07, 180 deg close return (in-line) (not-automatic) (on page 112)
6Q3C08, 180 deg medium return (in-line) (not-automatic) (on page 113)
6Q3C09, 180 deg open return (in-line) (not-automatic) (on page 113)
6Q3C14, Miter (in-line) (not-automatic) (on page 113)
6Q3C16, 45 deg miter (in-line) (on page 114)
6Q3C18, 90 deg miter (in-line) (on page 115)
6Q3C22, Tee (in-line) (on page 116)
6Q3C24, Reducing branch tee (in-line) (on page 117)
6Q3C25, Reducing run and branch tee (in-line) (on page 119)
6Q3C27, On-run union tee (in-line) (not-automatic) (on page 119)
6Q3C28, On-branch union tee (in-line) (not-automatic) (on page 119)
6Q3C31, Street tee (in-line) (not-automatic) (on page 120)
6Q3C34, Reducing instrument tee (in-line) (not-automatic) (on page 120)
6Q3C36, Drip ring tee (in-line) (not-automatic) (on page 120)
6Q3C38, Basin tee (in-line) (on page 121)
6Q3C45, True Y (in-line) (not-automatic) (on page 121)
6Q3C47, Lateral (in-line) (on page 121)
6Q3C49, Reducing branch lateral (in-line) (on page 122)
6Q3C50, Reducing run and branch lateral (in-line) (on page 123)
106
6Q3C52, 90 deg short Y-branch (in-line) (not-automatic) (on page 123)
6Q3C53, 90 deg reducing short Y-branch (in-line) (not-automatic) (on page 123)
6Q3C54, 90 deg long Y-branch (in-line) (not-automatic) (on page 123)
6Q3C55, 90 deg reducing long Y-branch (in-line) (not-automatic) (on page 124)
6Q3C60, Cross (in-line) (not-automatic) (on page 124)
6Q3C62, Reducing branches cross (in-line) (not-automatic) (on page 125)
6Q3C63, Reducing run and branches cross (in-line) (not-automatic) (on page 125)
6Q3C64, Basin cross (in-line) (not-automatic) (on page 126)
6Q3C70, Saddle (in-line) (on page 126)
6Q3C72, Sweepolet (in-line) (on page 126)
6Q3C73, Weldolet (in-line) (on page 127)
6Q3C74, Sockolet (in-line) (on page 127)
6Q3C75, Thredolet (in-line) (on page 128)
6Q3C76, Nippolet (in-line) (on page 128)
6Q3C77, Elbolet (in-line) (not-automatic) (on page 129)
6Q3C78, Latrolet (in-line) (not-automatic) (on page 129)
6Q3C79, Endolet (in-line) (not-automatic) (on page 130)
6Q3C80, Reinforcing pad (in-line) (on page 130)
6Q3C82, Reinforcing weld (in-line) (on page 132)
6Q3C84, Buttweld (in-line) (not-automatic) (on page 134)
6Q3C88, Branch nipple (in-line) (not-automatic) (on page 134)
6Q3C89, In-line nipple (in-line) (not-automatic) (on page 135)
6Q3C95, Gasket (on page 135)
6Q3C97, Stud (on page 137)
Connect Point Data_Independent Variables


If only green connect point data appears in the definition of the component in the piping
commodities part of the Piping Job Specification and if the connect point is a male termination
Job Specification:
MC GS Term(G) A
MC GS Term(G)_B
107
Job Specification:
MC GS Term(G)_Sc/Th(G)_WC

Job Specification:
Job Specification:
MC GS Term(G)_Rat(G) Sc/Th(G)_WC

Job Specification:
108
table.
Job Specification:
MC GS Term(G)_Rat(G) Term(R)_Sc/Th(R)_WC
component.
Job Specification and neither the green nor the red connect points are male termination types, the
following applies:
Job Specification:
table.
Job Specification:
MC_GS_Term(G) Rat(G) Term(R) Rat(R) Sc/Th(R) WC
component.
109
Green and Red Connect Point Data, GCP=Male, RCP=Male, MC WOL, SOL, TOL, NOL, EOL
or LOL
Job Specification and both the green and the red connect points are male termination types and
the model code is not WOL, SOL, TOL, NOL, EOL or LOL, the following applies:
Job Specification:
table.
Job Specification:
MC_GS_Term(G) Sc/Th(G) Term(R) Sc/Th(R) WC
component.
Green and Red Connect Point Data, GCP=Male, RCP Male, MC WOL, SOL, TOL, NOL,
EOL or LOL
If both green and red connect point data appear in the definition of the component in the piping
commodities part of the Piping Job Specification, the green connect point is a male termination
type, the red connect point is not a male termination type and the model code is not WOL, SOL,
TOL, NOL, EOL or LOL, the following applies:
Job Specification:
110
table.
Job Specification:
MC_GS_Term(G) Sc/Th(G) Term(R) Rat(R) WC
component.
Green and Red Connect Point Data, GCP=Male, RCP=Male or Female, MC=WOL, SOL, TOL,
NOL, EOL or LOL
Job Specification, the green connect point is a male termination type, the red connect point is
either a male or a female termination type and the model code is WOL, SOL, TOL, NOL, EOL or
LOL, the following applies:
Job Specification:
MC_GS_Term(G) Sc/Th(G) Term(R) Rat/Sc/Th(R) A
MC_GS_Term(G) Sc/Th(G) Term(R) Rat/Sc/Th(R) B
table.
Job Specification:
MC_GS_Term(G) Sc/Th(G) Term(R) Rat/Sc/Th(R) WC
component.
Unless otherwise indicated, all fittings are automatically placed in the Piping Task during
automatic component placement. Components to be placed automatically by the system will
be selected to match the CP preparation, CP rating and table suffix of the applicable CP of the
mating component or equipment nozzle.
111
the table formats.
The AABBCC code for fittings will consist of the applicable AABB code, 6P3C or 6Q3C,
followed by two numbers for the specific type.
AABBCC
Description
6Q3C01, 180 deg return (in-line) (not-automatic)

180 deg return (MC=R180) (SN=F101)
TNF=P15A & P52
Socket ends
TNF=P27A & P64
6Q3C03, 180 deg SR return (in-line) (not-automatic)

180 deg SR return (MC=R180SR) (SN=F101)
TNF=P11A & P51
Beveled ends
6Q3C05, 180 deg LR return (in-line) (not-automatic)

180 deg LR return (MC=R180LR) (SN=F101)
TNF=P11A & P51
Beveled ends
6Q3C07, 180 deg close return (in-line) (not-automatic)

180 deg close return (MC=R180CL) (SN=F101)
TNF=P15A & P52
112
6Q3C08, 180 deg medium return (in-line) (not-automatic)

180 deg medium return (MC=R180MD) (SN=F101)
TNF=P15A & P52
6Q3C09, 180 deg open return (in-line) (not-automatic)

180 deg open return (MC=R180OP) (SN=F101)
TNF=P15A & P52
6Q3C14, Miter (in-line) (not-automatic)

1 cut miter (MC=M1) (SN=F114A)
TNF=P11A & P51
Beveled ends
TNF=P21A & P63
Beveled/plain ends
2 cuts miter (MC=M2) (SN=F114B)
TNF=P11A & P51
Beveled ends
TNF=P21A & P63
Beveled/plain ends
3 cuts miter (MC=M3) (SN=F114C)
TNF=P11A & P51
Beveled ends
113
TNF=P21A & P63
Beveled/plain ends
4 cuts miter (MC=M4) (SN=F114D)
TNF=P11A & P51
Beveled ends
TNF=P21A & P63
Beveled/plain ends
The same nominal diameter must apply to both ends of these
miters.
The miter angle of these miters is determined by the
system from data in the design file and is supplied to
the component definition without need of user intervention.
The number of cuts in a miter will have to be "remembered"
by the system since this value is required in the
calculation of SIF applicable to the miter.
6Q3C16, 45 deg miter (in-line)

1 cut 45 deg miter (MC=M451) (SN=F114A)
TNF=P11A & P51
Beveled ends
TNF=P21A & P63
Beveled/plain ends
TNF=P27A & P64
2 cuts 45 deg miter (MC=M452) (SN=F114B)
TNF=P11A & P51
Beveled ends
114
TNF=P21A & P63
Beveled/plain ends
miters. The number of cuts in a miter will have to be
"remembered" by the system since this value is required
in the calculation of SIF applicable to the miter.
6Q3C18, 90 deg miter (in-line)

1 cut 90 deg miter (MC=M901) (SN=F114A)
TNF=P11A & P51
Beveled ends
TNF=P21A & P63
Beveled/plain ends
2 cuts 90 deg miter (MC=M902) (SN=F114B)
TNF=P11A & P51
Beveled ends
TNF=P21A & P63
Beveled/plain ends
TNF=P27A & P64
3 cuts 90 deg miter (MC=M903) (SN=F114C)
TNF=P11A & P51
Beveled ends
TNF=P21A & P63
Beveled/plain ends
4 cuts 90 deg miter (MC=M904) (SN=F114D)
115
TNF=P11A & P51
Beveled ends
TNF=P21A & P63
Beveled/plain ends
miters. The number of cuts in a miter will have to be
"remembered" by the system since this value is required
in the calculation of SIF applicable to the miter.
6Q3C22, Tee (in-line)

Tee (MC=T) (SN=F122_1)
TNF=P15A & P52
Flanged ends
TNF=P15A & P52
Socket ends
Socketwelded ends
TNF=P15A & P52
TNF=P15A & P52
Push-on bell ends
TNF=P26A & P62
Flanged/socket ends
TNF=P25A & P61
116
TNF=P25A & P61
TNF=P11A & P51
Beveled ends
Male grooved ends
TNF=P21A & P63
TNF=P27A & P64
Trimmable branch tee (MC=TBT) (SN=F122_1)
TNF=P11A & P51
Beveled ends
The branch end of model code TBT is trimmed by the
software to the angle defined in the design file between the
segment run connected to the branch end of the component and
that connected to either header end of the component. The
placement of this component will not be automatic. The user
will first insert the component in the header and then continue
piping from CP3. The system will use data tables for T;
tables specific to TBT will not be required.
6Q3C24, Reducing branch tee (in-line)

Reducing branch tee (MC=TRB) (SN=F122_1)
TNF=P26A & P62
TNF=P26A & P62
Socket/socket ends
Mechanical joint bell/mechanical joint bell ends
117
TNF=P26A & P62
TNF=P25A & P61
TNF=P21A & P63
TNF=P27A & P64
TNF=P27A & P64
Trimmable reducing branch tee (MC=TRBT) (SN=F122_1)
TNF=P11A & P51
Beveled ends
The branch end of model code TRBT is trimmed by the
software to the angle defined in the design file between the
segment run connected to the branch end of the component and
that connected to either header end of the component. The
placement of this component will not be automatic. The user
will first insert it in the header and then continue
piping from CP3. The system will use data tables for TRB;
tables specific to TRBT will not be required.
118
6Q3C25, Reducing run and branch tee (in-line)

Reducing run and branch tee (MC=TRRB) (SN=F125)
TNF=P26A & P62
TNF=P26A & P62
It will only be possible to place components with two
different sizes.
6Q3C27, On-run union tee (in-line) (not-automatic)

On-run union tee (MC=TUOR) (SN=F127)
TNF=P15A & P52
TNF=P27A & P64
6Q3C28, On-branch union tee (in-line) (not-automatic)

On-branch union tee (MC=TUOB) (SN=F128)
TNF=P15A & P52
TNF=P27A & P64
119
6Q3C31, Street tee (in-line) (not-automatic)

Street tee (MC=TST) (SN=F122_2)
TNF=P27A & P64
6Q3C34, Reducing instrument tee (in-line) (not-automatic)

Reducing instrument tee (MC=TRIF) (SN=F134M)
TNF=P26A & P62
Thru-bolted/flanged ends
Thru-bolted/flanged ends with integral gaskets
6Q3C36, Drip ring tee (in-line) (not-automatic)

Drip ring tee w/0.5inch threaded taps (MC=TDRA) (SN=F134)
TNF=P15A & P52
Thru-bolted/female threaded ends
For RCP: Rating="Value"; Sc/Th="-"
Drip ring tee w/0.5inch socketwelded taps (MC=TDRAW)
(SN=F134)
TNF=P15A & P52
Thru-bolted/socketwelded ends
For GCP: Rating="Value"; Sc/Th="NREQD-"
Drip ring tee w/0.75inch threaded taps (MC=TDRB) (SN=F134)
TNF=P15A & P52
Thru-bolted/female threaded ends
Drip ring tee w/0.75inch socketwelded taps (MC=TDRBW)
(SN=F134)
TNF=P15A & P52
Thru-bolted/socketwelded ends
120
o The number of taps, up to 4, is defined in the "Mod"
column of the Piping Job Specification.
6Q3C38, Basin tee (in-line)

Basin tee (MC=TBA) (SN=F122_1)
TNF=P15A & P52
TNF=P27A & P64
6Q3C45, True Y (in-line) (not-automatic)

True Y (MC=Y) (SN=F145)
TNF=P15A & P52
Flanged ends
TNF=P11A & P51
Beveled ends
Male grooved ends
6Q3C47, Lateral (in-line)

Lateral (MC=L) (SN=F147)
TNF=P15A & P52
Flanged ends
TNF=P15A & P52
Socket ends
Socketwelded ends
TNF=P15A & P52
121
TNF=P25A & P61
TNF=P11A & P51
Beveled ends
Male grooved ends
TNF=P27A & P64
6Q3C49, Reducing branch lateral (in-line)

Reducing branch lateral (MC=LRB) (SN=F147)
TNF=P26A & P62
TNF=P26A & P62
Mechanical joint bell/mechanical joint bell ends
TNF=P26A & P62
TNF=P25A & P61
TNF=P21A & P63
TNF=P27A & P64
122
6Q3C50, Reducing run and branch lateral (in-line)

Reducing run and branch lateral (MC=LRRB) (SN=F150)
TNF=P26A & P62
different sizes.
6Q3C52, 90 deg short Y-branch (in-line) (not-automatic)

90 deg short Y-branch (MC=S90YB) (SN=F152)
TNF=P15A & P52
6Q3C53, 90 deg reducing short Y-branch (in-line)

(not-automatic)
90 deg reducing short Y-branch (MC=S90YRB) (SN=F152)
TNF=P26A & P62
6Q3C54, 90 deg long Y-branch (in-line) (not-automatic)

90 deg long Y-branch (MC=L90YB) (SN=F154)
TNF=P15A & P52
TNF=P11A & P51
Male grooved ends
123
6Q3C55, 90 deg reducing long Y-branch (in-line)

(not-automatic)
90 deg reducing long Y-branch (MC=L90YRB) (SN=F154)
TNF=P26A & P62
TNF=P21A & P63
6Q3C60, Cross (in-line) (not-automatic)

Cross (MC=X) (SN=F160)
TNF=P15A & P52
Flanged ends
TNF=P15A & P52
Socket ends
Socketwelded ends
TNF=P15A & P52
TNF=P25A & P61
TNF=P11A & P51
Beveled ends
Male grooved ends
Plain ends
TNF=P27A & P64
124
6Q3C62, Reducing branches cross (in-line) (not-automatic)

Reducing branches cross (MC=XRB) (SN=F160)
TNF=P26A & P62
TNF=P26A & P62
TNF=P26A & P62
TNF=P25A & P61
TNF=P21A & P63
TNF=P27A & P64
different sizes.
6Q3C63, Reducing run and branches cross (in-line)

(not-automatic)
Reducing run and branches cross (MC=XRRB) (SN=F163)
TNF=P26A & P62
125
TNF=P26A & P62
different sizes.
6Q3C64, Basin cross (in-line) (not-automatic)

Basin cross (MC=XBA) (SN=F160)
TNF=P15A & P52
6Q3C70, Saddle (in-line)

Saddle (MC=SAD) (SN=F170)
TNF=P21A & P63
Plain/plain ends
6Q3C72, Sweepolet (in-line)

Sweepolet (MC=SWOL) (SN=F172)
TNF=P28A & P65
Data defined for these components will allow the system to
determine the applicable stress intensification factors
(SIF) to be used in stress analysis of the piping system.
The thickness of the portion of piping from PCP2 of this
component to the centerline of the header is reported
as "RIGID" to the Pipe Stress Analysis software, regardless
of the value in the Piping Job Specification so as not to
provide a fictitious flexibility.
126
6Q3C73, Weldolet (in-line)

Weldolet (MC=WOL) (SN=F173)
TNF=P28A & P65
In determining the "L" dimension for dimension tables for
weldolets =<2 inch NPD (related to "A" dimension in Bonney
Forge catalog) will only depend on the size and thickness of
the outlet and is independent of the thickness of the
header.
6Q3C74, Sockolet (in-line)

Sockolet (MC=SOL) (SN=F173)
TNF=P28A & P65
127
6Q3C75, Thredolet (in-line)

Thredolet (MC=TOL) (SN=F173)
TNF=P28A & P65
6Q3C76, Nippolet (in-line)

Nippolet (MC=NOL) (SN=F176)
TNF=P28A & P65
Beveled/plain ends
The length of the nippolet is defined in the "Mod"
Surface areas and weights for nippolets are based on 4.5
inch length.
128
6Q3C77, Elbolet (in-line) (not-automatic)

Elbolet for LR elbow (MC=EOLLR) (SN=F177)
TNF=P28A & P65
Elbolet for SR elbow (MC=EOLSR) (SN=F177)
TNF=P28A & P65
component to the centerline of the elbow is reported as
"RIGID" to the Pipe Stress Analysis software, regardless of
the value in the Piping Job Specification so as not to
6Q3C78, Latrolet (in-line) (not-automatic)

Latrolet (MC=LOL) (SN=F178)
TNF=P28A & P65
In determining the "L" dimension for dimension tables for
weldolets =<2 inch NPD (related to "A" dimension in Bonney
Forge catalog) will only depend on the size and thickness of
the outlet and is independent of the thickness of the
header.
129
6Q3C79, Endolet (in-line) (not-automatic)

Flatolet on head/cap (MC=FOLHC) (SN=F179)
TNF=P28A & P65
6Q3C80, Reinforcing pad (in-line)

Stub-on reinforcing pad (MC=RPAD) (SN=F180)
TNF=P29A & None
Plain/plain ends
For GCP: Rating="-"; Sc/Th="-"
This model code represents a "stub-on" reinforcing pad; that
is one in which the pipe terminates at the outside surface
of the header.
Stub-in reinforcing pad (MC=RPAD2) (SN=F180)
TNF=P29A & None
Plain/plain ends
130
This model code represents a "stub-in" reinforcing pad; that
is one in which the pipe terminates at the inside surface of
the header.
The following comments apply to all reinforcing pads:
o Reinforcing pads are defined in the piping materials
classes to have an actual value for fabrication category,
which may be changed after placement. In the isometric
drawings, a note will not be placed in the graphic part
of the drawing to show their size. A short description
has been prepared for reinforcing pads and is displayed
in the bill of materials.
o Reinforcing pads may be placed with either single or
double curvature, for example reinforcing a pipe or a head
respectively.
o The angle of intersection between the header and the
branch is part of the table name containing
dimensional parameters for the component. This angle will
be derived by the system from data in the design file.
Four different types of intersection is recognized:
- Intersections at angles equal to or greater than 20 but
less than 45 degrees: the number "2045" is used as
part of the table name.
- Intersections at 45 degrees: the number "45" is
used as part of the table name.
- Intersections at angles greater than 45 but lesser than
90 degrees: the number "4590" is used as part of
the table name.
o Two possibilities exist regarding dimensions for a
reinforcing pad:
- If a "0" is entered in the "MOD" column of the Piping
Job Specification, dimensions are to be derived from
either a data table and/or from branch calculations.
For the case where no branch calculation is involved,
both the pad width and pad thickness are included in
the applicable dimension table. If a branch calculation
is involved, a value is provided in the dimension
table for pad width and either a "-" or value for pad
thickness. See section titled "Choosing a Branch
Connection from a Branches Table" for details.
- If a "1" is entered in such column, the system is to
prompt for dimensions. If dimensions are provided by
the user, their values are stored in the TDB so that in
subsequent recreations of the piping system, those
values and not those that might exist in a data table
are used by the system.
131
o Data defined for these components will allow the system to
o The thickness of the portion of piping from PCP2 of this
as "RIGID" to the Pipe Stress Analysis software,
regardless of the value in the Piping Job Specification so
as not to provide a fictitious flexibility.
o The empty weight of these components is neglected.
6Q3C82, Reinforcing weld (in-line)

Stub-on reinforcing weld (MC=RWELD) (SN=F182)
TNF=P29A & None
Beveled ends
This model code represents a "stub-on" reinforcing weld;
that is one in which the pipe terminates at the outside
surface of the header.
Stub-in reinforcing weld (MC=RWELD2) (SN=F182)
TNF=P29A & None
Beveled ends
This model code represents a "stub-in" reinforcing weld;
that is one in which the pipe terminates at the inside
surface of the header.
The following comments apply to all reinforcing welds:
o Reinforcing welds are defined in the piping materials
classes to have a fabrication category of "-" since for
them it is not possible to define this attribute. In the
isometric drawings, a note is placed in the graphic
part of the drawing to show their size. A short
description has been prepared for reinforcing welds. The
option not to display reinforcing welds in the bill of
materials is chosen, however, in the ISOGEN options
file.
o Reinforcing welds may be placed with either single or
double curvature, for example reinforcing a pipe or a head
respectively.
132
o The angle of intersection between the header and the
branch is part of the table name containing
dimensional parameters for the component. This angle will
be derived by the system from data in the design file.
Four different types of intersection is recognized:
- Intersections at angles equal to or greater than 20 but
less than 45 degrees: the number "2045" is used as
part of the table name.
- Intersections at angles greater than 45 but lesser than
90 degrees: the number "4590" is used as part of
the table name.
o Two possibilities exist regarding dimensions for a
reinforcing weld:
- If a "0" is entered in the "MOD" column of the Piping
Job Specification, dimensions are to be derived from
either a data table and/or from branch calculations.
For either case, a value is provided for the
reinforcing weld size in the applicable dimension table.
See section titled "Choosing a Branch Connection from a
Branches Table" for details.
- If a "1" is entered in such column, the system is to
prompt for dimensions. If dimensions are provided by
the user, their values are stored in the TDB so that in
subsequent recreations of the piping system, those values
and not those that might exist in a data table are used
by the system.
o Data defined for these components will allow the system to
o The thickness of the portion of piping from PCP2 of this
as "RIGID" to the Pipe Stress Analysis software,
regardless of the value in the Piping Job Specification so
as not to provide a fictitious flexibility.
o The empty weight of these components is neglected.
133
6Q3C84, Buttweld (in-line) (not-automatic)

Buttweld, English units (MC=BWELD) (SN=F184)
TNF=None & P51
Beveled ends
Buttweld, metric units (MC=BWELD2) (SN=F184)
Buttweld, mixed units (MC=BWELD3) (SN=F184)
6Q3C86, Full Encirclement Reinforcement Pad (In-Line)

Stub-on Full Encirclement Reinforcement Pad (MC=RPADF) (SN=F180F)
TNF=P29A & None
Plain/plain ends
This model code represents a "stub-on" reinforcing pad; that is
one in which the pipe terminates at the outside surface of the header pipe.
6Q3C88, Branch nipple (in-line) (not-automatic)

Branch nipple (MC=NIP) (SN=F188)
TNF=P11A & P51
Male threaded ends
Plain ends
TNF=P21A & P63
The length of the branch nipple is defined in the "Mod"
Surface areas and weights for branch nipples are based
on 4 inch length.
134
6Q3C89, In-line nipple (in-line) (not-automatic)

In-line nipple (MC=NIPIL) (SN=F188)
TNF=P11A & P51
Male threaded ends
Plain ends
TNF=P21A & P63
The length of the in-line nipple is defined in the
"Mod" column of the Piping Job Specification.
Surface areas and weights for in-line nipples are based
on 4 inch length.
6Q3C95, Gasket
There is no model code for this piping component. It is only required in the piping materials class
for piping materials purposes.
TNF=None & None
For GCP: Rating="Value"; Sc/Th="-"
Gaskets are handled as follows:
At a bolted joint, bolted ends may be either thru-bolted or non-thru-bolted. Requirements
defined below apply to both thru-bolted and non-thru-bolted ends unless specifically indicated
otherwise.
A gasket entry is required for every combination of diameter, preparation, rating and table
suffix of nozzles, commodity components and/or specialty components to which the piping
materials class applies. For example, to account for a bolted joint including an orifice flange
and an orifice plate, two gasket entries must be defined: one with TS=29 for the orifice flange
end and the other one with TS-5 for the orifice plate end.
The definition of each gasket entry in the piping materials class will include values for each of
the parameters listed below.
AABBCC code: the value 6Q3C95 will always apply.
Option:: the value "1" will apply unless a different option value is defined as an override as
part of the placement of the commodity or specialty component for which the gasket is
intended.
GCP from-to: these entries will define the ranges of nominal diameters for which the
gasket is intended.
GCP preparation: these entries will define the end preparation for which the gasket is
intended. Gasket definitions should not be made for end preparations implying integral
gaskets. For a piping materials class in which all gaskets are integral, the gasket gap in
the Piping Job Specification table is defined as "0".
GCP rating: these entries will define the pressure rating for which the gasket is intended.
For this definition, the values of rating must omit characters such as "CL", "#" and "OT"
135
even if these were used in the definition of the component to which the gasket will
correspond.
GCP table suffix: these entries will define the table suffix for which the gasket is intended.
Commodity code
TMx: this represents the maximum temperature for which use of the gasket is allowed. It
will also provide one of the search keys for the value of gasket gap in the Gasket Gaps
Table.
Geometry standard: the entry of a value for this parameter is optional. It has been entered
in the piping materials classes to assist the user in interpreting the definition of the gasket.
Mod: this attribute allows the definition of the compressed gasket thickness or other
gasket parameter that is required to procure the gasket.
Material grade: the entry of a value for this parameter is optional. It has been entered in
the piping materials classes to assist the user in interpreting the definition of the gasket.
Fabrication class: these entries will define the disposition that is made of the gasket for
material reporting and isometric purposes.
The default selection of a gasket is based upon option "1". If the user wishes to use a gasket at a
joint other than the default, he could do so by overriding during placement of a commodity or
specialty component the gasket override option that is to apply for gasket selection. The value of
this override option will apply to all the connect points of all bolted ends placed as part of
thatplacement operation. If one of the bolted ends to be placed is to mate a previously placed end
which has a different gasket override option, placement of the component will fail. The gasket gap
that will apply to the override gasket is determined by the system from a gasket gap table in a
manner analogous to that used for the default gaskets. During automatic component placement,
bolted ends added by the system to mate existing ends will inherit the values of gasket override
option that apply to the previously placed ends. During model reconstruction, the system will
respect the gasket override option defined during previous placements.
Two possibilities exist regarding gasket selection depending upon the value for end
preparation of the components at the bolted joint:
If one or both of the ends at the bolted joint has an end preparation indicating that an
integral gasket applies, no gasket is returned by the system.
If none of the ends at the bolted joint has an end preparation indicating that an integral
gasket applies, the system will proceed as follows:
The system will select for each bolted end in a bolted joint, from the piping materials
class, the gasket to use on the basis of the functional capability described under the
heading "Choosing Gasket at Bolted End".
After all gaskets are so determined at a bolted joint, the system will compare the
commodity codes and modifiers of mating ends. If they are identical, the gasket
selection is deemed to be successful; if not identical a fatal error is reported.
At the a bolted joint, regardless of the number of ends involved at the joint and of the design
volumes in which they might be found, the default ownership for all gaskets and studs required
by the joint is assigned by the system to the first non-thru-bolted end found by the system
during the gasket selection process. This characteristic only affects the ownership of such
gaskets and studs. The gasket selection itself is based on the criteria given in preceding
paragraphs and not on the properties of the first bolted end encountered by the system. If a
user needs to assign the ownership of gaskets and studs for the joint to a particular bolted end,
he may do so by setting the value of the applicable user-data attribute for the applicable
connect point to either "Default Gasket/Bolts/Nuts Ownership" or "Gasket/Bolts/Nuts Owned
by this Component". As was the case for the default ownership, this attribute only controls in
which isometric drawing the gaskets and studs are listed and not their selection basis.
136
6Q3C97, Stud
There is no model code for this piping component. It is only required in the piping materials class
for piping materials purposes.
TNF=None & None
For GCP: Rating="Value"; Sc/Th="-"
Studs are handled by the system as follows:
At a bolted joint, bolted ends may be either thru-bolted (with or without bolt holes) or
non-thru-bolted. Requirements defined below apply to both thru-bolted and non-thru-bolted
ends unless specifically indicated otherwise.
Users can specify whether thru-bolted ends include bolt holes or not. This distinction
does not affect the handling of studs in PDS, but it does affect pressure rating design checks
and flange placement. For more information, refer to the Piping Design Graphics Reference
Guide and the Reference Data Manager Reference Guide.
The definition of each stud entry in the piping materials class will include values for each of the
parameters listed below.
A stud entry is required for every combination of nominal diameter, preparation (only if the
RDB option that involves CP termination for bolt length calculations is active) and rating of
nozzles, commodity components and/or specialty components to which the piping
materials class applies.
AABBCC code: the value 6Q3C97 will always apply.
Option:: the value "1" will always apply.
GCP from-to: these entries will define the ranges of nominal diameter of the
non-thru-bolted ends of the bolted joint for which the stud is intended. Only data for the
GCP is provided regardless of whether the stud is intended for non-thru-bolted ends with
identical preparation and/or ratings or not.
GCP and RCP preparation: these entries will define the preparation of the non-thru-bolted
ends of the bolted joint for which the stud is intended. Two possibilities exist:
The stud is intended for non-thru-bolted ends with identical preparations and rating,
the value of the preparation will only be included in the GCP preparation column; a "-"
is included for the RCP preparation.
The stud is intended for mating bolted ends with different either preparation or rating:
the properties of the end(s) with the lowest codelist number defining its CP
preparation, regardless of the values for rating, is defined under the GCP data.
GCP and RCP rating: these entries will define the pressure rating of the non-thru-bolted
ends of the bolted joint for which the stud is intended. For this definition, the values of
rating must omit characters such as "CL", "#" and "OT" even if these were used in the
definition of the component to which the stud will correspond. The following possibilities
exist:
The stud is intended for non-thru-bolted ends with identical preparations and ratings:
the value of the rating will only be included in the GCP rating column; a "-" is included
for the RCP rating.
The stud is intended for mating bolted ends with identical preparations but different
ratings: the value of the stronger rating is included in the GCP rating column; the
value of the weaker rating is included in the RCP rating column. This situation is
commonly found, for example, due to equipment nozzle rating differing from that of
the mating piping component flange.
137
138
The stud is intended for mating bolted ends with different preparations and ratings:
the properties of the end(s) with the lowest codelist number defining its CP
preparation is defined under the GCP data.
Commodity code: a different commodity code is assigned, for example, to:
Studs which are always lubricated.
Studs which are only lubricated when they exceed a given bolt diameter.
Studs which are never lubricated.
TMx: this represents the maximum temperature at which use of the stud is allowed.
Geometry standard: the entry of a value for this parameter is optional. It has been
entered in the piping materials classes to assist the user in interpreting the definition of the
stud.
Mod: the following characteristics apply:
The sign used for this attribute defines whether a stud (+ or no sign) or a machine bolt
(-) is involved.
The value "0" defines studs that will use nuts of standard nut allowance. The value
"1" defines machine bolts that will use nuts of standard nut allowance. Values "2"
through "5" define either studs (+ or no sign) or machine bolts (-) that use special nut
allowances.
Material grade: the entry of a value for this parameter is optional. It has been entered in
the piping materials classes to assist the user in interpreting the definition of the stud.
Fabrication class: these entries will define the disposition that is made of the stud for
material reporting and isometric purposes.
The system will select, from the piping materials class of the end that owns the joint, the stud
to use and its applicable data on the basis of the functional capability described under the
heading "Choosing Stud at Bolted Joint".
The system will access for each non-thru-bolted end in a bolted joint the applicable of the
tables described below.
STUD_Rat_TS, if the RDB option that involves CP termination for bolt length calculations
is not active (in the WS software, the 'almost precise' value applies to the corresponding
toggle switch); or
STUD_Term_Rat_TS, if the RDB option that involves CP termination for bolt length
calculations is active (in the WS software, the 'precise' value applies to the corresponding
toggle switch).
To determine the number and diameter of bolts required and the nut allowance to be used.
The system will use the termination type (only if the RDB option that involves CP termination
for bolt length calculations is active), rating and table suffix of the applicable bolted end to
select the stud table to use. No similar access to a stud table is made for the thru-bolted ends
of the joint. If identical values for number and diameter of bolts are derived from all the stud
tables that were accessed for the bolted joint, regardless of whether the bolted ends are in the
same or in different design volumes, the system will proceed. If different values are derived,
a fatal error is reported.
The value of nut allowance selected for each bolted end will depend upon the value of the
modifier parameter read in the piping materials class for the stud applicable to the joint. The
actual value of nut allowance selected for each non-thru-bolted ends of the bolted joint is used
in the determination of bolt length for the joint.
Both thru-bolted ends and non-thru-bolted ends will have a BLT_Term_Rat_TS tables
associated with them. Tables for non-thru-bolted ends will have actual values for bolt circle
diameter. Tables for thru-bolted ends will have dashes for bolt circle diameter. The system
will access for each non-thru-bolted end in the bolted joint the corresponding
BLT_Term_Rat_TS table to determine the bolt circle diameter that applies. If identical values
for bolt circle diameter are derived, the system will proceed. If different values are derived, a
fatal error is reported.
Stud and machine bolt lengths are calculated by the system as the sum of the following:
The values for all dimensions "R" derived from the applicable generic tables for all
non-thru-bolted ends involved in the bolted connection, plus
The values for all "face to face" dimensions stored in the TDB for all thru-bolted ends
involved in the bolted connection (it is essential that the value stored in the TDB for this
parameter truly be a face to face dimension and not a connect point to connect point
dimension), plus
The values for all gasket gaps involved in the bolted connection, plus
The total nut allowances, as defined below:
For studs: the sum of the nut allowances derived from the applicable of the tables
described below:
STUD_Rat_TS, if the RDB option that involves CP termination for bolt length
calculations is not active (in the WS software, the 'almost precise' value applies to the
corresponding toggle switch);
calculations is active (in the WS software, the 'precise' value applies to the
corresponding toggle switch).
for the non-thru-bolted ends of the joint.
For machine bolts: the larger of the nut allowances derived from the applicable of the
tables described below:
STUD_Rat_TS, if the RDB option that involves CP termination for bolt length
calculations is not active (in the WS software, the 'almost precise' value applies to the
calculations is active (in the WS software, the 'precise' value applies to the
for the non-thru-bolted ends of the joint, plus
For the termination types defined below, which represent "lap type" ends, the
schedule/thickness from the TDB of the RCP of each non-thru bolted end involved in the
flanged joint.
60 = FFLFTP [Flat-face lap-flanged termination type] (61-69)
70 = RFLFTP [Raised-face lap-flanged termination type] (71-79)
80 = RJFLFTP [RTJ-face lap-flanged termination type](81-89)
90 = TMFLFTP [Tongue/male-face lap-flanged termination type] (91-99)
100 = GFFLFTP [Groove/female-face lap-flanged termination type]
(101-109)
The resulting value will then be rounded up to the value indicated in table BOLT_LENGTH.
At the a bolted joint, regardless of the number of ends involved at the joint and of the design
volumes in which they might be found, the default ownership for all gaskets and studs required
by the joint is assigned by the system to the first non-thru-bolted end found by the system
during the stud selection process. This characteristic only affects the ownership of such
gaskets and studs. The stud selection itself is based on the criteria given in preceding
paragraphs and not on the properties of the first bolted end encountered by the system. If the
user has the need of assigning the ownership of gaskets and studs for the joint to a particular
139
bolted end, he may do so by setting the value of the applicable user-data attribute for the
applicable connect point to either "Default Gasket/Bolts/Nuts Ownership" or
"Gasket/Bolts/Nuts Owned by this Component". As was the case for the default ownership,
this attribute only controls in which isometric drawing the gaskets and studs are listed and not
their selection basis.
Fire and Safety Piping Components, On-line (6P4C),

In-line (6Q4C)
The AABBCC code for fire and safety piping components consists of the applicable AABB code,
6P4C or 6Q4C, followed by two numbers for the specific type of component.
Fire and safety piping components are included in the piping materials class of the line in which
placed. They are handled by the piping commodities part of the Piping Job Specification exactly
as they would be if they were a valve or a fitting.
See Also
6Q4C01, Fire monitor (in-line) (on page 145)
6Q4C02, Elevated fire monitor (in-line) (on page 145)
6Q4C03, Remotely operated fire monitor (in-line) (on page 145)
6Q4C04, Foam monitor (in-line) (on page 146)
6Q4C05 Elevated foam monitor (in-line) (on page 146)
6Q4C06, Remotely operated foam monitor (in-line) (on page 146)
6Q4C10, [2-way] fire hydrant (in-line) (on page 147)
6Q4C11, [2-way] fire hydrant w/monitor nozzle (in-line) (on page 147)
6Q4C13, 3-way fire hydrant (in-line) (on page 147)
6Q4C24, Hose reel (in-line) (on page 148)
6Q4C25, Hose rack station (in-line) (on page 148)
6Q4C26, Foam chamber (in-line) (on page 148)
6P4C30, Wet sprinkler (on-line) (on page 148)
6P4C31, Pre-action sprinkler (on-line) (on page 149)
6P4C32, Spray sprinkler (on-line) (on page 149)
6Q4C38, Eye wash (in-line) (on page 149)
6Q4C39, Safety shower (in-line) (on page 149)
6Q4C40, Safety shower and eye wash (in-line) (on page 149)
6Q4C60, [2-way] siamese (in-line) (on page 150)
6Q4C66, [2-way] 90 deg siamese (in-line) (on page 150)
140
Connect Point Data


commodities part of the Piping Job Specification and if the connect point is a male termination
Job Specification:
MC GS Term(G) A
MC GS Term(G)_B
Job Specification:
MC GS Term(G)_Sc/Th(G) WC

commodities part of the Piping Job Specification and if the connect point is not a male termination
Job Specification:
141
Job Specification:
MC GS Term(G)_Rat(G) Sc/Th(G) WC

If both green and red connect point data appears in the definition of the component in the Piping
Job Specification:
table.
Job Specification:
MC GS Term(G)_Rat(G) Term(R)_Sc/Th(R) WC
component.
Job Specification and neither the green nor the red connect points are male termination types, the
following applies:
Job Specification:
142
table.
Job Specification:
MC_GS_Term(G) Rat(G) Term(R) Rat(R) Sc/Th(R) WC
component.
Green and Red Connect Point Data, GCP=Male, RCP=Male

Job Specification and both the green and the red connect points are male termination types, the
following applies:
Job Specification:
table.
Job Specification:
MC_GS_Term(G) Sc/Th(G) Term(R) Sc/Th(R) WC
component.
143
Green and Red Connect Point Data, GCP=Male, RCP Male
Job Specification, the green connect point is a male termination type and the red connect point is
not a male termination type, the following applies:
Job Specification:
144
table.
Job Specification:
MC_GS_Term(G) Sc/Th(G) Term(R) Rat(R) WC
component.
Fire and safety piping components are not placed during automatic component placement.
They must be positioned manually.
To access data tables. Refer to section Model Graphics Definitions for a description of the
table formats.
The AABBCC code for fire and safety piping components consists of the applicable AABB
code, 6P4C or 6Q4C, followed by two numbers for the specific type of component.
6Q4C01, Fire monitor (in-line)

Fire monitor type 1 (MC=MN1) (SN=FS1A)
TNF=P15A, P15B & P52
Flanged end
Female threaded end
Male threaded end
6Q4C02, Elevated fire monitor (in-line)

Elevated fire monitor type 1 (MC=ME1) (SN=FS1A)
Flanged end
Female threaded end
Male threaded end
Elevated fire monitor type 2 (MC=ME2) (SN=FS2B)
Flanged end
6Q4C03, Remotely operated fire monitor (in-line)

Remotely operated fire monitor type 1 (MC=MR1) (SN=FS1A)
Flanged end
Female threaded end
Male threaded end
145
6Q4C04, Foam monitor (in-line)

Foam monitor type 1 (MC=MF1) (SN=FS1A)
Flanged end
Female threaded end
Male threaded end
6Q4C05 Elevated foam monitor (in-line)

Elevated foam monitor type 1 (MC=MFE1) (SN=FS1A)
Flanged end
Female threaded end
Male threaded end
6Q4C06, Remotely operated foam monitor (in-line)

Remotely operated foam monitor type 1 (MC=MFR1) (SN=FS1A)
Flanged end
Female threaded end
Male threaded end
146
6Q4C10, [2-way] fire hydrant (in-line)

Fire hydrant type 1 (MC=H2W1) (SN=FS10A)
Flanged end
Mechanical joint bell end
Push-on bell end
Fire hydrant type 2 (MC=H2W2) (SN=FS10B)
TNF=P15A & P52
Flanged end
6Q4C11, [2-way] fire hydrant w/monitor nozzle (in-line)

Fire hydrant w/monitor nozzle type 1 (MC=H2WN1) (SN=FS11A)
Flanged ends/mechanical joint bell
Flanged ends/push-on bell
Fire hydrant w/monitor nozzle type 2 (MC=H2WN2) (SN=FS11B)
6Q4C13, 3-way fire hydrant (in-line)

3-way fire hydrant type 1 (MC=H3W1) (SN=FS13A)
Flanged end
Mechanical joint bell end
Push-on bell end
3-way fire hydrant type 2 (MC=H3W2) (SN=FS13B)
TNF=P15A & P52
Flanged end
147
6Q4C24, Hose reel (in-line)

Hose reel type 1 (MC=HR1) (SN=FS24A)
TNF=P15A & P52
Socketwelded end
Female threaded end
6Q4C25, Hose rack station (in-line)

Hose rack station type 1 (MC=HRST1) (SN=FS24A)
TNF=P15A & P52
Socketwelded end
Female threaded end
6Q4C26, Foam chamber (in-line)

Foam chamber type 1 (MC=CF1) (SN=FS26A)
TNF=P26A & P62
Foam chamber type 2 (MC=CF2) (SN=FS26B)
6P4C30, Wet sprinkler (on-line)

Wet sprinkler type 1 (MC=SW1) (SN=FS30A)
TNF=P11A & P51
Male threaded end
148
6P4C31, Pre-action sprinkler (on-line)

Pre-action sprinkler type 1 (MC=SPA1) (SN=FS30A)
TNF=P11A & P51
Male threaded end
6P4C32, Spray sprinkler (on-line)

Spray sprinkler type 1 (MC=SSP1) (SN=FS30A)
TNF=P11A & P51
Male threaded end
6Q4C38, Eye wash (in-line)

Eye wash type 1 (MC=EW1) (SN=FS38A)
6Q4C39, Safety shower (in-line)

Safety shower type 1 (MC=SS1) (SN=FS39A)
6Q4C40, Safety shower and eye wash (in-line)

Safety shower and eye wash type 1 (MC=SSEW1) (SN=FS39A)
??
??
??
??
??
TNF=P15A & P52

Socketwelded end
Female threaded end
??
o Taps must be placed during the design session as required

to define connections whose definition are not possible
with the EDEN definition.
149
6Q4C60, [2-way] siamese (in-line)

[2-way] siamese type 1 (MC=S2W1) (SN=FS60A)
TNF=P15A & P52
Female threaded end
6Q4C66, [2-way] 90 deg siamese (in-line)

[2-way] 90 deg siamese type 1 (MC=S2W901) (SN=FS66A)
TNF=P15A & P52
Female threaded end
In-Line Bio-Pharmaceutical Components (6Q5P)

Under the description of each table format applicable to each component type, the GCP and RCP
rating and schedule/thickness that needs to be provided in the Piping Job Specification has been
listed. These values are required for one or more of the reasons indicated below and will not
necessarily be part of the names of the tables that include data about the component.
To access data tables.
The AABBCC code for fittings will consist of the applicable AABB code, 6Q5P, followed by the two
numbers for the specific type of fitting.
Bio-Pharmaceutical Specification Components

6Q5P01, Ferrule (in-line) (not-automatic)
Ferrule (MC=FERR) (ISK=LCXX)
TNF=MC_GS_TERM(G)_A
MC_GS_TERM(G)_SC/TH(G)_WC
Plain end/male clamp end
150
6Q5P02, Short ferrule (in-line) (not-automatic)

Short ferrule (MC=FERS) (ISK=LCXX)
TNF=MS_GS_TERM(G)_A
6Q5P03, Extended tangent cap (in-line) (not-automatic)

Extended tangent cap (MC=CAPT) (ISK=KAXX)
TNF=MC_GS_TERM(G)_A
Plain end
6Q5P04, Solid end cap (in-line) (not-automatic)

Solid end cap (MC=CAPSE) (ISK=KAXX)
TNF=MC_GS_TERM(G)_A
MC_GS_TERM(G)_WC
Male clamp end
6Q5P05, Hose adapter (in-line) (not-automatic)

Hose adapter (MC=HA) (ISK=CHXX)
TNF=MC_GS_TERM(G)_A
MC_GS_TERM(G)_WC
Male clamp end/male hose end
6Q5P06, Female adapter (in-line) (not-automatic)

Female adapter (MC=FA) (ISK=ADMF)
TNF=MC_GS_TERM(G)_TERM(R)_RAT(R)_A
MC_GS_TERM(G)_TERM(R)_RAT(R)_WC
Male clamp end/female threaded end
151
6Q5P07, Reducing female adapter (in-line) (not-automatic)

Reducing female adapter (MC=FAR) (ISK=ADMF)
TNF=MC_GS_TERM(G)_TERM(R)_RAT_(R)_A
MC_GS_TERM(G)_TERM(R)_RAT(R)_WC
Male clamp end/female threaded end
6Q5P08, Male adapter (in-line) (not-automatic)

Male adapter (MC=MA) (ISK=ADMM)
TNF=MC_GS_TERM(G)_A
MC_GS_TERM(G)_WC
Male clamp end/male threaded end
6Q5P09, Reducing male adapter (in-line) (not-automatic)

Reducing male adapter (MC=MAR) (ISK=ADMM)
TNF=MC_GS_TERM(G)_A
MC_GS_TERM(G)_WC
Male clamp end/male threaded end
6Q5P10, 90 deg tube bend (in-line) (not-automatic)

90 deg tube bend (MC=B90T) (ISK=ELXX)
TNF=MC_GS_TERM(G)_A
Plain end
152

90 deg tube bend (MC=B90TC) (ISK=ELXX)
TNF=MC_GS_TERM(G)_A
6Q5P12, 90 deg elbow (in-line) (not-automatic)

90 deg elbow (MC=B90C) (ISK=ELXX)
TNF=MC_GS_TERM(G)_A
Male clamp end

45 deg tube bend (MC=B45T) (ISK=ELXX)
TNF=MC_GS_TERM(G)_A
Plain end

45 deg tube bend (MC=B45TC) (ISK=ELXX)
TNF=MC_GS_TERM(G)_A
6Q5P15, 45 deg elbow (in-line) (not-automatic)

45 deg elbow (MC=B45C) (ISK=ELXX)
TNF=MC_GS_TERM(G)_A
MC_GS_TERM(G)SC/TH(G)_WC
Male clamp end
153
6Q5P16, 180 deg return bend (in-line) (not-automatic)

180 deg return bend (MC=R180R) (ISK=EUPL)
TNF=MC_GS_TERM(G)_A
Plain end
6Q5P19, 180 deg return bend (in-line) (not-automatic)

180 deg return bend (MC=R180C) (ISK=BUFL)
TNF=MC_GS_TERM(G)_A
Male clamp end
6Q5P21, Tee (in-line) (not-automatic)

Tee (MC=TT) (ISK=TEXX)
TNF=MC_GS_TERM(G)_A
Plain end
6Q5P22, Reducing tee (in-line) (not-automatic)

Reducing tee (MC=TTRB) (ISK=TEXX)
TNF=MC_GS_TERM(G)_TERM(R)_A
MC_GS_TERM(G)_SC/TH(G)_TERM(R)_SC/TH(R)_WC
Plain end

Tee (MC=TCB) (ISK=TEXX)
TNF=MC_GS_TERM(G)_A
154

Reducing tee (MC=TRCB) (ISK=TEXX)
TNF=MC_GS_TERM(G)_A
6Q5P25, Short outlet tee (in-line) (not-automatic)

Short outlet tee (MC=TSCB) (ISK=TEXX)
TNF=MC_GS_TERM(G)_A
6Q5P26, Short outlet reducing tee (in-line) (not-automatic)

Short outlet reducing tee (MC=TRSCB) (ISK=TEXX)
TNF=MC_GS_TERM(G)_A
6Q5P27, Instrument tee (in-line) (not-automatic)

Instrument tee (MC=TICB) (ISK=TEXX)
TNF=MC_GS_TERM(G)_A
6Q5P28, Short outlet run tee (in-line) (not-automatic)

Short outlet run tee (MC=TSCR) (ISK=TEXX)
TNF=MC_GS_TERM(G)_A
Plain end/male clamp end/plain end
155
6Q5P31, Cross (in-line) (not-automatic)

Cross (MC=XT) (ISK=CRXX)
TNF=MC_GS_TERM(G)_A
Plain end
6Q5P32, Reducing cross (in-line) (not-automatic)

Reducing cross (MC=XTRB) (ISK=CRXX)
TNF=MC_GS_TERM(G)_TERM(R)_A
Plain end
6Q5P33, Cross (in-line) (not-automatic)

Cross (MC=XC) (ISK=CRXX)
TNF=MC_GS_TERM(G)_A
Male clamp end

Tee (MC=TC) (ISK=TEXX)
TNF=MC_GS_TERM(G)_A
Male clamp end

Reducing tee (MC=TCR) (ISK=TEXX)
TNF=MC_GS_TERM(G)_A
Male clamp end
156
6Q5P37, Short outlet tee (in-line) (not-automatic)

Short outlet tee (MC=TCSB) (ISK=TEXX)
TNF=MC_GS_TERM(G)_A
Male clamp end
6Q5P38, Short outlet reducing tee (in-line) (not-automatic)

Short outlet reducing tee (MC=TCRSB) (ISK=TEXX)
TNF=MC_GS_TERM(G)_A
Male clamp end
6Q5P39, Instrument tee (in-line) (not-automatic)

Instrument tee (MC=TCI) (ISK=TEXX)
TNF=MC_GS_TERM(G)_A
Male clamp end
6Q5P41, Concentric reducer (in-line) (not-automatic)

Concentric reducer (MC=RCP) (ISK=RCXX)
TNF=MC_GS_TERM(G)_A
Plain end

Concentric reducer (MC=RCCL) (ISK=RCXX)
TNF=MC_GS_TERM(G)_A
Male clamp end/plain end
157

Concentric reducer (MC=RCC) (ISK=RCXX)
TNF=MC_GS_TERM(G)_A
Male clamp end
6Q5P45, Eccentric reducer (in-line) (not-automatic)

Eccentric reducer (MC=REP) (ISK=REXX)
TNF=MC_GS_TERM(G)_A
Plain end

Eccentric reducer (MC=RECL) (ISK=REXX)
TNF=MC_GS_TERM(G)_A
Male clamp end/plain end

Eccentric reducer (MC=REC) (ISK=REXX)
TNF=MC_GS_TERM(G)_A
Male clamp end
6Q5P51, Clamp, adjustable (in-line) (not-automatic)

Clamp, adjustable (MC=CHA) (ISK=CLMP)
TNF=MC_GS_TERM(G)_A
MC_GS_TERM(G)_WC
Female clamp end
158
6Q5P52, Clamp, heavy duty (in-line) (not-automatic)

Clamp, heavy duty (MC=C2HD) (ISK=CLMP)
TNF=MC_GS_TERM(G)_A
MC_GS_TERM(G)_WC
Female clamp end
6Q5P53, Clamp, 3 piece heavy duty (in-line) (not-automatic)

Clamp, 3 piece heavy duty (MC=C3HD) (ISK=CLMP)
TNF=MC_GS_TERM(G)_A
MC_GS_TERM(G)_WC
Female clamp end
6Q5P54, Clamp, pressure adjustable (in-line) (not-automatic)

Clamp, pressure adjustable (MC=CPAN) (ISK=CLMP)
TNF=MC_GS_TERM(G)_A
MC_GS_TERM(G)_WC
Female clamp end
6Q5P55, Clamp, high pressure (in-line) (not-automatic)

Clamp, high pressure (MC=CHPB) (ISK=CLMP)
TNF=MC_GS_TERM(G)_A
MC_GS_TERM(G)_WC
Female clamp end
6Q5P56, Clamp, assembly (in-line) (not-automatic)

Clamp, assembly (MC=CA) (ISK=CLMP)
TNF=MC_GS_TERM(G)_A
MC_GS_TERM(G)_WC
Female clamp end
159
6Q5P57, Clamp, swivel joint (in-line) (not-automatic)

Clamp, swivel joint (MC=CSJ) (ISK=CLMP)
TNF=MC_GS_TERM(G)_A
MC_GS_TERM(G)_WC
Female clamp end
6Q5P58, Clamp, 2 piece heavy duty (in-line) (not-automatic)

Clamp, 2 piece heavy duty (MC=CHD) (ISK=CLMP)
TNF=MC_GS_TERM(G)_A
MC_GS_TERM(G)_WC
Female clamp end
6Q5P60, 2-way diaphragm valve (in-line) (not-automatic)

2-way diaphragm valve (MC=VS2D) (ISK=VDXX)
TNF=MC_GS_TERM(G)_A
COMMODITY_CODE
Plain end
6Q5P61, 2-way diaphragm valve (in-line) (not-automatic)

2-way diaphragm valve (MC=VS2D) (ISK=VDXX)
TNF=MC_GS_TERM(G)_A
COMMODITY_CODE
Male clamp end
Bio-Pharmaceutical Operators
SOP3, Manual bonnet (in-line) (not-automatic)
Manual bonnet (MC=SOP_3) (ISK=N/A)
TNF='MB'_GS_OP_A
160
SOP42, Pneumatic bonnet (in-line) (not-automatic)

Pneumatic bonnet (MC=SOP_42) (ISK=N/A)
TNF='EC'_GS_OP_A
'EC'_GS_OP_WC
Bio-Pharmaceutical Specialty Components

6Q5P17, Use point 180 deg return (in-line) (not-automatic)
Use point 180 deg return (MC=R180B) (ISK=XVXX)
TNF=MC_GS_TERM(G)_A
6Q5P18, Use point 180 deg return (in-line) (not-automatic)

Use point 180 deg return (MC=R180S) (ISK=XVXX)
TNF=MC_GS_TERM(G)_A
6Q5P62, Zero deadleg T valve (in-line) (not-automatic)

Zero deadleg T valve (MC=VSDTP) (ISK=XVXX)
TNF=MC_GS_TERM(G)_A
MC_GS_TERM(G)_WC
Plain end
6Q5P63, Zero deadleg T valve (in-line) (not-automatic)

Zero deadleg T valve (MC=VSDTC) (ISK=XVXX)
TNF=MC_GS_TERM(G)_A
MC_GS_TERM(G)_52
Male clamp end
161
6Q5P65, Close-coupled branch valve (in-line) (not-automatic)

Close-coupled branch valve (MC=VSCCB) (ISY=XVXX)
TNF=MC_GS_TERM(G)_A
MC_GS_TERM(G)_WC
Plain end
6Q5P66, Close-coupled branch valve (in-line) (not-automatic)

Close-coupled branch valve (MC=VSCCB) (ISY=XVXX)
TNF=MC_GS_TERM(G)_A
MC_GS_TERM(G)_WC
6Q5P68, Use point close-coupled branch valve (in-line)

(not-automatic)
Use point close-coupled branch valve (MC=VSCCBU) (ISK=XVXX)
TNF=MC_GS_TERM(G)_A
MC_GS_TERM(G)_WC
Plain end
6Q5P69, Use point close-coupled branch valve (in-line)

(not-automatic)
Use point close-coupled branch valve (MC=VSCCBU) (ISK=XVXX)
TNF=MC_GS_TERM(G)_A
MC_GS_TERM(G)_WC
Male clamp end
162
6Q5P75, 3 way diverter valve (in-line) (not-automatic)

3 way diverter valve (MC=VS3WD) (ISK=XVXX)
TNF=MC_GS_TERM(G)_A
MC_GS_TERM(G)_WC
Plain end

TNF=MC_GS_TERM(G)_A
MC_GS_TERM(G)_WC
Male clamp end

TNF=MC_GS_TERM(G)_A
MC_GS_TERM(G)_WC
Plain end

TNF=MC_GS_TERM(G)_A
MC_GS_TERM(G)_WC
Male clamp end
Piping Specialty Components, On-line (6P6C) , In-line

(6Q6C)
The AABBCC code for piping specialty components consists of the applicable AABB code, 6P6C
or 6Q6C, followed by two numbers for the specific component type.
Piping specialty components are not included in the piping materials class of the line in which
placed. They are independent of piping materials class.
163
See Also
Named and Unamed Specialties (on page 165)
6Q6C01, Flame arrestor (in-line) (PID piping comp type 513) (on page 168)
6Q6C03, Hammer arrestor (in-line) (PID piping comp type 515) (on page 168)
6Q6C04, Vent silencer (in-line) (PID piping comp type 516) (on page 168)
6Q6C05, In-line silencer (in-line) (PID piping comp type 517) (on page 168)
6Q6C07, Exhaust head (in-line) (PID piping comp type 519) (on page 169)
6Q6C09, Breather vent (in-line) (PID piping comp type 521) (on page 169)
6Q6C11, Free vent w/o screen (in-line) (PID piping comp type 523) (on page 169)
6Q6C12, Free vent w/screen (in-line) (PID piping comp type 524) (on page 169)
6Q6C13, Motor operated valve (in-line) (with operator) (on page 169)
6Q6C15, Mixing T (in-line) (PID piping comp type 527) (on page 169)
6P6C17, Spray nozzle (on-line) (PID piping comp type 529) (on page 169)
6Q6C21, Removable spool (in-line) (PID piping comp type 533) (on page 170)
6Q6C23, Swing elbow (in-line) (PID piping comp type 535) (on page 170)
6Q6C28, Expansion joint (in-line) (PID piping comp type 540) (on page 170)
6Q6C30, Hinged expansion joint (in-line) (PID piping comp type 542) (on page 170)
6Q6C32, Swivel joint (in-line) (PID piping comp type 544) (on page 170)
6Q6C34, Mechanical coupling (in-line) (PID piping comp type 546) (on page 171)
6Q6C36, Flexible hose (in-line) (PID piping comp type 548) (on page 171)
6Q6C40, Sample cooler (in-line) (PID piping comp type 552) (on page 172)
6Q6C45, Single basket strainer (in-line) (PID piping comp type 557) (on page 172)
6Q6C47, Duplex basket strainer (in-line with operator) (PID piping comp type 559) (on page
172)
6Q6C49, T strainer (in-line) (PID piping comp type 561) (on page 172)
6Q6C51, Y strainer (in-line) (PID piping comp type 563) (on page 173)
6Q6C52, Temporary strainer (in-line) (PID piping comp type 564) (on page 173)
6Q6C53, Basket strainer (in-line) (PID piping comp type 565) (on page 173)
6Q6C55, Cone strainer (in-line) (PID piping comp type 567) (on page 174)
6Q6C57, Flat plate strainer (in-line) (PID piping comp type 569) (on page 174)
6Q6C59, Sump strainer (in-line) (PID piping comp type 571) (on page 174)
6Q6C64, Filter (in-line) (PID piping comp type 576) (on page 174)
6Q6C70, Steam trap (in-line) (PID piping comp type 582) (on page 174)
6Q6C71, Float steam trap (in-line) (PID piping comp type 583) (on page 174)
6Q6C72, Inverted bucket steam trap (in-line) (PID piping comp type 584) (on page 174)
6Q6C74, Thermostatic steam trap (in-line) (PID piping comp type 586) (on page 174)
6Q6C76, Thermodynamic steam trap (in-line) (PID piping comp type 588) (on page 174)
6Q6C78, Impulse steam trap (in-line) (PID piping comp type 590) (on page 174)
6Q6C99, Generic component (in-line) (PID piping comp type 611) (on page 175)
164
Named and Unamed Specialties

Piping specialty components can be either named or unnamed, as follows:
Named components are those components to which a project unique name, called component
number, is assigned by the User in the Piping TDB AND whose dimensional data has been
defined in the applicable unit of the Instrument Task. The storage of data about piping
specialty components in the Instrument Task is temporary and only until such time as the
Piping Specialties Task is developed.
Unnamed components are those components to which either a component number is not
assigned by the User in the Piping TDB and/or whose dimensional data has not been defined
in the applicable unit of the Instrument Task. During the design process, it is possible for a
piping specialty component to first be considered unnamed and then named, and vice versa.
Data about unnamed piping specialty components is stored in the piping specialties part of the
Piping Job Specification. The primary access key to named piping specialty components is
their AABBCC code. An AABBCC code may be considered as a generic code about which a
more detailed definition is made in the Piping Job Specification. Depending upon the
circumstances:
One or more model codes may be assigned to one AABBCC code, or
The same model code may be assigned to different AABBCC codes.
The system will first search for dimensional data about the piping specialty component in the
Instrument TDB. In this search, the system will try to match the component number of the piping
specialty component with the "tag number" assigned to it in the Instrument TDB. If dimensional
data about the component is found, the system will assume the component to be named and will
proceed to retrieve dimensional data about it.
If either the component or dimensional data about it is not found, the system will conclude that the
component is unnamed and will then search for it in the piping specialties part of the Piping Job
Specification by its AABBCC code, option and pertinent size range and will proceed to retrieve
applicable data about it.
One of the items retrieved from either the Instrument TDB or the Piping Job Specification is the
model code, which will include the definition of the graphic representation of the component in the
piping model.
Connect Point Data

connect points. So that the various sets of data that may exist about these connect points can
remain coordinated, the following conventions have been followed regarding the sequence of data
in the Instrument TDB and in the Piping Job Specification and regarding the naming of the
Interactive Data Tables:
If the component has ends of two different nominal diameters, regardless of how the other end
properties compare, properties about the larger nominal diameter end(s) have been defined
under the green connect point data.
If the component has ends of the same nominal diameter but differing in some of the other end
properties, the following applies:
If the termination type of the ends differ, regardless of the values for schedule/thickness,
the properties of the end(s) with the lowest codelist number defining its CP preparation
have been defined under the green connect point data.
165
If the termination type of the ends are the same but the values for rating, schedule or
thickness differ, the properties of the "stronger" ends(s) have been defined under the
green connect point data.
For each piping specialty component, dimensional data is defined in tables, as follows:
Named Specialty - If the component is named, regardless of its other characteristics, the
following applies:
Both generic and specific data about the component is included in the applicable unit of
the Instrument TDB.
Refer to the explanation given under table format P80 for details.
Unnamed Specialty, GCP = male - If the component is unnamed, if only green connect point
data appears in the definition of the component in the piping specialties part of the Piping Job
Specification and if the connect point is a male termination type, the following applies:
Data about the component is included in a table with format P81. The name of this table is
comprised of the following parameters from the piping specialties part of the Piping Job
Specification:
MC GS Term(G) Unnamed_P
of the component. The dependent variables are surface area, empty weight, weight of water,
weight of the operator plus all those dimensional parameters required to display the
component and its operator, if any, in the model whose values are not defined in a generic
table.
Unnamed Specialty, GCP male - If the component is unnamed, if only green connect point
data appears in the definition of the component in the piping specialties part of the Piping Job
Specification:
MC GS Term(G) Rat(G) Unnamed_P
weight of the operator plus all those dimensional parameters required to display the
component and its operator, if any, in the model whose values are not defined in a generic
table.
Unnamed Specialty, GCP=bolted or female, RCP=male - If the component is unnamed, if
both green and red connect point data appears in the definition of the component in the piping
specialties part of the Piping Job Specification, the "green" connect point is either a bolted or a
female termination type and the red connect point is a male termination type, the following
applies:
Specification:
MC GS Term(G)_Rat(G) Term(R)_Unnamed_P
connect points of the component. The dependent variables are surface area, empty weight,
weight of water, weight of the operator plus all those dimensional parameters required to
display the component and its operator, if any, in the model whose values are not defined in a
generic table.
166
Unnamed Specialty, GCP male, RCP male - If the component is unnamed, if both green
and red connect point data appears in the definition of the component in the piping specialties
part of the Piping Job Specification and neither the green nor the red connect points are male
termination types, the following applies:
Specification:
MC GS Term(G)_Rat(G) Term(R)_Rat(R) Unnamed_P
generic table.
Unnamed Specialty, GCP=male, RCP=male - If the component is unnamed, if both green
part of the Piping Job Specification and both the green and the red connect points are male
termination types, the following applies:
Specification:
MC GS Term(G) Term(R) Unnamed_P
generic table.
Unnamed Specialty, GCP=male, RCP male - If the component is unnamed, if both green
part of the Piping Job Specification, the "green" connect point is a male termination type and
the red connect point is not a male termination type, the following applies:
Specification:
MC_GS_Term(G) Term(R) Rat(R) Unnamed_P
generic table.
Piping specialty components will not have operators unless otherwise specifically indicated in
paragraphs that follow. Operators, if applicable, will always be defined independent of the
components. Refer to paragraph C6.1 for additional requirements regarding operators.
Piping specialty components and their operators are not placed during automatic component
placement. They must be positioned manually.
Reference to "ends" in component type definitions that follow refer to the applicable of in-line
or tap ends that might apply to the component.
167
the table formats.
The following general comments apply to the use of symbols used to depict these piping specialty
components:
The symbols shown below under each piping specialty component type are only suggested
symbols that can be used to depict such piping specialty components. Any piping specialty
component symbol defined in Paragraph C.3.1 may be used instead.
Insure that for each symbol used, a proper match has been to an Isogen symbol.
Unless specifically defined otherwise, symbols listed below have been defined so that they
can be placed either with or without actuators.
Taps may be placed during the design session as required to define connections whose
definition is not possible with the symbol chosen.
The AABBCC code for piping specialty components consists of the applicable AABB code, 6P6C
or 6Q6C, followed by two numbers for the specific component type.
6Q6C01, Flame arrestor (in-line) (PID piping comp type 513)

Flame arrestor type 1 (MC=S1AT or S1AS) (SN=S1AZ)
Flame arrestor type 2 (no actuator) (MC=S1BT or S1BS)
(SN=S1BZ)
6Q6C03, Hammer arrestor (in-line) (PID piping comp type

515)
Hammer arrestor type 1 (MC=S3AT or S3AS) (SN=S3AZ)
6Q6C04, Vent silencer (in-line) (PID piping comp type 516)

Vent silencer type 1 (MC=S4AT or S4AS) (SN=S4AZ)
6Q6C05, In-line silencer (in-line) (PID piping comp type 517)

In-line silencer type 1 (MC=S5AT or S5AS) (SN=S5AZ)
In-line silencer type 2 (MC=S4AT or S4AS) (SN=S4AZ)
168
6Q6C07, Exhaust head (in-line) (PID piping comp type 519)

Exhaust head type 1 (no actuator) (MC=S7AT or S7AS)
(SN=S7AZ)
6Q6C09, Breather vent (in-line) (PID piping comp type 521)

6Q6C11, Free vent w/o screen (in-line) (PID piping comp
type 523)
Free vent w/o screen type 1 (no actuator) (MC=S1BT or S1BS)
(SN=S1BZ)
Free vent w/o screen type 2 (MC=S11BT or S11BS) (SN=S11BZ)
6Q6C12, Free vent w/screen (in-line) (PID piping comp type

524)
Free vent w/screen type 1 (no actuator) (MC=S1BT or S1BS)
(SN=S1BZ)
Free vent w/screen type 2 (MC=S11BT or S11BS) (SN=S11BZ)
6Q6C13, Motor operated valve (in-line) (with operator)

(P&ID piping comp type=525)
Motor operated valve type 1 (MC=S13AT or S13AS) (SN=S13AZ)
6Q6C15, Mixing T (in-line) (PID piping comp type 527)

This component will only apply to the P&ID Task. It is
built up from fittings in the Piping Task. It is
acceptable for a comparison between designs in the P&ID and
Piping Tasks to report an inconsistency because of this
item.
6P6C17, Spray nozzle (on-line) (PID piping comp type 529)

Spray nozzle type 1 (no actuator) (MC=S1BT or S1BS)
(SN=S1BZ)
169
6Q6C21, Removable spool (in-line) (PID piping comp type

533)
item.
6Q6C23, Swing elbow (in-line) (PID piping comp type 535)

item.
6Q6C28, Expansion joint (in-line) (PID piping comp type

540)
Expansion joint type 1, w/o offset (no actuator) (MC=S28AT
or S28AS) (SN=S28AZ)
Expansion joint type 2, w/offset (no actuator) (MC=S28BT or
S28BS) (SN=S28BZ)
6Q6C30, Hinged expansion joint (in-line) (PID piping comp

type 542)
Hinged expansion joint type 1, w/o offset (no actuator)
(MC=S28AT or S28AS) (SN=S28AZ)
Hinged expansion joint type 2, w/offset (no actuator)
(MC=S28BT or S28BS) (SN=S28BZ)
6Q6C32, Swivel joint (in-line) (PID piping comp type 544)

Swivel joint type 1, straight thru (MC=S4AT or S4AS)
(SN=S4AZ)
Swivel joint type 2, single elbow (MC=S32BT or S32BS)
(SN=S32BZ)
Swivel joint type 3, double elbow (MC=S3AT or S3AS)
(SN=S3AZ)
170
6Q6C34, Mechanical coupling (in-line) (PID piping comp

type 546)
Dresser coupling type 1 (MC=S5AT or S5AS) (SN=S5AZ)
6Q6C36, Flexible hose (in-line) (PID piping comp type 548)

Flexible hose type 1 (no actuator) (MC=S36AT or S36AS)
(SN=S36AZ)
The requirements for flexible hoses are as follows:
o As with other specialty components, selection of a
flexible hose may be made either by:
- Defining its component number, or
- Defining it generically. In this case, the User at the
terminal will first select the "Option" code that
defines the end preparation that he wishes to use at the
ends of the hose. He will then select the AABBCC code
that applies to these components.
o With the above information, the system will establish from
the piping specialties section of the Piping Job
Specification the type of end preparation to be used at
the ends of the hose.
o The system will prompt the User to define the location of
the two connect points that define the ends of the hose.
o The system will prompt the User to define points in space
that define the route of the centerline of the hose.
o With this information, the system will display the
graphics that represent the ends of the flexible hose.
The centerline of these graphics will then be joined by
the system with the points that define the centerline of
the hose. A solid, heavy weight, single line is used
to represent this centerline.
o The system will display to the User the linear length of
the line representing the centerline of the hose and will
prompt the User to define the length of the hose to be
provided. This length is stored in the TDB and will
be available in the procurement of the component.
o There is no table that defines data which is specific
to flexible hoses.
171
6Q6C40, Sample cooler (in-line) (PID piping comp type 552)

Sample cooler type 1 (MC=S4AT or S4AS) (SN=S4AZ)
Sample cooler type 2 (MC=S32BT or S32BS) (SN=S32BZ)
6Q6C45, Single basket strainer (in-line) (PID piping comp

type 557)
Single basket strainer type 1 (MC=S3AT or S3AS) (SN=S3AZ)
6Q6C47, Duplex basket strainer (in-line with operator)

(PID piping comp type 559)
Duplex basket strainer type 1 (MC=S1AT or S1AS) (SN=S1AZ)
6Q6C49, T strainer (in-line) (PID piping comp type 561)

T strainer, commodity type 1 (MC=S49AC) (SN=S49AC)
TNF=P15A & P59
Flanged ends
TNF=P26A & P62
TNF=P15A & P59
Beveled ends
TNF=P27A & P59
T strainer, specialty type 1 (no actuator) (MC=S49AT or
S49AS) (SN=S49AZ)
172
6Q6C51, Y strainer (in-line) (PID piping comp type 563)

Y strainer, commodity type 1 (no actuator) (MC=S51AC)
(SN=S51AC)
TNF=P27A & P59
TNF=P26A & P59
Y strainer, specialty type 1 (no actuator) (MC=S51AT or
S51AS) (SN=S51AZ)
6Q6C52, Temporary strainer (in-line) (PID piping comp type

564)
Any of the model codes for strainers may be used under this
AABBCC code.
6Q6C53, Basket strainer (in-line) (PID piping comp type 565)

Basket strainer, commodity type 1 (no actuator) (MC=S53AC)
(SN=S53AC)
TNF=P15A & P59
Thru-bolted ends
Basket strainer, specialty type 1 (no actuator) (MC=S53AT or
S53AS) (SN=S53AZ)
173
6Q6C55, Cone strainer (in-line) (PID piping comp type 567)

Cone strainer type 1 (no actuator) (MC=S53AT or S53AS)
(SN=S53AZ)
6Q6C57, Flat plate strainer (in-line) (PID piping comp type

569)
Flat plate strainer type 1 (no actuator) (MC=S53AT or S53AS)
(SN=S53AZ)
6Q6C59, Sump strainer (in-line) (PID piping comp type 571)

Sump strainer type 1 (no actuator) (MC=S1BT or S1BS)
(SN=S1BZ)
6Q6C64, Filter (in-line) (PID piping comp type 576)

Filter type 1 (MC=S3AT or S3AS) (SN=S3AZ)
Filter type 2 (MC=S64BT or S64BS) (SN=S64BZ)
6Q6C70, Steam trap (in-line) (PID piping comp type 582)

6Q6C71, Float steam trap (in-line) (PID piping comp type
583)
6Q6C72, Inverted bucket steam trap (in-line) (PID piping
comp type 584)
6Q6C74, Thermostatic steam trap (in-line) (PID piping comp
type 586)
6Q6C76, Thermodynamic steam trap (in-line) (PID piping
comp type 588)
6Q6C78, Impulse steam trap (in-line) (PID piping comp type
590)
For types 70 through 78 use any of the symbols defined
below:
Steam trap, commodity type 1, (MC=S1AC) (SN=S1AC)
174
Steam trap, commodity type 4, (MC=S32BC) (SN=S32BC)
Steam trap, commodity type 8 (no actuator), (MC=S78AC)
(SN=S78AC)
TNF=P15A & P59
Socketwelded ends
Steam trap, specialty type 1, (MC=S1AT or S1AS) (SN=S1AZ)
Steam trap, specialty type 4, (MC=S32BT or S32BS) (SN=S32BZ)
Steam trap, specialty type 5, (MC=S64BT or S64BS) (SN=S64BZ)
Steam trap, specialty type 6 (no actuator), (MC=S78AT or
S78AS) (SN=S78AZ)
6Q6C99, Generic component (in-line) (PID piping comp type

611)
Any of the model codes for in-line piping specialty
components may be used under this AABBCC code.
Instrument Specialty Discussions

See Also
Signal Lines (7N2A) (on page 176)
Control Valves and Regulators (7P1E) (on page 176)
Relief Devices (7P2C) (on page 186)
Other in-line Instruments (7P3C) (on page 191)
Off-Line Instruments (7Q4D) (on page 201)
175
Signal Lines (7N2A)

There is no data in the alphanumeric database of the Piping Task to represent this class of
instrument components.
It is possible to connect signal lines to PCPs, pipelines or other signal lines. The system will
refuse to allow the connection of signal lines to other items.
AABBCC
Description
7N2A01, Conn to process/supply line
7N2A02, Capillary tube
7N2A03, Mechanical link
Control Valves and Regulators (7P1E)

The AABBCC code for control valves and regulators will consist of the applicable AABB code,
7P1E, followed by two numbers for the specific instrument.
The Instrument Component Model Entity and the Instrument Component Analysis Entity will apply
to this class of instrument components.
Control valves and regulators may be:
Connected to an equipment nozzle by direct mounting on it.
Connected to a pipeline by either:
Insertion in it
Direct mounting to the PCP of an in-line piping component
Direct mounting to the PCP of another in-line instrument component.
Placed unconnected.
It is possible either to insert these instrument components in the pipeline in which they belong with
the system breaking the line graphics as required (the system will rotate the instrument
component as dictated by the orientation of the line in which it is to be inserted); or to place these
components in free space and then pipe to them.
Control valves and regulators will not be included in the piping materials class of the line in which
See Also
Named and Unnamed Instruments (on page 177)
7P1E01, [2-way generic body] control valve (in-line) (on page 181)
7P1E02, [2-way generic body] angle control valve (in-line) (on page 181)
7P1E03, 3-way [generic body] control valve (in-line) (on page 181)
7P1E04, 4-way [generic body] control valve (in-line) (on page 181)
7P1E05, [2-way] angle globe control valve (in-line) (on page 181)
7P1E06, 3-way globe control valve (in-line) (on page 181)
7P1E07, [2-way] solenoid valve (in-line) (on page 181)
7P1E08, [2-way] angle solenoid valve (in-line) (on page 182)
7P1E09, 3-way solenoid valve (in-line) (on page 182)
7P1E10, 4-way solenoid valve (in-line) (on page 182)
7P1E11, 3-way plug control valve (in-line) (on page 182)
7P1E12, 4-way plug control valve (in-line) (on page 182)
7P1E13, [2-way] ball control valve (in-line) (on page 182)
176
7P1E14, 3-way ball control valve (in-line) (on page 182)
7P1E15, [2-way] globe control valve (in-line) (on page 183)
7P1E16, [2-way] plug control valve (in-line) (on page 183)
7P1E17, [2-way] butterfly control valve (in-line) (on page 183)
7P1E18, [2-way] knife gate control valve (in-line) (on page 183)
7P1E19, [2-way] diaphragm control valve (in-line) (on page 183)
7P1E20, [2-way] slide control valve (in-line) (on page 183)
7P1E21, 3-way slide control valve (in-line) (on page 183)
7P1E22, [2-way] multivane 1 damp/louv CV (in-line) (on page 184)
7P1E23, [2-way] multivane 2 damp/louv CV (in-line) (on page 184)
7P1E24, [2-way] single vane damp/louv CV (in-line) (on page 184)
7P1E27, Control valve w/equip (in-line) (on page 184)
7P1E30, Automatic recirculation valve (in-line) (on page 184)
7P1E33, Self contained press red reg (in-line) (on page 184)
7P1E34, Press red reg w/ ext tap (in-line) (on page 185)
7P1E35, Press red reg w/ int RV (in-line) (on page 185)
7P1E38, Self contained backpress reg (in-line) (on page 185)
7P1E39, Backpress reg w/ ext tap (in-line) (on page 185)
7P1E42, Diff press red reg w/int & ext taps (in-line) (on page 185)
7P1E44, [2-way] filled system temp reg (in-line) (on page 185)
7P1E45, [2-way] angle filled system temp reg (in-line) (on page 185)
7P1E46, 3-way filled system temp reg (in-line) (on page 186)
Named and Unnamed Instruments

Control valves and regulators can be either named or unnamed, as follows:
defined in the applicable unit of the Instrument Task.
Unnamed components are those components to which either a component number has not
been assigned by the User in the Piping TDB and/or whose dimensional data has not been
defined in the applicable unit of the Instrument Task. During the design process, it is possible
for a control valve or regulator to first be considered unnamed and then named, and vice
versa. Data about unnamed control valves and regulators is stored in the instrument
specialties part of the Piping Job Specification. The primary access key to named control
valves and regulators is their AABBCC code. An AABBCC code may be considered as a
generic code about which a more detailed definition is made in the Piping Job Specification.
Depending upon the circumstances:
The system will first search for dimensional data about the control valve or regulator in the
Instrument TDB. In this search, the system will try to match the component number of the control
valve or regulator with the tag number assigned to it in the Instrument TDB. If dimensional data
about the component is found, the system will assume the component to be named and will
piping model.
177
Connect Point Data

thickness differ, the properties of the stronger ends(s) have been defined under the green
connect point data.
For each control valve or regulator, dimensional data is defined in tables, as follows:
Named Instrument - If the component is named, regardless of its other characteristics, the
following applies:
the Instrument TDB.
Refer to the explanation given under table format I80 for details.
Unnamed Instrument, GCP=male - If the component is unnamed, if only green connect point
data appears in the definition of the component in the instrument specialties part of the Piping
Job Specification and if the connect point is a male termination type, the following applies:
Data about the component is included in a table with format I81. The name of this table is
comprised of the following parameters from the instrument specialties part of the Piping Job
Specification:
MC GS Term(G) Unnamed_I
weight of the actuator plus all those dimensional parameters required to display the
component and its actuator, if any, in the model whose values are not defined in a generic
table.
Unnamed Instrument, GCP male - If the component is unnamed, if only green connect
point data appears in the definition of the component in the instrument specialties part of the
Piping Job Specification and if the connect point is not a male termination type, the following
applies:
Specification:
MC GS Term(G) Rat(G) Unnamed_I
178
table.
Unnamed Instrument, GCP=bolted or female, RCP=male - If the component is unnamed, if
both green and red connect point data appears in the definition of the component in the
instrument specialties part of the Piping Job Specification, the green connect point is either a
bolted or a female termination type and the red connect point is a male termination type, the
following applies:
Specification:
MC GS Term(G)_Rat(G) Term(R)_Unnamed_I
weight of water, weight of the actuator plus all those dimensional parameters required to
display the component and its actuator, if any, in the model whose values are not defined in a
generic table.
Unnamed Instrument, GCP male, RCP male - If the component is unnamed, if both
green and red connect point data appears in the definition of the component in the instrument
specialties part of the Piping Job Specification and neither the green nor the red connect
Specification:
MC GS Term(G)_Rat(G) Term(R)_Rat(R) Unnamed_I
generic table.
Unnamed Instrument, GCP=male, RCP=male - If the component is unnamed, if both green
and red connect point data appears in the definition of the component in the instrument
specialties part of the Piping Job Specification and both the green and the red connect points
are male termination types, the following applies:
Specification:
MC GS Term(G) Term(R) Unnamed_I
generic table.
Unnamed Instrument, GCP=male, RCP male - If the component is unnamed, if both green
specialties part of the Piping Job Specification, the green connect point is a male termination
type and the red connect point is not a male termination type, the following applies:
Specification:
179
MC_GS_Term(G) Term(R) Rat(R) Unnamed_I
generic table.
Control valves and regulators will have actuators unless otherwise specifically indicated in
paragraphs that follow. Actuators are defined independent of the components unless otherwise
specifically indicated in paragraphs that follow. Refer to paragraph C6.1 for additional
requirements regarding actuators.
Control valves and regulators and their actuators will not be automatically placed during automatic
component placement. They will always be positioned by the User.
Reference to ends in component type definitions that follow refer to the applicable of in-line or tap
ends that might apply to the component.
table formats.
The following general comments apply to the use of symbols used to depict these
instruments:
The symbols shown below under each instrument type are only suggested symbols that
can be used to depict such instruments. Any instrument symbol defined in Paragraphs
C5.2, C5.3, C5.4 or C5.5 may be used instead.
Ensure that for each symbol used, a proper match has been to an Isogen symbol.
Unless specifically defined otherwise, symbols listed below have been defined so that
they can be placed either with or without actuators.
The AABBCC code for control valves and regulators will consist of the applicable AABB code,
7P1E, followed by two numbers for the specific instrument.
180
7P1E01, [2-way generic body] control valve (in-line)

(P&ID instr comp type=72)
Any of the model codes for 2-way control valves may be used
under this AABBCC code.
7P1E02, [2-way generic body] angle control valve (in-line)

Any of the model codes for 2-way angle control valves may be
used under this AABBCC code.
7P1E03, 3-way [generic body] control valve (in-line)

3-way generic valve type 1 (MC=I3AT or I3AS) (SN=I3AZ)
7P1E04, 4-way [generic body] control valve (in-line)

7P1E05, [2-way] angle globe control valve (in-line)

Angle globe control valve type 1 (MC=I5AT or I5AS) (SN=I5AZ)
7P1E06, 3-way globe control valve (in-line)

3-way globe control valve type 1 (MC=I6AT or I6AS) (SN=I6AZ)
7P1E07, [2-way] solenoid valve (in-line)

Solenoid valve type 1 (MC=I7AT or I7AS)
(SN=I7AZ)
181
7P1E08, [2-way] angle solenoid valve (in-line)

Angle solenoid valve type 1 (MC=I5AT or I5AS) (SN=I5AZ)
7P1E09, 3-way solenoid valve (in-line)

7P1E10, 4-way solenoid valve (in-line)

7P1E11, 3-way plug control valve (in-line)

3-way plug control valve type 1 (MC=I11AT or I11AS)
(SN=I11AZ)
7P1E12, 4-way plug control valve (in-line)

4-way plug control valve type 1 (MC=I12AT or I12AS)
(SN=I12AZ)
7P1E13, [2-way] ball control valve (in-line)

Ball control valve type 1 (MC=I13AT or I13AS) (SN=I13AZ)
7P1E14, 3-way ball control valve (in-line)

3-way ball control valve type 1 (MC=I14AT or I14AS)
(SN=I14AZ)
182
7P1E15, [2-way] globe control valve (in-line)

Globe control valve type 1 (MC=I15AT or I15AS) (SN=I15AZ)
7P1E16, [2-way] plug control valve (in-line)

Plug control valve type 1 (MC=I16AT or I16AS) (SN=I16AZ)
7P1E17, [2-way] butterfly control valve (in-line)

Butterfly control valve type 1 (MC=I17AT or I17AS)
(SN=I17AZ)
7P1E18, [2-way] knife gate control valve (in-line)

Knife gate control valve type 1 (MC=I17AT or I17AS)
(SN=I17AZ)
7P1E19, [2-way] diaphragm control valve (in-line)

Diaphragm control valve type 1 (MC=I7AT or I7AS) (SN=I7AZ)
7P1E20, [2-way] slide control valve (in-line)

Slide control valve type 1 (MC=I20AT or I20AS) (SN=I20AZ)
7P1E21, 3-way slide control valve (in-line)

3-way slide control valve type 1 (MC=Later) (SN=Later)
183
7P1E22, [2-way] multivane 1 damp/louv CV (in-line)

Multivane 1 damp/louv CV type 1 (MC=I17AT or I17AS)
(SN=I17AZ)
7P1E23, [2-way] multivane 2 damp/louv CV (in-line)

Multivane 2 damp/louv CV type 1 (MC=I17AT or I17AS)
(SN=I17AZ)
7P1E24, [2-way] single vane damp/louv CV (in-line)

Single vane damp/louv CV type 1 (MC=117AT or I17AS)
(SN=I17AZ)
7P1E27, Control valve w/equip (in-line)

This valve will not be represented in the 3D model.
7P1E30, Automatic recirculation valve (in-line)

Automatic recirculation valve type 1 (MC=I30AT or I30AS)
(SN=I30AZ)
7P1E33, Self contained press red reg (in-line)

Self contained press red reg type 1 (MC=I7AT or I7AS)
(SN=I7AZ)
184
7P1E34, Press red reg w/ ext tap (in-line)

Press red reg w/ ext tap type 1 (MC=I7AT or I7AS) (SN=I7AZ)
7P1E35, Press red reg w/ int RV (in-line)

Press red reg w/ int RV type 1 (MC=I7AT or I7AS) (SN=I7AZ)
7P1E38, Self contained backpress reg (in-line)

Self contained backpress reg type 1 (MC=I7AT or I7AS)
(SN=I7AZ)
7P1E39, Backpress reg w/ ext tap (in-line)

Backpress reg w/ ext tap type 1 (MC=I7AT or I7AS) (SN=I7AZ)
7P1E42, Diff press red reg w/int & ext taps (in-line)
Diff press red reg w/int & ext taps type 1 (MC=I7AT or I7AS)
(SN=I7AZ)
7P1E44, [2-way] filled system temp reg (in-line)

Filled system temp reg type 1 (MC=I7AT or I7AS) (SN=I7AZ)
7P1E45, [2-way] angle filled system temp reg (in-line)

Angle filled system temp reg type 1 (MC=I5AT or I5AS)
(SN=I5AZ)
185
7P1E46, 3-way filled system temp reg (in-line)

3-way filled system temp reg type 1 (MC=I6AT or I6AS)
(SN=I6AZ)
Relief Devices (7P2C)

The AABBCC code for relief devices will consist of the applicable AABB code, 7P2C, followed by
two numbers for the specific device.
Relief devices can be:
Insertion in it
Placed unconnected.
Relief devices will not be included in the piping materials class of the line in which placed. They
are independent of piping materials class.
See Also
Named or Unnamed Relief Devices (on page 187)
7P2C01, Angle press relief valve (in-line) (on page 190)
7P2C06, Straight-thru press relief valve (in-line) (on page 190)
7P2C09, Vac relief valve (in-line) (on page 190)
7P2C12, Press/vac relief valve (in-line) (on page 191)
7P2C14, Press/vac relief manhole cover (in-line) (on page 191)
7P2C16, Press relief rupture disc (in-line) (on page 191)
7P2C18, Vac relief rupture disc (in-line) (on page 191)
7P2C20, Temp fusible plug or disc (in-line) (on page 191)
186
Named or Unnamed Relief Devices

Relief devices can be either named or unnamed, as follows:
for a relief device to first be considered unnamed and then named, and vice versa. Data
about unnamed relief devices will be stored in the instrument specialties part of the Piping Job
Specification. The primary access key to named relief devices will be their AABBCC code.
An AABBCC code may be considered as a generic code about which a more detailed
definition is made in the Piping Job Specification. Depending upon the circumstances:
The system will first search for dimensional data about the relief device in the Instrument TDB. In
this search, the system will try to match the component number of the relief device with the tag
number assigned to it in the Instrument TDB. If dimensional data about the component is found,
the system will assume the component to be named and will proceed to retrieve dimensional data
about it.
piping model.
Connect Point Data

If the termination type of the ends differ, regardless of the values for schedule/thickness, the
properties of the end(s) with the lowest codelist number defining its CP preparation have been
defined under the green connect point data.
If the termination type of the ends are the same but the values for rating, schedule or thickness
differ, the properties of the stronger ends(s) have been defined under the green connect point
data.
For each relief device, dimensional data is defined in tables, as follows:
187
Named Instruments - If the component is named, regardless of its other characteristics, the
following applies:
Both generic and specific data about the component is included in the applicable unit of the
Instrument TDB.
Unnamed Instrument, GCP=male - If the component is unnamed, if only green connect point
data appears in the definition of the component in the instrument specialties part of the Piping
Job Specification and if the connect point is a male termination type, the following applies:
Specification:
table.
Unnamed Instrument, GCP male - If the component is unnamed, if only green connect
point data appears in the definition of the component in the instrument specialties part of the
Piping Job Specification and if the connect point is not a male termination type, the following
applies:
Specification:
table.
Unnamed Instrument, GCP=bolted or female, RCP=male - If the component is unnamed, if
both green and red connect point data appears in the definition of the component in the
instrument specialties part of the Piping Job Specification, the green connect point is either a
bolted or a female termination type and the red connect point is a male termination type, the
following applies:
Specification:
generic table.
188
Unnamed Instrument, GCP male, RCP male - If the component is unnamed, if both
green and red connect point data appears in the definition of the component in the instrument
specialties part of the Piping Job Specification and neither the green nor the red connect
Specification:
generic table.
Unnamed Instrument, GCP=male, RCP=male - If the component is unnamed, if both green
specialties part of the Piping Job Specification and both the green and the red connect points
are male termination types, the following applies:
Specification:
generic table.
Unnamed Instrument, GCP=male, RCP male - If the component is unnamed, if both green
specialties part of the Piping Job Specification, the green connect point is a male termination
type and the red connect point is not a male termination type, the following applies:
Specification:
generic table.
Relief devices will have actuators unless otherwise specifically indicated in paragraphs that
follow. Actuators are defined independent of the components unless otherwise specifically
indicated in paragraphs that follow. Refer to paragraph C.6.1 for additional requirements
regarding actuators.
Relief devices and their actuators will not be automatically placed during automatic
component placement. They will always be positioned by the User.
Reference to ends in component type definitions that follow refer to the applicable of in-line or
tap ends that might apply to the component.
189
table formats.
instruments:
The AABBCC code for relief devices will consist of the applicable AABB code, 7P2C, followed by
two numbers for the specific device.
7P2C01, Angle press relief valve (in-line)

Angle press relief valve type 1 (MC=I8AT or I8AS) (SN=I8AZ)
7P2C06, Straight-thru press relief valve (in-line)

Straight-thru press relief valve type 1 (MC=I7AT or I7AS)
(SN=I7AZ)
Straight-thru press relief valve type 2 (no actuator)
(MC=I106BT or I106BS) (SN=I106BZ)
7P2C09, Vac relief valve (in-line)

Vac relief valve type 1 (MC=I8AT or I8AS) (SN=I8AZ)
Vac relief valve type 2 (no actuator) (MC=I109BT or I109BS)
(SN=I109BZ)
Vac relief valve type 3 (no actuator) (MC=I106BT or I106BS)
(SN=I106BZ)
190
7P2C12, Press/vac relief valve (in-line)

Press/vac relief valve type 1 (MC=I8AT or I8AS) (SN=I8AZ)
7P2C14, Press/vac relief manhole cover (in-line)

Press/vac relief manhole cover type 1 (no actuator)
(MC=I106BT or I106BS) (SN=I106BZ)
7P2C16, Press relief rupture disc (in-line)

Press relief rupture disc type 1 (MC=I18AT or I18AS)
(SN=I18AZ)
7P2C18, Vac relief rupture disc (in-line)

Vac relief rupture disc type 1 (MC=I18AT or I18AS)
(SN=I18AZ)
Vac relief rupture disc type 2 (no actuator) (MC=I118BT or
I118BS) (SN=I118BZ)
7P2C20, Temp fusible plug or disc (in-line)

Temp fusible plug or disc type 1 (no actuator) (MC=I120AT or
I120AS) (SN=I120AZ)
Other in-line Instruments (7P3C)

The AABBCC code for other in-line instruments consists of the applicable AABB code, 7P3C,
followed by two numbers for the specific instrument.
Other in-line instruments may be:
Insertion in it
Placed unconnected.
191
Other in-line instruments will not be included in the piping materials class of the line in which
See Also
Named or Unnamed Instruments (on page 192)
7P3C01, Balloon instr (in-line) (on page 196)
7P3C02, Restriction orif union (in-line) (on page 196)
7P3C03, Valve w/restriction orif (in-line) (on page 196)
7P3C04, Orif plate (in-line) (on page 196)
7P3C05, Orif plate & flanges (in-line) (on page 196)
7P3C06, Orif plate, flanges & meter run (in-line) (on page 197)
7P3C09, Orif plate & qk chnge fitting (in-line) (on page 197)
7P3C10, Orif pl, qk chnge fitting & met run (in-line) (on page 197)
7P3C13, Venturi tube (in-line) (on page 197)
7P3C16, In-line averaging pitot tube (in-line) (on page 197)
7P3C19, Flow nozzle (in-line) (on page 197)
7P3C22, Var area flow instr (in-line) (on page 198)
7P3C23, Var area flow instr w/upstr reg (in-line) (on page 198)
7P3C24, Var area flow instr w/dwnstr reg (in-line) (on page 198)
7P3C25, Var area flow instr w/upstr vlv (in-line) (on page 198)
7P3C26, Var area flow instr w/dwnstr vlv (in-line) (on page 198)
7P3C29, Pos displacement flow instr (in-line) (on page 198)
7P3C30, Pos displ flow instr w/dwnstr reg (in-line) (on page 199)
7P3C33, In-line target flow instr (in-line) (on page 199)
7P3C35, In-line propeller flow instr (in-line) (on page 199)
7P3C37, Vortex flow instr (in-line) (on page 199)
7P3C39, In-line magnetic flow instr (in-line) (on page 199)
7P3C41, In-line ultrasonic flow instr (in-line) (on page 199)
7P3C44, Flume (in-line) (on page 200)
7P3C46, Weir (in-line) (on page 200)
7P3C48, Segmental wedge (in-line) (on page 200)
7P3C50, Flow straightening vane (in-line) (on page 200)
7P3C53, Trap (in-line) (on page 200)
7P3C56, Vent silencer (in-line) (on page 201)
7P3C57, In-line silencer (in-line) (on page 201)
Named or Unnamed Instruments

Other in-line instruments can be either named or unnamed, as follows:
for an other in-line instrument to first be considered unnamed and then named, and vice versa.
Data about unnamed other in-line instruments is stored in the instrument specialties part of the
Piping Job Specification. The primary access key to named other in-line instruments is their
192
AABBCC code. An AABBCC code may be considered as a generic code about which a more
detailed definition is made in the Piping Job Specification. Depending upon the
circumstances:
The system will first search for dimensional data about the other in-line instrument in the
Instrument TDB. In this search, the system will try to match the component number of the other
in-line instrument with the tag number assigned to it in the Instrument TDB. If dimensional data
about the component is found, the system will assume the component to be named and will
piping model.
Connect Point Data

connect point data.
For each other in-line instrument, dimensional data is defined in tables, as follows:
If the component is named, regardless of its other characteristics, the following applies:
the Instrument TDB.
If the component is unnamed, if only green connect point data appears in the definition of the
component in the instrument specialties part of the Piping Job Specification and if the connect
point is a male termination type, the following applies:
Specification:
193
of the component. The dependent variables are surface area, empty weight, weight of water
point is not a male termination type, the following applies:
Specification:
If the component is unnamed, if both green and red connect point data appears in the
definition of the component in the instrument specialties part of the Piping Job Specification,
the green connect point is either a bolted or a female termination type and the red connect
Specification:
weight of water plus all those dimensional parameters required to display the component in
the model whose values are not defined in a generic table.
definition of the component in the instrument specialties part of the Piping Job Specification
and neither the green nor the red connect points are male termination types, the following
applies:
Specification:
and both the green and the red connect points are male termination types, the following
applies:
Specification:
194
the green connect point is a male termination type and the red connect point is not a male
termination type, the following applies:
Specification:
Other in-line instruments will have not have actuators.
Other in-line instruments will not be automatically placed during automatic component placement.
They will always be positioned by the User.
To access data tables. Refer to Model Graphics Definitions for a description of the table
formats.
instruments:
The AABBCC code for other in-line instruments consists of the applicable AABB code, 7P3C,
195
7P3C01, Balloon instr (in-line)

Balloon instr type 1 (no actuator) (MC=I201AT or I201AS)
(SN=I201AZ)
Balloon instr type 2 (MC=I201BT or I201BS) (SN=I201BZ)
Balloon instr type 3 (MC=I201CT or I201CS) (SN=I201CZ)
In addition, any of the model codes for other instruments
may be used under this AABBCC code.
7P3C02, Restriction orif union (in-line)

Restriction orif union type 1 (no actuator) (MC=I118BT or
I118BS) (SN=I118BZ)
7P3C03, Valve w/restriction orif (in-line)

Valve w/restriction orif type 1 (MC=I7AT or I7AS) (SN=I7AZ)
7P3C04, Orif plate (in-line)

Orif plate type 1 (MC=I18AT or I18AS) (SN=I18AZ)
7P3C05, Orif plate & flanges (in-line)

Orif plate & flanges type 1 (MC=I201BT or I201BS)
(SN=I201BZ)
It is assumed that gaskets and bolts are supplied by the
Instrument Vendor.
196
7P3C06, Orif plate, flanges & meter run (in-line)

Orif plate, flanges & meter run type 1 (MC=I201BT or I201BS)
(SN=I201BZ)
Instrument Vendor.
7P3C09, Orif plate & qk chnge fitting (in-line)

Orif plate & qk chnge fitting type 1 (MC=I209AT or I209AS)
(SN=I209AZ)
7P3C10, Orif pl, qk chnge fitting & met run (in-line)

Orif pl, qk chnge fitting & met run type 1 (MC=I201BT or
I201BS) (SN=I201BZ)
Instrument Vendor.
7P3C13, Venturi tube (in-line)

Venturi tube type 1 (MC=I213AT or I213AS) (SN=I213AZ)
7P3C16, In-line averaging pitot tube (in-line)

In-line averaging pitot tube type 1 (MC=I216AT or I216AS)
(SN=I216AZ)
7P3C19, Flow nozzle (in-line)

Flow nozzle type 1 (MC=I219AT or I219AS) (SN=I219AZ)
197
7P3C22, Var area flow instr (in-line)

Var area flow instr type 1 (MC=I201BT or I201BS) (SN=I201BZ)
Var area flow instr type 2 (MC=I201CT or I201CS) (SN=I201CZ)
Var area flow instr type 3 (MC=I216AT or I216AS) (SN=I216AZ)
7P3C23, Var area flow instr w/upstr reg (in-line)

Var area flow instr w/upstr reg type 1 (MC=I201CT or I201CS)
(SN=I201CZ)
7P3C24, Var area flow instr w/dwnstr reg (in-line)

Var area flow instr w/dwnstr reg type 1 (MC=I209AT or
I209AS) (SN=I209AZ)
7P3C25, Var area flow instr w/upstr vlv (in-line)

Var area flow instr w/upstr vlv type 1 (MC=I201BT or I201BS)
(SN=I201BZ)
7P3C26, Var area flow instr w/dwnstr vlv (in-line)

Var area flow instr w/dwnstr vlv type 1 (MC=I201CT or
I201CS) (SN=I201CZ)
7P3C29, Pos displacement flow instr (in-line)

Pos displacement flow instr type 1 (MC=I216AT or I216AS)
(SN=I216AZ)
Pos displacement flow instr type 2 (MC=I201CT or I201CS)
(SN=I201CZ)
198
7P3C30, Pos displ flow instr w/dwnstr reg (in-line)

Pos displ flow instr w/dwnstr reg type 1 (MC=I209AT or
I209AS) (SN=I209AZ)
7P3C33, In-line target flow instr (in-line)

In-line target flow instr type 1 (no actuator) (MC=I201AT or
I201AS) (SN=I201AZ)
7P3C35, In-line propeller flow instr (in-line)

In-line propeller flow instr type 1 (no actuator) (MC=I201AT
or I201AS) (SN=I201AZ)
7P3C37, Vortex flow instr (in-line)

Vortex flow instr type 1 (no actuator) (MC=I237AT or I237AS)
(SN=I237AZ)
7P3C39, In-line magnetic flow instr (in-line)

In-line magnetic flow instr type 1 (MC=I209AT or I209AS)
(SN=I209AZ)
In-line magnetic flow instr type 2 (no actuator) (MC=I237AT
or I237AS) (SN=I237AZ)
7P3C41, In-line ultrasonic flow instr (in-line)

In-line ultrasonic flow instr type 1 (MC=I209AT or I209AS)
(SN=I209AZ)
199
7P3C44, Flume (in-line)

This component is not used in the Piping Task.
7P3C46, Weir (in-line)

This component is not used in the Piping Task.
7P3C48, Segmental wedge (in-line)

Segmental wedge type 1 (MC=I201BT or I201BS) (SN=I201BZ)
It is assumed that gaskets and bolts within the instrument,
if any, is supplied by the Instrument Vendor.
7P3C50, Flow straightening vane (in-line)

Flow straightening vane type 1 (MC=I219AT or I219AS)
(SN=I219AZ)
7P3C53, Trap (in-line)

Steam trap type 1, (MC=I201BT or I201BS) (SN=I201BZ)
Steam trap type 2, (MC=I201CT or I201CS) (SN=I201CZ)
Steam trap type 3, (MC=I209AT or I209AS) (SN=I209AZ)
200
7P3C56, Vent silencer (in-line)

Vent silencer type 1 (no actuator) (MC=I201BT or I201BS)
(SN=I201BZ)
7P3C57, In-line silencer (in-line)

In-line silencer type 1 (MC=I18AT or I18AS) (SN=I18AZ)
In-line silencer type 2 (no actuator) (MC=I201BT or I201BS)
(SN=I201BZ)
Off-Line Instruments (7Q4D)

The AABBCC code for off-line instruments will consist of the applicable AABB code, 7Q4D,
Off-line instruments will never be inserted in a pipeline. They may be:
Connected to an equipment nozzle by:
Direct mounting on it
With a signal line.
Connected to a pipeline by:
Direct mounting on its surface
With a signal line.
Placed unconnected.
It is possible to place these components in free space and then pipe to them.
Off-line instruments will not be included in the piping materials class of the line in which placed.
They are independent of piping materials class.
See Also
Named or Unnamed Instruments (on page 203)
7Q4D01, Discrete [field mounted AE (off-line) (on page 206)
7Q4D02, Discrete [field mounted] AP (off-line) (on page 206)
7Q4D03, Discrete [field mounted] AT (off-line) (on page 206)
7Q4D06, Discrete [field mounted] FC (off-line) (on page 206)
7Q4D07, Discrete [field mounted] FI (off-line) (on page 206)
7Q4D08, Discrete [field mounted] FIC (off-line) (on page 206)
7Q4D09, Discrete [field mounted] FP (off-line) (on page 207)
7Q4D10, Discrete [field mounted] FR (off-line) (on page 207)
7Q4D11, Discrete [field mounted] FRC (off-line) (on page 207)
7Q4D12, Discrete [field mounted] FSH (off-line) (on page 207)
7Q4D13, Discrete [field mounted] FSL (off-line) (on page 207)
7Q4D14, Discrete [field mounted] FSM (off-line) (on page 207)
7Q4D15, Discrete [field mounted] FSHH (off-line) (on page 208)
201
7Q4D16, Discrete [field mounted] FSHL (off-line) (on page 208)
7Q4D17, Discrete [field mounted] FSLL (off-line) (on page 208)
7Q4D18, Discrete [field mounted] FT (off-line) (on page 208)
7Q4D21, Discrete [field mounted] LC (off-line) (on page 208)
7Q4D22, Discrete [field mounted] LG (off-line) (on page 209)
7Q4D23, Discrete [field mounted] LI (off-line) (on page 209)
7Q4D24, Discrete [field mounted] LIC (off-line) (on page 209)
7Q4D25, Discrete [field mounted] LR (off-line) (on page 210)
7Q4D26, Discrete [field mounted] LRC (off-line) (on page 210)
7Q4D27, Discrete [field mounted] LSH (off-line) (on page 210)
7Q4D28, Discrete [field mounted] LSL (off-line) (on page 210)
7Q4D29, Discrete [field mounted] LSM (off-line) (on page 210)
7Q4D30, Discrete [field mounted] LSHH (off-line) (on page 211)
7Q4D31, Discrete [field mounted] LSHL (off-line) (on page 211)
7Q4D32, Discrete [field mounted] LSLL (off-line) (on page 211)
7Q4D33, Discrete [field mounted] LT (off-line) (on page 211)
7Q4D35, Discrete [field mounted] PC (off-line) (on page 212)
7Q4D36, Discrete [field mounted] PDIC (off-line) (on page 212)
7Q4D37, Discrete [field mounted] PDSH (off-line) (on page 212)
7Q4D38, Discrete [field mounted] PDSL (off-line) (on page 212)
7Q4D39, Discrete [field mounted] PDT (off-line) (on page 212)
7Q4D40, Discrete [field mounted] PI (off-line) (on page 212)
7Q4D41, Discrete [field mounted] PIC (off-line) (on page 213)
7Q4D42, Discrete [field mounted] PP (off-line) (on page 213)
7Q4D43, Discrete [field mounted] PR (off-line) (on page 213)
7Q4D44, Discrete [field mounted] PRC (off-line) (on page 213)
7Q4D45, Discrete [field mounted] PSH (off-line) (on page 213)
7Q4D46, Discrete [field mounted] PSL (off-line) (on page 213)
7Q4D47, Discrete [field mounted] PSM (off-line) (on page 214)
7Q4D48, Discrete [field mounted] PSHH (off-line) (on page 214)
7Q4D49, Discrete [field mounted] PSHL (off-line) (on page 214)
7Q4D50, Discrete [field mounted] PSLL (off-line) (on page 214)
7Q4D51, Discrete [field mounted] PT (off-line) (on page 214)
7Q4D53, [Field mounted] pilot light (off-line) (on page 214)
7Q4D57, Discrete single-funct, [field mounted] instr (off-line) (on page 215)
7Q4D58, Discrete multi-funct, [field mounted] instr (off-line) (on page 215)
7Q4D60, Pilot light [accessible in primary location] (off-line) (on page 215)
7Q4D65, Discrete single-funct instr [accessible in primary location] (on page 215)
7Q4D66, Discrete multi-funct instr [accessible in primary location] (on page 215)
7Q4D70, Discrete single-funct instr [inaccessible in primary location] (off-line) (on page 215)
7Q4D71, Discrete multi-funct instr (on page 216)
7Q4D75, [2-way] solenoid valve [field mounted] (off-line) (on page 216)
7Q4D76, [2-way] angle solenoid valve [field mounted] (off-line) (on page 216)
7Q4D77, 3-way solenoid valve [field mounted] (off-line) (on page 216)
7Q4D78, 4-way single solenoid valve [field mounted] (off-line) (on page 216)
7Q4D79, 4-way double solenoid valve [field mounted] (off-line) (on page 216)
7Q4D80, Pilot light (on page 216)
7Q4D85, Discrete single-funct instr (on page 217)
7Q4D88, Single port pitot tube [field mounted] (off-line) (on page 217)
7Q4D89, Pitot-venturi tube [field mounted] (off-line) (on page 217)
7Q4D90, Off-line averaging pitot tube [field mounted] (off-line) (on page 217)
7Q4D92, Off-line target flow instr [field mounted] (off-line) (on page 217)
202
7Q4D93, Off-line propeller flow instr [field mounted] (off-line) (on page 218)
7Q4D94, Off-line magnetic flow instr [field mounted] (off-line) (on page 218)
7Q4D95, Off-line ultrasonic flow instr [field mounted] (off-line) (on page 218)
7Q4D97, Discrete single-funct instr (on page 218)
Named or Unnamed Instruments

Off-line instruments can be either named or unnamed, as follows:
for an off-line instrument to first be considered unnamed and then named, and vice versa.
Data about unnamed off-line instruments is stored in the instrument specialties part of the
Piping Job Specification. The primary access key to named off-line instruments is their
AABBCC code. An AABBCC code may be considered as a generic code about which a more
detailed definition is made in the Piping Job Specification. Depending upon the
circumstances:
The system will first search for dimensional data about the off-line instrument in the Instrument
TDB. In this search, the system will try to match the component number of the off-line instrument
with the tag number assigned to it in the Instrument TDB. If dimensional data about the
component is found, the system will assume the component to be named and will proceed to
retrieve dimensional data about it.
piping model.
Connect Point Data

203
connect point data.
For each off-line instrument, dimensional data is defined in tables, as follows:
If the component is named, regardless of its other characteristics, the following applies:
the Instrument TDB.
Specification:
204
point is not a male termination type, the following applies:
Specification:
the green connect point is either a bolted or a female termination type and the red connect
Specification:
and neither the green nor the red connect points are male termination types, the following
applies:
Specification:
and both the green and the red connect points are male termination types, the following
applies:
Specification:
the green connect point is a male termination type and the red connect point is not a male
termination type, the following applies:
Specification:
Off-line instruments will have not have actuators.
Off-line instruments will not be automatically placed during automatic component placement.
They will always be positioned by the User.
the table formats.
instruments:
205
they can only be placed either without actuators.
The AABBCC code for off-line instruments will consist of the applicable AABB code, 7Q4D,
7Q4D01, Discrete [field mounted AE (off-line)

Analyzer type 1 (MC=I301iT or I301iS, where i=A-J)
(SN=I301AZ)
7Q4D02, Discrete [field mounted] AP (off-line)

Analyzer sample point type 1 (MC=I301iT or I301iS, where
i=A-J) (SN=I301AZ)
7Q4D03, Discrete [field mounted] AT (off-line)

Analyzer transmitter type 1 (MC=I301iT or I301iS, where
i=A-J) (SN=I301AZ)
7Q4D06, Discrete [field mounted] FC (off-line)

Flow controller type 1 (MC=I301iT or I301iS, where i=A-J)
(SN=I301AZ)
7Q4D07, Discrete [field mounted] FI (off-line)

Flow indicator type 1 (MC=I301iT or I301iS, where i=A-J)
(SN=I301AZ)
7Q4D08, Discrete [field mounted] FIC (off-line)

Flow indicating controller type 1 (MC=I301iT or I301iS,
where i=A-J) (SN=I301AZ)
206
7Q4D09, Discrete [field mounted] FP (off-line)

Flow test point type 1 (MC=I301iT or I301iS, where i=A-J)
(SN=I301AZ)
7Q4D10, Discrete [field mounted] FR (off-line)

Flow recorder type 1 (MC=I301iT or I301iS, where i=A-J)
(SN=I301AZ)
7Q4D11, Discrete [field mounted] FRC (off-line)

Flow recording controller type 1 (MC=I301iT or I301iS, where
i=A-J) (SN=I301AZ)
7Q4D12, Discrete [field mounted] FSH (off-line)

Flow switch high type 1 (MC=I301iT or I301iS, where i=A-J)
(SN=I301AZ)
7Q4D13, Discrete [field mounted] FSL (off-line)

Flow switch low type 1 (MC=I301iT or I301iS, where i=A-J)
(SN=I301AZ)
7Q4D14, Discrete [field mounted] FSM (off-line)

Flow switch medium type 1 (MC=I301iT or I301iS, where i=A-J)
(SN=I301AZ)
207
7Q4D15, Discrete [field mounted] FSHH (off-line)

Flow switch high high type 1 (MC=I301iT or I301iS, where
i=A-J) (SN=I301AZ)
7Q4D16, Discrete [field mounted] FSHL (off-line)

Flow switch high low type 1 (MC=I301iT or I301iS, where
i=A-J) (SN=I301AZ)
7Q4D17, Discrete [field mounted] FSLL (off-line)

Flow switch low low type 1 (MC=I301iT or I301iS, where
i=A-J) (SN=I301AZ)
7Q4D18, Discrete [field mounted] FT (off-line)

Flow transmitter type 1 (MC=I301iT or I301iS, where i=A-J)
(SN=I301AZ)
7Q4D21, Discrete [field mounted] LC (off-line)

Level controller type 1 (MC=I301iT or I301iS, where i=A-J)
(SN=I301AZ)
Level controller type 2 (with actuator), (MC=I201CT or
I201CS) (SN=I201CZ)
Level controller type 3 (with actuator), (MC=I253AT or
I253AS) (SN=I253AZ)
208
7Q4D22, Discrete [field mounted] LG (off-line)

Level gage type 1 (MC=I301iT or I301iS, where i=A-J)
(SN=I301AZ)
Level gage type 2 (with actuator), (MC=I201CT or I201CS)
(SN=I201CZ)
Level gage type 3 (with actuator), (MC=I253AT or I253AS)
(SN=I253AZ)
Level gage type 4, (MC=I322AT or I322AS) (SN=I322AZ)
7Q4D23, Discrete [field mounted] LI (off-line)

Level indicator type 1 (MC=I301iT or I301iS, where i=A-J)
(SN=I301AZ)
7Q4D24, Discrete [field mounted] LIC (off-line)

Level indicating controller type 1 (MC=I301iT or I301iS,
Level indicating controller type 2, upper and lower side
(with actuator) (MC=I253AT or I253AS) (SN=I253AZ)
Level indicating controller type 3, top-bottom (MC=I324CT or
I324CS) (SN=I324CZ)
Level indicating controller type 4, side-bottom (MC=I324DT
or I324DS) (SN=I324DZ)
Level indicating controller type 5, top-side (MC=I324ET or
I324ES) (SN=I324EZ)
Level indicating controller type 6, side-side (MC=I324FT or
I324FS) (SN=I324FZ)
209
7Q4D25, Discrete [field mounted] LR (off-line)

Level recorder type 1 (MC=I301iT or I301iS, where i=A-J)
(SN=I301AZ)
7Q4D26, Discrete [field mounted] LRC (off-line)

Level recording controller type 1 (MC=I301iT or I301iS,
7Q4D27, Discrete [field mounted] LSH (off-line)

Level switch high type 1 (MC=I301iT or I301iS, where i=A-J)
(SN=I301AZ)
Level switch high type 2 (with actuator), (MC=I201CT or
I201CS) (SN=I201CZ)
Level switch high type 3 (with actuator), (MC=I253AT or
I253AS) (SN=I253AZ)
7Q4D28, Discrete [field mounted] LSL (off-line)

Level switch low type 1 (MC=I301iT or I301iS, where i=A-J)
(SN=I301AZ)
Level switch low type 2 (with actuator), (MC=I201CT or
I201CS) (SN=I201CZ)
Level switch low type 3 (with actuator), (MC=I253AT or
I253AS) (SN=I253AZ)
7Q4D29, Discrete [field mounted] LSM (off-line)

Level switch medium type 1 (MC=I301iT or I301iS, where
i=A-J) (SN=I301AZ)
Level switch medium type 2 (with actuator), (MC=I201CT or
I201CS) (SN=I201CZ)
Level switch medium type 3 (with actuator), (MC=I253AT or
I253AS) (SN=I253AZ)
210
7Q4D30, Discrete [field mounted] LSHH (off-line)

Level switch high high type 1 (MC=I301iT or I301iS, where
i=A-J) (SN=I301AZ)
Level switch high high type 2 (with actuator), (MC=I201CT or
I201CS) (SN=I201CZ)
Level switch high high type 3 (with actuator), (MC=I253AT or
I253AS) (SN=I253AZ)
7Q4D31, Discrete [field mounted] LSHL (off-line)

Level switch high low type 1 (MC=I301iT or I301iS, where
i=A-J) (SN=I301AZ)
Level switch high low type 2 (with actuator), (MC=I201CT or
I201CS) (SN=I201CZ)
Level switch high low type 3 (with actuator), (MC=I253AT or
I253AS) (SN=I253AZ)
7Q4D32, Discrete [field mounted] LSLL (off-line)

Level switch low low type 1 (MC=I301iT or I301iS, where
i=A-J) (SN=I301AZ)
Level switch low low type 2 (with actuator), (MC=I201CT or
I201CS) (SN=I201CZ)
Level switch low low type 3 (with actuator), (MC=I253AT or
I253AS) (SN=I253AZ)
7Q4D33, Discrete [field mounted] LT (off-line)

Level transmitter type 1 (MC=I301iT or I301iS, where i=A-J)
(SN=I301AZ)
Level transmitter type 2 (with actuator), (MC=I201CT or
I201CS) (SN=I201CZ)
Level transmitter type 3 (with actuator), (MC=I253AT or
I253AS) (SN=I253AZ)
211
7Q4D35, Discrete [field mounted] PC (off-line)

Pressure controller type 1 (MC=I301iT or I301iS, where
i=A-J) (SN=I301AZ)
7Q4D36, Discrete [field mounted] PDIC (off-line)

Pressure differential indicating controller type 1
(MC=I301iT or I301iS, where i=A-J) (SN=I301AZ)
7Q4D37, Discrete [field mounted] PDSH (off-line)

Pressure differential switch high type 1 (MC=I301iT or
I301iS, where i=A-J) (SN=I301AZ)
7Q4D38, Discrete [field mounted] PDSL (off-line)

Pressure differential switch low type 1 (MC=I301iT or
7Q4D39, Discrete [field mounted] PDT (off-line)

Pressure differential transmitter type 1 (MC=I301iT or
7Q4D40, Discrete [field mounted] PI (off-line)

Pressure indicator type 1 (MC=I301iT or I301iS, where i=A-J)
(SN=I301AZ)
212
7Q4D41, Discrete [field mounted] PIC (off-line)

Pressure indicating controller type 1 (MC=I301iT or I301iS,
7Q4D42, Discrete [field mounted] PP (off-line)

Pressure test point type 1 (MC=I301iT or I301iS, where
i=A-J) (SN=I301AZ)
7Q4D43, Discrete [field mounted] PR (off-line)

Pressure recorder type 1 (MC=I301iT or I301iS, where i=A-J)
(SN=I301AZ)
7Q4D44, Discrete [field mounted] PRC (off-line)

Pressure recording controller type 1 (MC=I301iT or I301iS,
7Q4D45, Discrete [field mounted] PSH (off-line)

Pressure switch high type 1 (MC=I301iT or I301iS, where
i=A-J) (SN=I301AZ)
7Q4D46, Discrete [field mounted] PSL (off-line)

Pressure switch low type 1 (MC=I301iT or I301iS, where
i=A-J) (SN=I301AZ)
213
7Q4D47, Discrete [field mounted] PSM (off-line)

Pressure switch medium type 1 (MC=I301iT or I301iS, where
i=A-J) (SN=I301AZ)
7Q4D48, Discrete [field mounted] PSHH (off-line)

Pressure switch high high type 1 (MC=I301iT or I301iS, where
i=A-J) (SN=I301AZ)
7Q4D49, Discrete [field mounted] PSHL (off-line)

Pressure switch high low type 1 (MC=I301iT or I301iS, where
i=A-J) (SN=I301AZ)
7Q4D50, Discrete [field mounted] PSLL (off-line)

Pressure switch low low type 1 (MC=I301iT or I301iS, where
i=A-J) (SN=I301AZ)
7Q4D51, Discrete [field mounted] PT (off-line)

Pressure transmitter type 1 (MC=I301iT or I301iS, where
i=A-J) (SN=I301AZ)
7Q4D53, [Field mounted] pilot light (off-line)

This instrument will not be represented in the 3D model.
214
7Q4D57, Discrete single-funct, [field mounted] instr (off-line)

Discrete single-funct, field mounted instr type 1 (MC=I301iT
or I301iS, where i=A-J) (SN=I301AZ)
7Q4D58, Discrete multi-funct, [field mounted] instr (off-line)

7Q4D60, Pilot light [accessible in primary location] (off-line)

7Q4D65, Discrete single-funct instr [accessible in primary

location]
(off-line) (P&ID instr comp type=296)
7Q4D66, Discrete multi-funct instr [accessible in primary

location]
7Q4D70, Discrete single-funct instr [inaccessible in primary

location] (off-line)
215
7Q4D71, Discrete multi-funct instr

[inaccessible in primary location] (off-line)
7Q4D75, [2-way] solenoid valve [field mounted] (off-line)

7Q4D76, [2-way] angle solenoid valve [field mounted] (off-line)

7Q4D77, 3-way solenoid valve [field mounted] (off-line)

7Q4D78, 4-way single solenoid valve [field mounted] (off-line)

7Q4D79, 4-way double solenoid valve [field mounted] (off-line)

7Q4D80, Pilot light

[accessible in auxiliary location] (off-line)
216
7Q4D85, Discrete single-funct instr

[accessible in auxiliary location]

[accessible in auxiliary location]
7Q4D88, Single port pitot tube [field mounted] (off-line)

Single port pitot tube type 1 (MC=I301iT or I301iS, where
i=A-J) (SN=I301AZ)
7Q4D89, Pitot-venturi tube [field mounted] (off-line)

Pitot-venturi tube type 1 (MC=I301iT or I301iS, where i=A-J)
(SN=I301AZ)
7Q4D90, Off-line averaging pitot tube [field mounted] (off-line)

Off-line averaging pitot tube type 1 (MC=I301iT or I301iS,
7Q4D92, Off-line target flow instr [field mounted] (off-line)

Off-line target flow instr type 1 (MC=I301iT or I301iS,
217
7Q4D93, Off-line propeller flow instr [field mounted] (off-line)

Off-line propeller flow instr type 1 (MC=I301iT or I301iS,
7Q4D94, Off-line magnetic flow instr [field mounted] (off-line)

Off-line magnetic flow instr type 1 (MC=I301iT or I301iS,
7Q4D95, Off-line ultrasonic flow instr [field mounted] (off-line)

Off-line ultrasonic flow instr type 1 (MC=I301iT or I301iS,
7Q4D97, Discrete single-funct instr

[inaccessible in auxiliary location]

[inaccessible in auxiliary location]
Miscellaneous
See Also
Valve Operators and Actuators (on page 219)
Piping Connectors (on page 228)
218
Valve Operators and Actuators

All piping commodity valves will have operators unless otherwise specifically indicated in
paragraph C.1.2. Piping specialty components will only have operators if specifically so indicated
in paragraph C.3.1.
Instrument specialty control valves and relief devices will have actuators unless otherwise
specifically indicated in paragraph C.5.2 and C.5.3. The remaining instrument specialty
components will not have actuators.
Data about operators/actuators is stored in the entity that applies to the component to which the
operator/actuator belongs.
The type of operators/actuators is defined, using codelist values from codelist set CL550,
"Operator/Actuator Type", in the "Mod" column of the piping commodities part of the Piping Job
Specification. If the operator/actuator is to be placed in the model, a "+" or no sign entry is made
for this value. If the operator/actuator is not to be placed in the model, the code for the
operator/actuator is defined as a "-" number. It is possible to change from the TDB the decision
made regarding placing or not placing the valve operator/actuator in the model. To change the
type of operator/actuator that applies to a valve, you will have to place a valve with either a
different AABBCC code or with the proper option.
Model codes and symbol names for valve operators will have values as defined below:
For operators with data derived from parameters in the applicable Piping Materials Class 2-24:
For model codes, by appending the characters "OP_" to the entry for operator type in the
"Mod" column of the Piping Materials Class. For example, if the value "3" is found in the
"Mod" column, the model code is OP_3 (and not OP_03 or OP3).
For symbol names, by using the symbol whose value is hardcoded in the definition of the
applicable model code.
For operators with data derived from the commodity codes of the valves to which they apply,
25-40:
For model codes, by appending the characters "OP_" to the operator type entry in the "Mod"
column of the Piping Materials Class. For example, if the value "33" is found in the "Mod"
column, the model code is OP_33 (and not OP33 or OP_331).
For symbol names, by appending the characters "OP_" to the operator code entry in the third
output column of the applicable table P60A. For example, if the value "331" is found in the
subject column, the symbol name is OP_331 (and not OP33 or OP331). Note that each size
for a given commodity code may be given a different operator code, and thus a different
symbol name, if so required.
For actuators, 41-99:
For model codes, by appending the characters "OP_" to the operator code entry in the "Mod"
column of the applicable Specialty Table. For example, if the value "411" is found in the
"Mod" column, the model code is OP_411 (and not OP_41 or OP411).
For symbol names, by appending the characters "OP_" to the operator code entry in
parameter "Y1" of the applicable P8*, P9*, I8* or I9* table. For example, if the value "411" is
found in the subject column, the symbol name will be OP_411 (and not OP41 or OP411).
For valve appurtenances:
For model codes, by changing the characters "OP_" to "A_" of the model code of the valve to
which the appurtenance is applied and by adding the number indicated below to the numeric
part of the valve model code.
Appurtenance
Number to be Added
219
Chainwheel
1000
Floor stand
2000
Extension stem
3000
For example, if a chainwheel is added to a gear operated valve having an operator model
code of OP_25, the model code for the new operator is A_1025.
For symbol names, by using the symbol whose value is hardcoded in the definition of the
applicable model code.
Data for operators/actuators is defined in tables, as follows:
For piping valves in the piping commodities part of the Piping Job Specification and whose
operator types are less than or equal to 24, dimensional data about the operator, regardless of
whether only GCP or both GCP and RCP data applies to the valve, is included in a table with
format P31A. The name of this table is comprised of the following parameters from the piping
MC_Type(G)_Rat(G) Op A
Where,
MC applies to the valve to which the operator belongs
Type will have the following possible values:
Preparation
Type
2-199
BLT
300-399
MAL
400-599
FEM
Op represents the absolute value of the entry for operator type made in the "Mod" column of
the Piping Materials Class.
The independent variable(s) in this table is:
For operator types 1-3 and 5-24: the nominal diameter of the green connect point of the
operator.
For operator type 4: the nominal diameters of the "green and of the red connect points of
the operator.
The dependent variables are those dimensional parameters required to display the valve
operator in the model. For these operators, no definition is made of the location of their
center of gravity.
MC_Type(G)_Rat(G) Op B
220
of the operator. The dependent variables are those dimensional parameters required to
In general, data in these tables represents the largest dimensions resulting from a comparison
of operators supplied by common USA valve manufacturers.
For piping valves in the piping commodities part of the Piping Job Specification and whose
operator types exceed 24 and are less than or equal to 40, the empty weight of the valve
exclusive of the operator weight, the operator weight, the operator code of the valve operator,
the three parameters that define the location of the center of gravity of the operator and up to
two dimensional parameters required to define the geometry of the valve operator, regardless
of whether only GCP or both GCP and RCP data apply to the valve, is included in a table with
format P60A. The name of this table is comprised of the following parameter from the piping
Cmdty Code_WOPD_A
the operator weight, the operator weight, the operator code of the valve operators, the three
dimensional parameters of the valve operator, the remaining parameters is included in a table
with format P60B. The name of the P60B table is comprised of the following parameter from
Cmdty Code_WOPD_B
In general, data in these tables represent the dimensions applicable to the valve described in
the corresponding short description. You should check these tables to make sure that
dimensions given are suitable to the project for which they are intended.
For piping valves in the piping specialties part of the Piping Job Specification whose operator
types exceed 40 and for all instrument valves, all applicable data about the valve, the operator
weight, the operator code (parameter Y1), the three parameters that define the location of the
center of gravity of the operator and all the dimensional parameters required to define the
geometry of the valve operator, regardless of whether only GCP or both GCP and RCP data
apply to the valve, is included in a table with format P80 for piping valves or I80 for instrument
valves. The name of this table is:
Named_Pipe_Specialties, for piping valves
Named_Instr_Specialties, for instrument valves
The only independent variable in this table is the component number of the component. The
dependent variables is all the applicable data about the valve, the operator weight, the
operator code (parameter Y1), the three parameters that define the location of the center of
gravity of the operator and all the dimensional parameters required to define the geometry of
the valve operator.
If at placement time, data was not found in the applicable of the tables defined above, the system
will prompt you for the values of all the parameters that would otherwise be found in the data table.
At this time, a tutorial defining the applicable parameters is displayed. The values you define
are be stored by the system for use in subsequent model reconstruction. The values so stored
will not be used in future model reconstructions after the applicable data tables are prepared.
Valve operators will not be automatically placed during automatic component placement. They
will always be positioned by you.
In the list that follows, types 2-24 apply to operators for piping commodity valves whose
dimensions are determined from tables whose names are formed from attributes in the Piping Job
Specification. Types 25-40 apply to operators for piping commodity valves whose dimensions
are determined from tables whose names depend on the commodity codes for the valves. Types
41-99 apply to operators/actuators for piping and instrument specialty valves.
221
Operators with Data Derived from Parameters in the Applicable Piping Materials Class, 2-24:
Type 03, Handwheel (OT=3), (OC=3), (MC=OP_3, A_1003, A_2003 & A_3003), (SN=OP3,
A1003, S2003 & S3003) (TNF=P31A)
This operator may be placed with or without appurtenances. The default placement is without
appurtenances and is represented by symbol OP3. At any time after placement, the you can add
any one of the appurtenances indicated in the table below by executing the placement command
listed in it. This will cause the existing operator to be deleted and a new operator to be created
whose shape is represented by the symbol listed in the table.
Appurtenance
Placement Command
Symbol
None
Default
OP3
Chainwheel
Add Chainwheel
A1003
Floor stand
Add Floorstand
S2003
Extension stem
Add Extension Stem
S3003
In response to one of the add appurtenance commands, the system will prompt the you for
user-defined information applicable to the indicated appurtenance, as follows:
Appurtenance
Data Prompted
Chainwheel
Total length of chain
Floorstand
"Y1", "Y2", "Y3", "Y4"
Extension stem
"Y1", "Y2"
Further action by the system will depend upon the type of appurtenance involved, as follows:
For chainwheels: the data table that applies to symbol OP3 is used for the definition of the
A1003 symbol. The value for chainwheel height required by symbol A1003 is determined by
the system on the basis of instructions given in note 64.
For floorstands and extension stems: no data table will apply. You are prompted to provide
all the information required to place the symbol involved.
All parameters you provide in the definition of operator appurtenances are remembered by the
system for use during model reconstruction.
It is possible to include in the iso and in reports data required for the purchase of operator
appurtenances. The reports will include, in addition to all the parameters you provide at
placement time, the following data about the valve: the applicable line number, piping materials
class, nominal diameter, commodity code and the three applicable coordinates locating the valve
origin in the model.
Type 04, Handwheel if GCP > RCP (OT=4), (OC=4), (MC=OP_4), (SN=OP4 (TNF=P31A)
This operator is identical in all respects 0o the one described under Type 03, except that:
The table that is used to store the operator dimensions has both the GCP and the RCP
diameters as input. This operator is used for components such as extended body olet valves
whose definition require different values for the diameters of the GCP and RCP.
No data provisions have been made to allow the placement of appurtenances, such as
chainwheels, on this operator.
Type 05, Handwheel, inclined (OT=5), (OC=5), (MC=OP_5, EA_1005), (SN=OP5, A1005)
(TNF=P31A)
appurtenances and is represented by symbol OP5. At any time after placement, you can any one
of the appurtenances indicated in the table below by executing the placement command listed in
it. This will cause the existing operator to be deleted and a new operator to be created whose
shape is represented by the symbol listed in the table.
Appurtenance
Placement Command
Symbol
None
Default
OP5
Chainwheel
Add Chainwheel
A1005
222
In response to one of the add appurtenance commands, the system will prompt you for
Appurtenance
Data Prompted
Chainwheel
For chainwheels: the data table that applies to symbol OP5 is used for the definition of the
A1005 symbol. The value for chainwheel height required by symbol A1005 is determined by
the system on the basis of instructions given in note 64.
Type 09, Wrench, short (OT=9), (OC=9), (MC=OP_9), (SN=OP9), (TNF=P31A)
Type 11, Wrench, long (OT=11), (OC=11), (MC=OP_11), (SN=OP9), (TNF=P31A)
Type 17, Lever (OT=17), (OC=17), (MC=OP_17), (SN=OP9), (TNF=P31A)
Type 19, T-handle, short (OT=19), (OC=19), (MC=OP_19, A_2019 & A_3019), (SN=OP9,
S2003 & S3003) (TNF=P31A)
appurtenances and is represented by symbol OP9. At any time after placement, you can add any
one of the appurtenances indicated in the table below by executing the placement command listed
in it. This will cause the existing operator to be deleted and a new operator to be created whose
shape is represented by the symbol listed in the table.
Appurtenance
Placement Command
Symbol
None
Default
OP9
Floor stand
Add Floorstand
S2003
Extension stem
Add Extension Stem
S3003
Appurtenance
Data Prompted
Floorstand
"Y1", "Y2", "Y3", "Y4"
Extension stem
"Y1", "Y2"
Type 21, T-handle, long (OT=21), (OC=21), (MC=OP_21, A_2021 & A_3021), (SN=OP9,
S2003 & S3003) (TNF=P31A)
appurtenances and is represented by symbol OP9. At any time after placement, you can add any
223
one of the appurtenances indicated in the table below by executing the placement command
listed in it. This will cause the existing operator to be deleted and a new operator to be created
whose shape is represented by the symbol listed in the table.
Appurtenance
Placement Command
Symbol
None
Default
OP9
Floor stand
Add Floorstand
S2003
Extension stem
Add Extension Stem
S3003
Appurtenance
Data Prompted
Floorstand
"Y1", "Y2", "Y3", "Y4"
Extension stem
"Y1", "Y2"
Operators with Data Derived from the Commodity Codes of the Valves to Which They Apply,
25-40
Type 25, Handwheel, special (TNF=P60A & P60B)
Handwheel, special type 1 (OT=25), (OC=251), (MC=OP_25, A_1025, A_2025 & A_3025),
(SN=OP_251, A1251, S2003 & S3003)
This operator can be placed with or without appurtenances. The default placement is without
appurtenances and is represented by symbol OP_251. At any time after placement, the You can
add any one of the appurtenances indicated in the table below by executing the placement
command listed in it. This will cause the existing operator to be deleted and a new operator to be
created whose shape is represented by the symbol listed in the table.
Appurtenance
Placement Command
Symbol
None
Default
OP_251
Chainwheel
Add Chainwheel
A1251
Floor stand
Add Floorstand
S2003
Extension stem
Add Extension Stem
S3003
Appurtenance
Data Prompted
Chainwheel
Floorstand
"Y1", "Y2", "Y3", "Y4"
Extension stem
"Y1", "Y2"
For chainwheels: the data table that applies to symbol OP_251 is used for the definition of
the A1251 symbol. The value for chainwheel height required by symbol A1251 is determined
by the system on the basis of instructions given in note 64.
224
Type 27, Wrench, special (TNF=P60A & P60B)
Wrench, special type 1 (OT=27), (OC=271), (MC=OP_27), (SN=OP_271)
Type 29, Gear, top mounted handwheel (TNF=P60A & P60B)
Gear, top mounted handwheel type 1 (OT=29), (OC=291), (MC=OP_29), (SN=OP_291)
Gear, top mounted handwheel type 2 (OT=29), (OC=292), (MC=OP_29), (SN=OP_292)
Type 31, Gear, top mounted inclined handwheel (TNF=P60A & P60B)
Gear, top mounted inclined handwheel type 1 (OT=31), (OC=311), (MC=OP_31),
(SN=OP_311)
Type 33, Gear, side mounted handwheel (TNF=P60A & P60B)
Gear, side mounted handwheel type 1 (OT=33), (OC=331), (MC=OP_33, A_1033),
(SN=OP_331, A1331)
appurtenances and is represented by symbol OP_331. At any time after placement, you can add
the appurtenance indicated in the table below by executing the placement command listed in it.
This will cause the existing operator to be deleted and a new operator to be created whose shape
is represented by the symbol listed in the table.
Appurtenance
Placement Command
Symbol
None
Default
OP_331
Chainwheel
Add Chainwheel
A1331
In response to the add appurtenance command, the system will prompt you for the following
user-defined information:
Appurtenance
Data Prompted
Chainwheel
Gear, side mounted handwheel type 2 (OT=33), (OC=332), (MC=OP_33, A_1033), (SN=OP_332,
A1332)
appurtenances and is represented by symbol OP_332. At any time after placement, you can add
the appurtenance indicated in the table below by executing the listed placement command. This
225
will cause the existing operator to be deleted and a new operator to be created whose shape is
represented by the symbol listed in the table.
Appurtenance
Placement Command
Symbol
None
Default
OP_332
Chainwheel
Add Chainwheel
A1332
In response to the add appurtenance command, the system will prompt you for the following
user-defined information:
Appurtenance
Data Prompted
Chainwheel
placement, the following data about the valve: the applicable line number, piping materials class,
nominal diameter, commodity code and the three applicable coordinates locating the valve origin
in the model.
Gear, side mounted handwheel type 3 (OT=33), (OC=333), (MC=OP_33), (SN=OP_333)
Gear, side mounted handwheel type 4 (OT=33), (OC=334), (MC=OP_33), (SN=OP_334)
Type 35, Gear, side mounted inclined handwheel (TNF=P60A & P60B)
Gear, side mounted inclined handwheel type 1 (OT=35), (OC=351), (MC=OP_35),
(SN=OP_351)
Type 39, Lever, quick-action (TNF=P60A & P60B)
Lever, quick-action type 1 (OT=39), (OC=391), (MC=OP_39), (SN=OP_391)
Type 40, Post indicator (TNF=P60A)
Post indicator type 1 (OT=40), (OC=401), (MC=OP_40), (SN=OP_401)
For post indicators, the system will first prompt you for the value of parameter "Y6". It will then
proceed to read from the applicable data table the rest of the parameters required to place the
operator.
It is possible to include in the description of the valve to which this operator applies the value of
"Y6" you define. Actuators, 41-99
Type 41, Diaphragm (TNF=P8*, P9*, I8* or I9*)
Diaphragm type 1, no offset (OC=411), (MC=OP_411), (SN=OP_411)
Diaphragm type 2, no offset, inclined (OC=412), (MC=OP_412), (SN=OP_412)
Diaphragm type 3, with horizontal offset (OC=413), (MC=OP_413), (SN=OP_413)
Type 43, Press-balanced diaphragm (TNF=P8*, P9*, I8* or I9*)
Press-balanced diaphragm type 1, no offset (OC=431), (MC=OP_431), (SN=OP_411)
Press-balanced diaphragm type 2, no offset, inclined (OC=432), (MC=OP_432),
(SN=OP_412)
Press-balanced diaphragm type 3, with horizontal offset (OC=433), (MC=OP_433),
(SN=OP_413)
Type 45, Regulator (TNF=P8*, P9*, I8* or I9*)
Regulator type 1 (OC=451), (MC=OP_451), (SN=OP_451)
226
Type 49, Single acting cylinder (TNF=P8*, P9*, I8* or I9*) Single acting cylinder type 1
(OC=491), (MC=OP_491), (SN=OP_491)
Single acting cylinder type 2, inclined (OC=492), (MC=OP_492), (SN=OP_492)
Single acting cylinder type 3, w/vane and optional cylinder (OC=493), (MC=OP_493),
(SN=OP_493)
Single acting cylinder type 4, camflex (OC=494), (MC=OP_494), (SN=OP_494)
Type 51, Double acting cylinder (TNF=P8*, P9*, I8* or I9*)
Double acting cylinder type 1 (OC=511), (MC=OP_511), (SN=OP_491)
Double acting cylinder type 2, inclined (OC=512), (MC=OP_512), (SN=OP_492)
Double acting cylinder type 3, w/vane and optional cylinder (OC=513), (MC=OP_513),
(SN=OP_493)
Type 53, Pilot operated cylinder (TNF=P8*, P9*, I8* or I9*)
Pilot operated cylinder type 1 (OC=531), (MC=OP_531), (SN=OP_491)
Pilot operated cylinder type 2, inclined (OC=532), (MC=OP_532), (SN=OP_492)
Pilot operated cylinder type 3, w/vane and optional cylinder (OC=533), (MC=OP_533),
(SN=OP_493)
Pilot operated cylinder type 4 (OC=534), (MC=OP_534), (SN=OP_494)
Type 57, Motor (TNF=P8*, P9*, I8* or I9*)
Motor type 1 (OC=571), (MC=OP_571), (SN=OP_571)
Motor type 2 inclined (OC=572), (MC=OP_572), (SN=OP_572)
Motor type 3 (OC=573), (MC=OP_573), (SN=OP_573)
Motor type 4, inclined (OC=574), (MC=OP_574), (SN=OP_574)
Type 61, Digital (TNF=P8*, P9*, I8* or I9*)
Digital type 1 (OC=611), (MC=OP_611), (SN=OP_571)
Type 65, Electro-hydraulic (TNF=P8*, P9*, I8* or I9*)
Electro-hydraulic type 1 (OC=651), (MC=OP_651), (SN=OP_494)
Electro-hydraulic type 2 (OC=652), (MC=OP_652), (SN=OP_571)
Type 69, Single solenoid
This is not a valve actuator. It is an accessory to another actuator. The addition of this item to
an actuator would graphically be covered by the applicable actuator.
Type 71, Single solenoid w/reset
Type 73, Double solenoid
Type 77, Pilot
Type 81, Weight (TNF=P8*, P9*, I8* or I9*)
Weight type 1 (OC=811), (MC=OP_811), (SN=OP_811)
Type 85, Manual (TNF=P8*, P9*, I8* or I9*)
227
Manual type 1 (OC=851), (MC=OP_851), (SN=OP_851)
Manual type 2, inclined (OC=852), (MC=OP_852), (SN=OP_852)
Manual type 3 (OC=853), (MC=OP_853), (SN=OP_853)
Manual type 4, inclined (OC=854), (MC=OP_854), (SN=OP_854)
Type 89, Spring (TNF=P8*, P9*, I8* or I9*)
Spring type 1 (OC=891), (MC=OP_891), (SN=OP_491)
Type 91, Capacitance sensor
Type 93, Ball float (TNF=P8*, P9*, I8* or I9*)
No graphic symbol has been provided to represent this actuator.
Type 95, Displacement float
This is not a valve actuator. It is actually part of a level displacement transmitter which would
be shown with a balloon on the model.
Type 97, Paddle wheel
This is not a valve actuator. Should be only shown in the model by an instrument balloon.
Nothing would be modeled for this component.
Piping Connectors
See Also
Piping Utility Connector (6R9E) (on page 228)
Off-volume Piping Connectors (6R9G) (on page 228)
Off-Site Piping Connectors (6R9H) (on page 229)
Piping Utility Connector (6R9E)

The Piping Connector Entity applies to this class of components.
6R9E02, Drain connector
You can place drain connectors, implying connections to sewer systems. The placing and
labeling of these connectors are part of the same command. A requirement for these
connectors is that it be possible to connect more than one piping group to them.
Off-volume Piping Connectors (6R9G)

The Piping Connector Entity applies to this class of components. You can place off-volume
piping connectors to identify the continuation of piping segments in another design volume of the
same site. These connectors are defined at the same time that the component is placed.
6R9G12, To off-vol piping connector (directional)
6R9G16, From off-vol piping connector (directional)
228
Off-Site Piping Connectors (6R9H)

The Piping Connector Entity applies to this class of components. You can place off-site piping
connectors to identify the continuation of piping segments in another design volume of a different
site. These connectors are defined at the same time that the component is placed. The system
will not coordinate the matching of off-site connectors in any way.
6R9H12, To off-site piping connector (directional)
6R9H16, From off-site piping connector (directional)
6Q3C83, Non-radial Reinforcing Weld

Non-radial reinforcing weld (MC=RWELD) (SN=F182)
TNF=P29A & None
Beveled ends
This model code represents a nonradial branch reinforcing weld; that is one in which the pipe
terminates at the outside surface of the header.
Non-radial reinforcing weld (MC=RWELD2) (SN=F182)
TNF=P29A & None
Beveled ends
This model code represents a "stub-in" reinforcing weld; that is one in which the pipe terminates at
the inside surface of the header.
The following comments apply to all reinforcing welds:
Reinforcing welds are defined in the piping materials classes to have a fabrication category of
"-" since for them it is not possible to define this attribute. In the isometric drawings, a note is
placed in the graphic part of the drawing to show their size. A short description has been
prepared for reinforcing welds. The option not to display reinforcing welds in the bill of
materials is chosen, however, in the ISOGEN options file.
Reinforcing welds may be placed with either single or double curvature, for example
reinforcing a pipe or a head respectively.
The angle of intersection between the header and the branch is part of the table name
containing dimensional parameters for the component. This angle will be derived by the
system from data in the design file.
Four different types of intersection are recognized:
Intersections at angles equal to or greater than 20 but less than 45 degrees: the number
"2045" is used as part of the table name.
Intersections at 45 degrees: the number "45" is used as part of the table name.
Intersections at angles greater than 45 but lesser than 90 degrees: the number "4590" is
Intersections at 90 degrees: the number "90" is used as part of the table name.
Two possibilities exist regarding dimensions for a reinforcing weld:
If a "0" is entered in the "MOD" column of the Piping Job Specification, dimensions are to
be derived from either a data table and/or from branch calculations.
For either case, a value is provided for the reinforcing weld size in the applicable
dimension table.
229
See section titled "Choosing a Branch Connection from a Branches Table" for details.
If a "1" is entered in such column, the system is to prompt for dimensions. If dimensions
are provided by the user, their values are stored in the TDB so that in subsequent
recreations of the piping system, those values and not those that might exist in a data
table are used by the system.
Data defined for these components will allow the system to determine the applicable stress
intensification factors (SIF) to be used in stress analysis of the piping system.
The thickness of the portion of piping from PCP2 of this component to the centerline of the
header is reported as "RIGID" to the Pipe Stress Analysis software, regardless of the value in
the Piping Job Specification so as not to provide a fictitious flexibility.
The empty weight of these components is neglected.
Assemblies
See Also
In-line Piping Macrocomponents (6N8C) (on page 230)
On-line Piping Macrocomponents (6P8C) (on page 230)
In-line Piping Macrocomponents (6N8C)

6N8C37,
6N8C38,
6N8C39,
6N8C40,
Air utility station (in-line) (macrocomponent)

Nitrogen utility station (in-line) (macrocomponent)
Water utility station (in-line) (macrocomponent)
Steam utility station (in-line) (macrocomponent)
On-line Piping Macrocomponents (6P8C)

6P8C14,
6P8C15,
6P8C16,
6P8C24,
6P8C64,
6P8C65,
6P8C66,
6P8C67,
6P8C68,
6P8C69,
6P8C70,
6P8C71,
230
Vent/drain
Vent/drain
Vent/drain
Vent/drain
Connection
Connection
Connection
Connection
Connection
Connection
Connection
Connection
detail
detail
detail
detail
detail
detail
detail
detail
detail
detail
detail
detail
1
2
3
H
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
(on-line)
(on-line)
(on-line)
(on-line)
(on-line)
(on-line)
(on-line)
(on-line)
(on-line)
(on-line)
(on-line)
(on-line)
(macrocomponent)
(macrocomponent)
(macrocomponent)
(macrocomponent)
(macrocomponent)
(macrocomponent)
(macrocomponent)
(macrocomponent)
(macrocomponent)
(macrocomponent)
(macrocomponent)
(macrocomponent)
APPENDIX C
Symbols
In This Appendix
Piping Commodity Symbols ........................................................... 231
Fire and Safety Symbols ................................................................ 313
Piping Specialty Symbols .............................................................. 323
Instrument Specialty Symbols ....................................................... 333
Miscellaneous Symbols ................................................................. 349
Bio-Pharmaceutical SpecificationComponent Symbols ................ 371
Bio-Pharmaceutical Operators ...................................................... 401
Bio-Pharmaceutical Specialty Components .................................. 403
Details Assumed ............................................................................ 407
Piping and Instrument Symbol Notes ............................................ 425
Assembly Notes ............................................................................. 432
Piping Commodity Symbols

Piping Commodity Symbol Legend
231
Symbols
Piping Commodity Symbol P1
232
Symbols
Piping Commodity Symbol V1
233
Symbols
234
Symbols
Piping Commodity Symbol V2A
Piping Commodity Symbol V2B
235
Symbols
236
Symbols
237
Symbols
238
Symbols
239
Symbols
240
Symbols
241
Symbols
242
Symbols
243
Symbols
244
Symbols
245
Symbols
246
Symbols
247
Symbols
248
Symbols
249
Symbols
250
Symbols
251
Symbols
252
Symbols
253
Symbols
254
Symbols
255
Symbols
256
Symbols
257
Symbols
258
Symbols
259
Symbols
Piping Commodity Symbol F1A
260
Symbols
Piping Commodity Symbol F4
261
Symbols
262
Symbols
263
Symbols
Piping Commodity Symbol F10_1
264
Symbols
265
Symbols
266
Symbols
267
Symbols
Piping Commodity Symbol F14B
268
Symbols
Piping Commodity Symbol F17D
269
Symbols
270
Symbols
271
Symbols
272
Symbols
273
Symbols
274
Symbols
275
Symbols
276
Symbols
277
Symbols
278
Symbols
279
Symbols
280
Symbols
281
Symbols
282
Symbols
283
Symbols
284
Symbols
Piping Commodity Symbol F114B
285
Symbols
Piping Commodity Symbol F114C
286
Symbols
Piping Commodity Symbol F114D
287
Symbols
288
Symbols
289
Symbols
290
Symbols
291
Symbols
292
Symbols
293
Symbols
294
Symbols
295
Symbols
296
Symbols
297
Symbols
298
Symbols
299
Symbols
300
Symbols
301
Symbols
302
Symbols
303
Symbols
304
Symbols
305
Symbols
Piping Commodity Symbol F180F
306
Symbols
307
Symbols
308
Symbols
309
Symbols
310
Symbols
311
Symbols
312
Symbols
Fire and Safety Symbols

Fire and Safety Symbol FS1A
Fire and Safety Symbol FS2B
313
Symbols
314
Symbols
315
Symbols
316
Symbols
317
Symbols
318
Symbols
319
Symbols
Fire and Safety Symbol FS66A338
320
Symbols
Fire and Safety Symbol T-FS1A
Fire and Safety Symbol T-FS2B
321
Symbols
322
Symbols
Piping Specialty Symbols

Piping Specialty Symbol S1AC
323
Symbols
Piping Specialty Symbol S1BZ
Piping Specialty Symbol S3AZ
324
Symbols
325
Symbols
326
Symbols
327
Symbols
Piping Specialty Symbol S32BC
328
Symbols
329
Symbols
330
Symbols
331
Symbols
332
Symbols
Instrument Specialty Symbols

Instrument Specialty Symbol I3AZ
333
Symbols
334
Symbols
335
Symbols
336
Symbols
337
Symbols
338
Symbols
339
Symbols
Instrument Specialty Symbol I106BZ
340
Symbols
341
Symbols
342
Symbols
Instrument Specialty Symbol I201CZ
343
Symbols
344
Symbols
345
Symbols
346
Symbols
Instrument Specialty Symbol I324CZ
347
Symbols
Instrument Specialty Symbol I324DZ
Instrument Specialty Symbol I324EZ
348
Symbols
Instrument Specialty Symbol I324FZ
Miscellaneous Symbols
Miscellaneous Symbol OP3
349
Symbols
350
Symbols
Miscellaneous Symbol OP_251
351
Symbols
352
Symbols
353
Symbols
354
Symbols
355
Symbols
356
Symbols
357
Symbols
358
Symbols
359
Symbols
360
Symbols
361
Symbols
362
Symbols
363
Symbols
364
Symbols
365
Symbols
366
Symbols
367
Symbols
Miscellaneous Symbol A1003
368
Symbols
369
Symbols
Miscellaneous Symbol S2003
370
Symbols
Miscellaneous Symbol S3003
Bio-Pharmaceutical SpecificationComponent
Symbols
Bio-Pharm Specification Component Symbol FERR
371
Symbols
Bio-Pharm Specification Component Symbol FERS
Bio-Pharm Specification Component Symbol CAPT
372
Symbols
Bio-Pharm Specification Component Symbol CAPSE
Bio-Pharm Specification Component Symbol HA
373
Symbols
Bio-Pharm Specification Component Symbol FA
Bio-Pharm Specification Component Symbol FAS
374
Symbols
Bio-Pharm Specification Component Symbol MA
Bio-Pharm Specification Component Symbol MAR
375
Symbols
Bio-Pharm Specification Component Symbol B90T
376
Symbols
Bio-Pharm Specification Component Symbol B90TC
377
Symbols
Bio-Pharm Specification Component Symbol B90C
378
Symbols
Bio-Pharm Specification Component Symbol B45T
Bio-Pharm Specification Component Symbol B45TC
379
Symbols
Bio-Pharm Specification Component Symbol B45C
Bio-Pharm Specification Component Symbol R180R
380
Symbols
Bio-Pharm Specification Component Symbol R180C
Bio-Pharm Specification Component Symbol TT
381
Symbols
Bio-Pharm Specification Component Symbol TTRB
382
Symbols
Bio-Pharm Specification Component Symbol TCB
383
Symbols
Bio-Pharm Specification Component Symbol TRCB
384
Symbols
Bio-Pharm Specification Component Symbol TSCB
Bio-Pharm Specification Component Symbol TRSCB
385
Symbols
Bio-Pharm Specification Component Symbol TICB
Bio-Pharm Specification Component Symbol TSCR
386
Symbols
Bio-Pharm Specification Component Symbol XT
387
Symbols
Bio-Pharm Specification Component Symbol XTRB
388
Symbols
Bio-Pharm Specification Component Symbol XC
389
Symbols
Bio-Pharm Specification Component Symbol TC
390
Symbols
Bio-Pharm Specification Component Symbol TCR
391
Symbols
Bio-Pharm Specification Component Symbol TCSB
Bio-Pharm Specification Component Symbol TCRSB
392
Symbols
Bio-Pharm Specification Component Symbol TCI
Bio-Pharm Specification Component Symbol RCP
393
Symbols
Bio-Pharm Specification Component Symbol RCCL
Bio-Pharm Specification Component Symbol RCC
394
Symbols
Bio-Pharm Specification Component Symbol REP
Bio-Pharm Specification Component Symbol RECL
395
Symbols
Bio-Pharm Specification Component Symbol REC
Bio-Pharm Specification Component Symbol CHA
396
Symbols
Bio-Pharm Specification Component Symbol C2HD
Bio-Pharm Specification Component Symbol C3HD
Bio-Pharm Specification Component Symbol CPAN
397
Symbols
Bio-Pharm Specification Component Symbol CPHB
Bio-Pharm Specification Component Symbol CA
Bio-Pharm Specification Component Symbol CSJ
398
Symbols
Bio-Pharm Specification Component Symbol CHD
Bio-Pharm Specification Component Symbol VS2D

The symbol below represents a symmetrical valve where DIMENSION_1 is equal to
DIMENSION_2.
399
Symbols
The symbol below shows a non-symmetrical valve where DIMENSION_1 is not equal to
DIMENSION_2. The distance between the Center (CP0) and Connect Point 2 (CP2) is
represented by DIM_2/2.
400
Symbols
Bio-Pharmaceutical Operators
Bio-Pharm Operator Symbol SOP_3
401
Symbols
Bio-Pharm Operator Symbol SOP_42
402
Symbols
Bio-Pharmaceutical Specialty Components

Bio-Pharm Specialty Component Symbol R180B
403
Symbols
Bio-Pharm Specialty Component Symbol R180S
Bio-Pharm Specialty Component Symbol VSDTP
404
Symbols
Bio-Pharm Specialty Component Symbol VSDTC
Bio-Pharm Specialty Component Symbol VSCCB
Bio-Pharm Specialty Component Symbol VSCCBU425
405
Symbols
Bio-Pharm Specialty Component Symbol VS3WD
406
Symbols
Bio-Pharm Specialty Component Symbol VS4WD
Details Assumed
Detail V1
407
Symbols
Detail V2
Detail V3
408
Symbols
Detail V4
Detail V5
409
Symbols
Detail V7
Detail V8
410
Symbols
Detail H1
Detail H2
411
Symbols
Detail H3
Detail H4
412
Symbols
Detail F1
Detail F2
413
Symbols
Detail F4
Detail F7
414
Symbols
Detail F8
Detail P1
415
Symbols
Detail P2
Detail P3
416
Symbols
Detail P4
Detail P5
417
Symbols
Detail P7
Detail P8
418
Symbols
Detail P9
Detail T1
419
Symbols
Detail T
Detail T4
420
Symbols
Detail L1
Detail L2
421
Symbols
Detail L4
422
Symbols
Detail L7
423
Symbols
Detail L8
424
Symbols
Piping and Instrument Symbol Notes

1. Surface area, empty weight and water weight will be read from the applicable data source.
The attribute values read will be stored in the Piping TDB.
2. Unit surface area, unit empty weight and unit water weight will be read from the applicable
tables. The attribute values read will be stored in the Piping TDB.
3. Wall thickness will be read, alothough not by the Eden symbol, from the Piping Job
Specification or Instrument TDB. The attribute value read will be stored in the Piping TDB.
4. Simplified and detailed definitions are identical for this component.
5. The surface defining the end of a component will be drawn per the following conventions:
For grooved and female face flanged ends: a distance "S" towards the origin from the
actual outermost surface of the component. In other words, the end will be terminated at the
bottom of the groove.
For all other bolted ends: at the actual outermost surface of the component.
For all male ends: at the actual outermost surface of the component.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
For all female ends: a distance "Q" from the actual outermost surface of the component.
The origin of the component will be located mid-way between PCP1 and PCP2 for two
connect point components and in the center of the component for single connect point
components.
It is not required to retrieve values for surface area, empty weight and water weight for this
component.
The origin of the component will be located mid-way between PCP1 and the outermost most
surface of the component at the end opposite PCP1.
This will be a vertical cylinder whose nominal pipe diameter will be equal to the nominal pipe
diameter of the valve.
This parameter will have a value equal to the applicable of "A", "E" or "P2" times the factor
indicated below:
Nominal Pipe Diameter Range
Factor
2 and smaller
0.50
2.01-10
0.55
10.01 and larger
0.60
11. The combined height of these cones will equal the nominal pipe diameter of the valve.
The value for the base of each of the cones will equal the applicable of "A" or "E" times the
factor indicated below:
Factor
2 and smaller
0.40
2.01-10
0.45
10.01 and larger
0.50
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
The value of this parameter will equal the nominal pipe diameter of the valve divided by 2.
The length of this cylinder will be a minimum.
Four equally spaced concentric rings will be provided.
This parameter will equal 1.2 times the value of dimension "O".
This parameter will have a value equal to the applicable parameter "E" times the factor
indicated below:
Factor
0.5 and smaller
0.90
425
Symbols
0.51-2.00
2.01 and larger
0.75
0.60
17. This parameter will have a value equal to the applicable parameter "E" times the factor
indicated below:
Factor
0.5 and smaller
0.25
0.51-2.00
0.20
2.01 and larger
0.12
18. For components all whose ends are either bolted or female end types and that require a
dimension from the male termination type generic table, the system will use the table
corresponding to table suffix "5".
19. This parameter will have a value equal to the applicable parameter "L" times the factor
indicated below:
Factor
0.5 and smaller
0.20
0.51-2.00
0.12
2.01 and larger
0.10
20. The reinforcement will be represented as a 360 degree cylinder concentric with the branch
pipe.
21. The location of PCP2 will be determined by the system so that the point in the OD of the end
cross-section of the branch pipe that is furthest removed from the header centerline will be
located as follows:
For model codes RPAD and RWELD: on the outside surface of the header pipe.
For model codes RPAD2 and RWELD2: on the inside surface of the header pipe.
22. Values for weld length and OD will depend upon the system of units of measure used, as
defined by the specific model code used, as follows:
Model Code
Weld Length
Weld OD
BWELD
0.0625"
P + 0.0625"
BWELD1
By Others
By Others
BWELD2
By Others
By Others
23. Parameter "P4" will define the space occupied by the valve disk in the open position. Its sign
will be positive (+) if in the direction of the secondary axis of the orientation tee or negative (-)
if opposite to it.
24. You define the dimensional or orientation parameters listed below during the design session,
following the system prompts. The values so entered will be used during model
reconstruction. Labels may be prepared to display this value on the iso and/or in the iso
materials listing.
Symbol Name
Tutorial Name
Parameter
FS1A
FS1A
D1
FS2B
FS2B
D5
FS10A
FS10A
D3, D9
FS11A
FS11A
D3, D9
FS13A
FS13A
D3, D9
25. For SN=FS2B, the parallelepiped defined by parameters "D8", "D9" and "D10" will rotate,
together with the nozzle, by the specified angle D14, with due regards to sign.
26. This symbol applies to cubical components that have one of their axis oriented along the
direction of the primary axis of the coordinate system for the component. The origin of the
component will be located at the intersection of its diagonals. It will be possible to place
components to which this symbol applies either by their origin or by PCP1. The tertiary axis of
426
Symbols
27.
28.
29.
30.
31.
32.
33.
34.
the component is defined as that axis which follows the direction of the thumb of the right hand
when the other fingers of the right hand are curled in the direction following the path from the
positive end of the primary axis of the component to the positive end of the secondary axis of
the component. The output parameters which are specific to this symbol are defined as
follows:
Output D1 - defines the vectorial distance from the origin of the component to PCP1 along the
direction of the primary axis of the component. Its sign will be positive if the vector is in the
direction of the primary axis of the component and negative if it is opposite to the direction of
the primary axis of the component.
direction of the secondary axis of the component. Its sign will be positive if the vector is in the
direction of the secondary axis of the component and negative if it is opposite to the direction
of the secondary axis of the component.
direction of the tertiary axis of the component. Its sign will be positive if the vector is in the
direction of the tertiary axis of the component and negative if it is opposite to the direction of
the tertiary axis of the component.
Output D4 - defines the length of the component along the direction of the primary axis of the
component. Its sign will always be positive.
Output D5 - defines the length of the component along the direction of the secondary axis of
the component. Its sign will always be positive.
Output D6 - defines the dimension of the component along the direction of the tertiary axis of
the component. Its sign will always be positive.
The nominal pipe diameter of PCP1 refers to the header size.
The value for angle B and/or for "angle" will be intrinsic to the component being placed, unless
it is stated in Appendix B that it is to be determined by the system from data contained in the
design file.
You will first identify the PCP of the elbow that will determine the centerline direction of the
elbolet, as defined by the primary axis of the orientation tee of the elbow PCP. When
placement of an elbolet is involved, the system will always place PCP2 of the elbolet pointing
away from the elbow, regarless of the direction in which the orientation tee points. The
system will then place a temporary PCP at the intersection of the primary axis of the
orientation tee with the outside of the elbow. This temporary PCP will then be moved inside
the elbow by a fixed amount to ensure that the connection between the elbolet and the elbow
will not "leak". The "moved" PCP will become PCP1 for the elbolet. The system will then
place PCP2 for the elbolet using the "M" dimension from the data table.
Dimension "N" will be equal to the branch (RCP) outside diameter "P" plus "2K".
The value for parameter "M" will be provided in the "Mod" column of the Piping Job
Specification. It will not be stored in any data table.
This dimension will be equal to "1.5P".
The value of "N" may be positive or negative, depending upon the type of end being defined.
If the value of "N" is <=0, the system will not draw a cylinder to represent the female end
socket.
The origin of the section describing this component will be located at the intersection of the
plane containing the axis of flow for the component with the planes at the ends of the
component, as follows:
For bolted ends: the plane passing through the back of the bolted end.
For male and female ends: the plane passing through the corresponding connect point.
427
Symbols
35. The origin of the section describing this component will be located at the intersection of the
plane containing the axis of flow for the component with the planes at the ends of the
component, as follows:
For bolted ends: not applicable.
For male or female ends: the plane passing through a point located inward from the
corresponding connect point "end distance" "K" or "L", if applicable.
36. For pipe bends, the radius of the torous for this component will be the nominal pipe diameter
of the component times the value included in the "Mod" column of the Piping Job
Specification.
For all other applicable components, the radius of the torous will be determined from the
equations listed below:
For bolted ends: [A - R] [tan Y/2]
For male ends: [E - K] [tan Y/2]
For female ends: [E - K] [tan Y/2]
37.
38.
39.
40.
41.
42.
For male-female ends: [E - K] [tan Y/2]

where, Y refers to the angle; A, E, R and K are as defined in the applicable symbol.
The origin of the radius will be positioned at the location defined in the symbol.
Unions are only required for model codes E45U, E90U, TUOR and TUOB.
The number of taps will be provided in the "Mod" column of the Piping Job Specification. The
same data table will apply regardless of the number of taps involved.
Dimensions "K" and "L" are required to calculate factors used in stress analysis of the piping
system.
If half of "P" for PCP3 is greater than "F", locate the end of the component in the vicinity of
PCP2 a distance equal to "0.7P" from the origin of the component and locate PCP2 a distance
"F" from the origin.
Parameter "K" will be no less than 0.25 inch and no more than the lesser of 0.5 inch or 90% of
dimension "O".
Parameter "M" will equal the nominal pipe diameter times the factor indicated below:
Nominal Pipe Diameter Range d
Factor
3 and smaller
1.25
3.01-10
0.55
10.01 and larger
0.30
43. Values have been provided for parameter "O" per the following formula:
T= T-API-590 - CA-API-590 + CA + FA, rounded to the next 1/16th inch
where,
T-API-590 - is the applicable blank thickness defined in API-590.
CA-API-590 - is the applicable blank corrosion allowance defined in API-590.
CA - is 0.125 inch for geometry standards API-590Z1 or AITKEN Z1; 0.25 inch for geometry
standards API-590Z2 or AITKEN Z2.
FA - is 0.125 inch if RFTBE is involved; 0 inch for all other ends.
44. Provide a cylinder with the following dimensions:
Diameter "P", where "P" is the outside diameter from the applicable generic table.
Length having a value equal to the nominal pipe diameter of the applicable end times the
factor indicated below:
428
Symbols
1 and smaller
1.01-3.50
3.51 and larger
Factor
2.00
1.00
0.50
45. The drain for the component, PCP3, will be located in the plane defined by the primary and
secondary axis of the orientation tee.
46. This parameter will equal the nominal pipe diameter times the factor indicated below:
Factor
3 and smaller
1.25
3.01-10
0.55
10.01 and larger
0.30
47. Model codes and symbols ending in the letter "C", for example S1AC, may be used to
represent piping commodity components. Since the EDEN software does not recognize
"generic" components for piping commodity components, however, the following limitations
apply:
Model codes S1AC, S3AC and S4AC must be defined to have no offset; for example, for
model S1AC, parameters P4 and P5 must be defined to be zero.
For model code S51AC, parameter P7 must be zero.
Model code S64BC does not work at all.
The above limitations do not apply to piping specialty components.
48. This symbol will be used to represent off-line instruments by means of a cylinder. The
following comments will apply:
The applicability of this representation will be defined by you, making the proper menu
selection at placement time. It will be remembered by the system during reconstruction of
the model.
Several identical model codes have been provided (I301iT or I301iS, where i=A-J) to allow
definition of up to 2000 instruments of the same AABBCC code.
No access to a data table will be required when this representation applies. If values are
not entered for P2 and P3, they will be defaulted to "minimum" and "6 inches" respectively.
49. Output P1 defines the total number of connect points applicable to the component. If the
number entered in this field is less than the number of connect points shown pictorially in the
sketch for the applicable symbol, only the number of connect points entered for this parameter
will apply.
50. Output P1 defines the total number of connect points applicable to the component. The
number entered for this parameter must agree with the number of connect points shown
pictorially in the sketch for the applicable symbol.
51. The following note applies to operators with chainwheels:
The diameter of the chainwheel will be assumed to be equal to that of the corresponding
handwheel.
The value for the chainwheel height (CW Height) will be determined by the software as a
function of the corresponding handhweel diameter (HW Diam), as follows:
HW Diam
CW Height
=<6.000
(0.33333)(HW Diam)
>6.000, =<42.000
3.0
>42.000
(0.07143)(HW Diam)
52. During reconstruction of the model, the system will automatically place the operator with the
dimensions and in the orientation defined by you during initial placement. For piping
429
Symbols
53.
54.
55.
56.
57.
58.
components, if you added an appurtenance, this is also remembered by the reconstruction

software.
For components that have operators or actuators, the secondary axis of the orientation tee
used in placing the component will define the direction of the operator. The primary direction
of the operator or actuator will be oriented by the system in the direction of the secondary axis
of the orientation tee used in placing the component. The secondry direction of the operator
or actuator will be oriented by the system in the direction of the primary axis of the orientation
tee used in placing the component. No auxiliary orientation tee will be available to change
the orientation of the operator or actuator. The resulting operator orientation will be defined
on the isometric drawing.
However, the orientation of an operator or actuator depends upon how both the component
and the operator were defined. If either of them was defined to have the operator oriented
with a secondary orientation tee (see note 71), such secondary orientation tee will apply and
will behave as defined in note 71.
Those parameters shown on the sketch with a + sign may be either positive or negative. All
other parameters must always have positive values.
Commodity descriptions for chain operators, floor stands and extension stems will be derived
from commodity codes CHAIN_*, FSTAND_* and XSTEM_*. Refer to documents explaining
the generation of isometric drawings and materials reports for details.
The value of this parameter will equal the nominal pipe diameter of the valve.
For components that have operators or actuators, the orientation tee used in placing the
component involved will be used to orient the operator or actuator. Upon placement of the
component, the system will place an auxiliary orientation tee at the origin of the component to
allow the orientation of the operator or actuator. As a default, the primary axis of the auxiliary
orientation tee will be oriented by the system in the direction of the secondary axis of the
primary orientation tee (even if the operator is at an angle) and will define the direction of the
operator or actuator. As a default, the secondary axis of the auxiliary orientation tee will point
in the direction of the primary axis of the primary orientation tee. You will then be able to
orient the operator or actuator by manipulating the orientation of either the primary or the
secondary axis of the auxiliary orientation tee. The resulting operator orientation will be
defined on the isometric drawing.
However, the orientation of an operator or actuator depends upon how both the component
and the operator were defined. If either of them was defined to have the operator oriented
with a secondary orientation tee, such secondary orientation tee will apply and will behave as
defined in note 71.
The system will record in the TDB DMRS database the value of the angular parameter defined
below. This angle will be used by the Isogen Interface Software to define the primary
orientation of the operator on the iso.
Symbol Name
Parameter
OP5
Y3
OP_311
Y4
OP_351
Y4
OP_412
Y5
OP_492
Y5
OP_572
Y5
OP_574
Y5
OP_852
Y5
OP_854
Y5
59. The optional capability will be provided to define, for stress analysis purposes, the weight of
the operator and the location of the center of gravity of the operator weight. The location of
the center of gravity is defined by parameters "Y1", "Y2" and "Y3". The weight of the
430
Symbols
component itself, exclusive of the operator, will still be defined as part of the component's
table. The operator data will be retrieved as part of the data transfer to the pipe stress
analysis program taking into full consideration the orientation and rotation made of the
operator at placement time.
60. If there is no stem extension above the top of the gear operator, define the parameter
identified below as "0.0". Never define such
parameter as "-".
Symbol Name
Parameter
OP_291
Y10
OP_292
Y13
OP_311
Y10
OP_331
Y11
OP_332
Y13
OP_333
Y12
OP_334
Y12
OP_351
Y12
61.
62.
63.
64.
For data tables that are prepared without this parameter, the EDEN symbol will assume that
no stem extension applies.
The dimensions for gear operators shown on data tables were obtained in the following
manner: from the fully open valve stem dimension stated in the catalog we subtracted the
valve nominal pipe diameter to account for the stem free travel. We then added the flange
adaptor height, as advised by the Manufacturer, and the height of the gear operator, from
catalog dimensions.
The angle that the secondary axis of the auxiliary orientation tee makes in its final position
with its default position is required for the purchase of the valve and must be supplied by the
system to the materials control function.
For this operator, the center of gravity of the valve operator will always be located along the
operator stem. The values of "Y2" and "Y3" will always be "-" in the corresponding operator
data table.
The dimensional or orientation parameters listed below will be defined by you from the design
session, upon prompting by the system. The values so entered will be used during model
reconstruction. Labels may be prepared to display this value on the iso and/or in the iso
materials listing.
Symbol Name
Tutorial Name
Parameter(s)
OP_333
ZO333D
Y11
OP_334
ZO334D
Y11
OP_401
ZO401D
Y6
65. During placement of this operator, the tutorial listed below will be displayed for you to select
the orientation of the handwheel.
Symbol Name
Tutorial Name
OP_331
ZO331O
OP_332
ZO331O
OP_333
ZO331O
OP_334
ZO331O
OP_351
ZO331O
66. Parameter "Y1" will be the operator type and will be only listed in the applicable actuator data
table.
67. The optional capability will be provided to define, for stress analysis purposes, the weight of
the actuator and the location of the center of gravity of the actuator weight. The location of
the center of gravity is defined by parameters "Y2", "Y3" and "Y4". The weight of the
431
Symbols
component itself, exclusive of the actuator, will still be defined as part of the component's
table. The actuator data will be retrieved as part of the data transfer to the pipe stress
analysis program taking into full consideration the orientation and rotation made of the
actuator at placement time.
68. For this actuator, the center of gravity of the valve actuator will always be located along the
actuator stem. The values of "Y3" and "Y4" will always be "-" in the corresponding actuator
data table.
Assembly Notes
1. For a vent/drain connection off a pipe run, the system will place the appropriate branch
reinforcement component on the basis of data in the applicable branch reinforcement table.
For a vent/drain connection off equipment item, a piping component or an instrument
component, you must select the proper component to which the vent drain assembly will be
connected. This may require defining a nozzle in an item of equipment or placing a tap on a
piping component.
2. The characteristics of this branch nipple and of the flange mating the vent/drain valve, if
applicable, will be as follows:
If the CP of the vent/drain valve that is nearest the pipe run has an end preparation type in the
range from 10 through 81, as defined by codelist set CL330, the following will apply:
If the pipe run is not insulated, the following applies:
If the end preparation of the CP of the branch component that applies to the assembly
is in the range from 10 through 81, as defined by codelist set CL330, no branch nipple
nor vent/drain valve mating flange will be required. The vent/drain valve will be
bolted directly to the flange of the branch.
is 301, as defined by codelist set CL330, no branch nipple will be required. The
flange that mates the vent/drain valve will be chosen to have a RCP with end
preparation 301 and will be connected directly to the assembly end of the branch
component.
is 421 or 441, as defined by codelist set CL330, a 4 inch long branch nipple will be
required. If end preparation 421 is involved, applicable AABBCC and option codes
for the branch nipple will be 6Q3C88 and 728 respectively. If end preparation 441 is
involved, applicable AABBCC and option codes for the branch nipple will be 6Q3C88
and 727 respectively. The flange that mates the vent/drain valve will be chosen to
have a RCP with end preparation to suit that of the assembly end of the branch
component (421 or 441) and will be connected directly to the assembly end of the
branch nipple.
is other than defined above, an error message will be returned by the system when
use of this assembly is attempted.
If the pipe run is insulated, the following applies:
is in the range from 10 through 81, as defined by codelist set CL330, no branch nipple
nor vent/drain valve mating flange will be required. The vent/drain valve will be
bolted directly to the flange of the branch.
432
Symbols
is 301, 421 or 441, as defined by codelist set CL330, a branch nipple will be provided
with nominal length defined by the following equation:
L= 1 + P/2 + T + W_i - B - N
where, L - is the nominal length required for the branch nipple
1 - is one inch
P/2 - is half the outside pipe diameter as derived from table MAL_Term_TS for the
pipe run.
T - is the insulation thickness of the pipe run as derived from the TDB
W_i - is the nut allowance as derived from the applicable of the tables described
below
STUD_Rat_TS, if the RDB option that involves CP termination for bolt length calculations
is not active;
OR
calculations is active that applies to the bolts used by the vent/drain valve.
B - is the offset of assembly end of the branch component from the centerline of the pipe
run, derived from the applicable branch component dimension table.
N - is the distance from the back of the flange to CP2 in the flange, as defined in table
MC_GS_Term(G)_Rat(G)_Term(R)_Rat(R)_A that applies to the vent/drain valve.
The nominal length of the branch nipple determined from the above equation will be
rounded to the next full inch length but will be no less than 4 inches long. The end
preparation(s) of the branch nipple will be chosen by the system to suit the end
preparation types of the branch component. If end preparation 301 is involved,
applicable AABBCC and option codes for the branch nipple will be PIPING and 1
respectively. If end preparation 421 is involved, applicable AABBCC and option codes
for the branch nipple will be 6Q3C88 and 728 respectively. If end preparation 441 is
involved, applicable AABBCC and option codes for the branch nipple will be 6Q3C88 and
727 respectively.
The flange that mates the vent/drain valve will be chosen by the system to have a RCP
with end preparation to suit that of the assembly end of the branch component (301, 421
or 441) and will be connected to the branch nipple.
If the end preparation of the CP of the branch component that applies to the assembly is
other than defined above, an error message will be returned by the system when use of
this assembly is attempted.
If the CP of the vent/drain valve which is nearest the pipe run has end preparation type of
either 421 or 441, as defined by codelist set CL330, a branch nipple will be required. The
branch nipple length will be 1 inch longer than the insulation thickness of the pipe run rounded
to the next full inch length but no less than 4 inches long. The end preparations of the branch
nipple will be chosen by the system to suit the end preparation types of the branch component
and of the vent/drain valve. If end preparation 421 is involved, applicable AABBCC and
option codes for the branch nipple will be 6Q3C88 and 728 respectively. If end preparation
441 is involved, applicable AABBCC and option codes for the branch nipple will be 6Q3C88
and 727 respectively.
No flange will be required to mate the vent/drain valve.
433
Symbols
If the CP of the vent/drain valve which is nearest the pipe run has end preparation type other
than in the range from 10-81 or of either 421 or 441, as defined by codelist set CL330, an error
message will be returned by the system when use of this assembly is attempted.
3. If the mating CPs of the valves in the vent/drain assembly have an end preparation other than
421, an error message will be returned by the system when use of this assembly is attempted.
4. If any of the CPs of the valve in the vent/drain assembly have an end preparation other than
401 or if the pipe is insulated beyond 4 inches thickness, an error message will be returned by
the system when use of this assembly is attempted.
434
APPENDIX D
Commodity Code Descriptions

In This Appendix
Commodity Code Matrix ................................................................ 435
Flanged and Miscellaneous Fittings .............................................. 436
Completing Materials ..................................................................... 441
Fire and Safety Components ......................................................... 442
Steam Specialties .......................................................................... 443
Flanges .......................................................................................... 446
Flanged Fittings ............................................................................. 453
Strainer Specialties ........................................................................ 459
Instrument Specialties ................................................................... 465
Pipe Supports ................................................................................ 475
Labor Codes .................................................................................. 488
Miscellaneous Wetted Fittings ....................................................... 496
Miscellaneous Non-Wetted Fittings ............................................... 497
Tubing and Hose ........................................................................... 499
Pipe ................................................................................................ 504
Socket Fittings ............................................................................... 516
Tubing Fittings ............................................................................... 518
Socketwelded Fittings .................................................................... 524
Threaded Fittings ........................................................................... 527
Underground Fittings ..................................................................... 532
Valves ............................................................................................ 535
Welded Fittings .............................................................................. 551
Gaskets .......................................................................................... 559
Bolting ............................................................................................ 566
Commodity Code Matrix

The commodity code matrix used to develop the commodity codes in the piping materials classes
is shown below. The first letter of the commodity code identifies the basic type of component, such
as a valve or flange. The remaining characters provide a detailed description of the component.
The first character designations are:
B
Flanged and Miscellaneous Fittings (on page 436)
Completing Materials (on page 441)
Fire and Safety Components (on page 442)
Steam Specialties (on page 443)
Flanges (on page 446)
Flanged Fittings (on page 453)
Strainer Specialties (on page 459)
Instrument Specialties (on page 465)
435

J
Pipe Supports (on page 475)
Labor Codes (on page 488)
Miscellaneous Wetted Fittings (on page 496)
Miscellaneous Non-Wetted Fittings (on page 497)
Tubing and Hose (on page 499)
Pipe (on page 504)
Socket Fittings (on page 516)
Tubing Fittings (on page 518)
Socketwelded Fittings (on page 524)
Threaded Fittings (on page 527)
Underground Fittings (on page 532)
Valves (on page 535)
Welded Fittings (on page 551)
Gaskets (on page 559)
Bolting (on page 566)
Flanged and Miscellaneous Fittings

! 0 1 2
! 1 2345678901234567890
! FIRST LETTER: B - MISCELLANEOUS FITTINGS
B BA
B BB
B BC
B DA
B DD
B DT
B DY
B EA
B EC
B ED
B ET
B EY
B FR
B FT
436
Ball joint straight

thru
Ball joint 90 deg
elbow
Ball joint double 90
deg ell
Elbow female x female
45 deg elbow female x
female
Tee female x female x
female
45 deg lateral female
x female x female
Elbow male x male
Plug male
45 deg elbow male x
male
Tee male x male x male
45 deg lateral male x
male x male
Reducer male x female
Tee male x male x
female
Ball joint straight thru

Ball joint 90 deg elbow
'Ball joint double 90 deg
elbow'
'Elbow female x female'
'45 deg elbow female x female'
'Tee female x female x female'
'45 deg lateral female x female
x female'
'Elbow male x male'
'Plug male'
'45 deg elbow male x male'
'Tee male x male x male'
'45 deg lateral male x male x
male'
'Reducer male x female'
'Tee male x male x female'
B GY
B HA
45 deg lateral male x '45 deg lateral male x male x

male x female
female'
Grayloc assembly
'Grayloc assembly -hubs, ring,
clamp & bolts'
Grayloc orifice
'Grayloc orifice assembly
assembly
-hubs, ring, clamp & bolts'
Grayloc clamp,
'Grayloc clamp, w/bolt set'
w/bolts
Grayloc blind hub
'Grayloc blind hub'
Grayloc blind hub,
'Grayloc blind hub, w/SW tap'
w/tap
Grayloc hub
'Grayloc hub
Grayloc seal ring
'Grayloc seal ring'
Grayloc blind seal
'Grayloc blind seal ring'
ring
Grayloc bolt set
'Grayloc bolt set'
Flanged union
'Flanged union'
B LA
Flanged elbow
B LB
B VQ
Flanged reducing
elbow
Flanged 45 deg elbow
Flanged concentric
reducer
Flanged eccentric
reducer
Flanged tee
Flanged reducing tee
Flanged return bend
Flanged adapter
THD adapter
LR elbow
45 deg LR elbow
Tee
Elbow
45 deg elbow
Concentric reducer
Reducing tee
Eccentric reducer
Victaulic cap
Reducer FTSE
Coupling, w/gasket
Coupling, w/gasket &
FTE outlet
Coupling, w/gasket &
MTE outlet
Reducing tee, w/ MTE
outlet
Red tee, w/FTE outlet
B WS
B XA
Weld sleeve
Flanged cross
B FY
B GA
B GB
B GC
B GD
B GE
B GF
B GG
B GH
B LC
B RA
B RB
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
TA
TB
UA
VA
VB
VC
VD
VE
VF
VG
VH
VI
VJ
VK
VL
VM
VN
B VO
B VP
'Flanged
elbow'
'Flanged
elbow'
'Flanged
'Flanged
90 deg long radius

90 deg reducing
45 deg elbow'
concentric reducer'
'Flanged eccentric reducer'

'Flanged tee'
'Flanged reducing tee'
'Flanged return bend'
'Flanged adapter'
'Threaded adapter'
'Long radius elbow'
'45 deg long radius elbow'
'Tee'
'Elbow'
'45 deg elbow'
'Concentric reducer'
'Reducing tee'
'Eccentric reducer'
'Victaulic cap'
'Reducer threaded small end'
'Coupling, w/gasket'
'Outlet coupling, w/gasket &
female THD outlet'
'Outlet coupling, w/gasket &
male THD outlet'
'Reducing tee, w/male THD
outlet'
'Reducing tee, w/female THD
outlet'
'External weld sleeve'
'Flanged cross'
437

B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
YA
YB
ZA
ZB
ZC
ZD
ZE
ZF
ZN
Flanged Y
Flanged 45 deg lateral
Hub
Hub & flanged
Coupling/connector
Clamp
Cap
Flexible coupling
Nipple/connector
'Flanged true Y'

'Flanged 45 deg lateral'
'Hub'
'Hub & flanged'
'Coupling/connector'
'Clamp, w/bolts & nuts'
'Cap'
'Flexible coupling'
'Nipple/connector'
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
K
L
M
N
O
R
S
CL150
CL300
CL400
CL600
CL900
CL1500
CL2500
CL25
CL125
CL250
CL800
CL175
std conn
shrouded bore
connection
CL150
CL300
CL400
CL600
CL900
CL1500
CL2500
CL25
CL125
CL250
CL800
CL175
standard connection
shrouded bore connection
BZ
438
B
B
B
A
B
D
FFFE
RFFE
RFFE 125 Ra finish
RFFE 125-500 Ra finish
B
B
B
J
L
M
RJFE
flange
flange
socket
flange
flange
flange
socket
x socket
x socket x
x socket x
x flange x
flat face flanged ends

raised face flanged ends
raised face flanged ends 125
Ra finish
125-500 Ra finish
63-250 Ra finish
63-125 Ra finish
125-250 Ra finish
ring joint flanged ends
FF flange x socket
FF flange x socket x socket
FF flange x socket x FF
flange
FF flange x FF flange x
socket

B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
R
S
T
U
V
W
Z
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
L
M
N
S
X
Z
A
E
Z
socket x socket x
flange
bell & spigot
SWE
THD
MJE
grooved
welded
socket x socket x FF flange
S-40
S-80
S-XS
S-160
thk per B16.5
S-XXS
S-100
S-120
S-140
S-LW
S-20
S-30
S-STD
thk per reqn
Sch 40
Sch 80
X-strong
Sch 160
thk per ANSI-B16.5
XX-strong
Sch 100
Sch 120
Sch 140
light-weight
Sch 20
Sch 30
standard-weight
thk per specification ??
B16.1
B16.5
ANSI-B16.1
ANSI-B16.5
ASTM-A234 Gr.WPB
ASTM-A216 Gr.WCB
ASTM-A216 Gr.WCB,
galvanized
carbon steel
ASTM-A105
ASTM-A234 Gr.WPB, Victaulic
ASTM-A234 Gr.WPB,
galvanized, Victaulic
ASTM-A181 Cl.70
ASTM-A181 Cl.70, Barco
BB-41020-??-21
AISI-4140
B
B
B
AAA
AAB
AAC
ASTM-A234-WPB
ASTM-A216-WCB
ASTM-A216-WCB, galv
B
B
B
B
AAE
AAF
AAG
AAH
carbon steel
ASTM-A105
ASTM-A234-WPB
ASTM-A234-WPB
B
B
AAN
AAO
ASTM-A181-70
ASTM-A181-70
AAZ
AISI-4140
bell & spigot

socketwelded end
threaded end
mechanical joint end
grooved
welded
439

B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
ABC
EAB
EAC
EEE
FFB
FFC
FFF
FFH
FFL
IAA
ASTM-A53-B, galv
ASTM-A217-C5
ASTM-A217-C12
ASTM-A182-F1
ASTM-A182-F12
ASTM-A182-F11
ASTM-A182-F22
ASTM-A182-F5
ASTM-A182-F9
ASTM-A351-CF8M
B
B
B
B
B
IAB
IIA
IIF
IIG
IIK
IIL
B
B
B
B
IIM
IIN
UAA
WXW
ASTM-A351-CF8C
ASTM-A266-3
ASTM-A182-F316
ASTM-A182-F316L
17-4PH SS,
w/graphite
347 SS, w/graphite
coating
ASTM-A182-F347H
ASTM-A182-F347
ASTM-D2996-RTRP
ASTM-A234-WPBW
WXX
ASTM-A234-WPB
ZAC
ASTM-A536-65-45-12
ZAD
ASTM-A536-65-45-12/E
PDM
ZAE
ZAF
ZAG
ASTM-A536-65-45-12/B
una N
ASTM-A536-65-45-12
ASTM-A536-65-45-12/E
PDM
B
B
B
B
B
B
440
ZAH
ZDE
ZDF
ZDG
ZDM
ZDN
ASTM-A536-65-45-12/B
una N
ASTM-A126-A, galv
ASTM-A126-B, galv
ASTM-A47, galv
ASTM-A395
ASTM-A126-A
ASTM-A53 Gr.B, galvanized

ASTM-A217 Gr.C5
ASTM-A217 Gr.C12
ASTM-A182 Gr.F1
ASTM-A182 Gr.F12
ASTM-A182 Gr.F11
ASTM-A182 Gr.F22
ASTM-A182 Gr.F5
ASTM-A182 Gr.F9
ASTM-A351 Gr.CF8M
ASTM-A351 Gr.CF8C
ASTM-A266 Cl.3
ASTM-A182 Gr.F316
ASTM-A182 Gr.F316L
17-4 PH SS, w/graphite
347 SS, w/graphite coating
ASTM-A182 Gr.F347H
ASTM-A182 Gr.F347
ASTM-D2996-RTRP-11FE
ASTM-A234 Gr.WPBW, epoxy
lined
ASTM-A234 Gr.WPB, epoxy
lined
ASTM-A536 Gr.65-45-12,
Victaulic
ASTM-A536 Gr.65-45-12/EPDM,
Victaulic
ASTM-A536 Gr.65-45-12/Buna
N, Victaulic
ASTM-A536
galvanized,
ASTM-A536
galvanized,
Gr.65-45-12,
Victaulic
Gr.65-45-12/EPDM,
Victaulic
ASTM-A536 Gr.65-45-12/Buna
N, galvanized, Victaulic
ASTM-A126 Cl.A, galvanized
ASTM-A126 Cl.B, galvanized
ASTM-A47, galvanized
ASTM-A395, nodular iron
ASTM-A126 Cl.A, 12" &
smaller

B
ZDO
ASTM-A126-B
ASTM-A126 Cl.B, 14" &

larger
Completing Materials
! 0 1 2
! 1 2345678901234567890 SHORT DESCRIPTION LONG DESCRIPTION
! FIRST LETTER: C - COMPLETING MATERIALS (PDS WILL NOT USE)
C AC
Hi-temp end sealant
C AD
Primer
High temperature end

sealant
Primer
C AE
C CA
Solvent cement
Protector
Solvent cement
Protector
C
C
C
C
C
Tape
Channel trace
Heat transfer cement
Identification tag
Snap trace
Tape
Channel trace
Heat transfer cement
Identification tag
Snap trace
Chemtrol
Koch
Markad Service Co
Dekoron
Thermon
Thermon TFK-4
Thermon T-80
Chemtrol
Koch
Markad Service Co.
Dekoron
Purple Primer
heavy duty PVC solvent
cement
heavy duty CPVC solvent
cement
galvanized steel
Thermon Channel Trace,
Gr.T-3
Thermon Snap Trace,
Gr.T-63
Thermon Snap Trace,
Extruded
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
CB
CH
HT
ID
ST
AAAB
AAAE
DAAB
DCCC
TAAA
TAAB
TAAC
ZZZZ
C
C
AAE
AAF
Purple Primer
heavy duty PVC cement
AAG
heavy duty CPVC cement
C
C
GAA
TAA
galv steel
Thermon Channel Trace
TAB
Thermon Snap Trace
TAC
Thermon Snap Trace
ZZZ
Thermon TFK-4
Thermon T-80
441
Fire and Safety Components

! 0 1 2
! FIRST LETTER: D - FIRE & SAFETY COMPONENTS
D AA
D AC
@@Monitor, station type

Monitor, station type
@@Monitor, elevated type Monitor, elevated
type
@@Fire hydrant
Fire hydrant, dry
barrel type
Hose reel w/valve
Hose reel w/valve
@@Hose rack w/valve
Hose rack w/valve
@Spray sprinkler filld
Spray sprinkler,
cone w/rupture disk
filled cone type
w/rupture disk
D BA
D CA
D CB
D DA
D
D
D
D
D
D
@@CL125
@@CL150
CL175
@@300#
@rating per reqn
CL125
CL150
CL175
300#
rating ??

flat face flanged end x
male thread end
male thread ends
female thread ends
D
D
A
B
@@FFFE
FFFE/FTE
D
D
D
C
D
Z
@@MTE
@@FTE
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
442
A
B
C
G
X
Z
A
I
J
S
V
W
X
Z
carbon steel
stainless steel
@@304 SS
brass
ductile iron
cast iron
@@matl per reqn
D
D
D
AA
AB
BA
CA
carbon steel
stainless steel
Type 304 SS
brass
ductile iron
cast iron
matl ??
@@Stang BB0309-21
Stang Model BB0309-21
@@Stang
Stang
@@American Darling B-50-B American Darling
B-50-B
Wirt & Knox V-7
Wirt & Knox V-7

D
DA
D
D
D
D
EA
AA
AB
BA
BB
BC
BD
BE
BF
DA
DB
@@Grinnell Mulsifyre
Projector S1
Grinnell Fire
Protection, Mulsifyre
Projector S1
@@Powhatan 30-333
Powhatan 30-333
@@
@@ccw open
counterclockwise open
free standing, [427]
w/fog nozzle
w/two reaction
supports, w/fog nozzle
supported, [427] w/fog
supported, [427]
nozzle supported, [427] w/fog nozzle
w/fog nozzle
@@free standing, [427]
w/shaper tip nozzle
w/two reaction
supports, w/shaper tip
nozzle
@@supported, [427]
supported, [427]
w/shaper tip nozzle
w/shaper tip nozzle
@@free standing w/shaper free standing w/shaper
tip nozzle
tip nozzle
@@free standing w/fog
free standing w/fog
nozzle
nozzle
@@wall mount, rt hand
wall mounted, right
w/hose & fog nozzle
hand w/hose & fog
nozzle
@wall mount, left hand
wall mounted, left
w/hose & fog nozzle
hand w/hose & fog
nozzle
Steam Specialties
! 0 1 2
! FIRST LETTER: E - STEAM SPECIALTIES
E AB
E AD
E BA
E CB
Bellows steam trap

Thermodynamic steam
trap
Ball float steam trap
Ball float liq drn
Inv bucket steam trap
Bimetallic steam trap
Open bucket steam trap
Thermostatic steam
trap
Exhaust head
Bellows steam trap
E CD
Thermodynamic steam
E
E
E
E
E
E
AF
AG
AI
AM
AO
AS
Bellows steam trap

Thermodynamic steam trap
Ball float steam trap
Ball float liquid drainer
Inverted bucket steam trap
Bimetallic steam trap
Open bucket steam trap
Thermostatic steam trap
Exhaust head
Bellows steam trap,
w/integral strainer
Thermodynamic steam trap,
443

trap
w/integral strainer
Ball float steam trap Ball float steam trap,
w/integral strainer
Bimetallic steam trap Bimetallic steam trap,
w/integral strainer
Thermostatic steam
Thermostatic steam trap,
trap
w/integral strainer
E CF
E CM
E CS
E ZZ
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
CL150
CL300
CL400
CL600
CL900
CL1500
CL2500
CL125
CL250
CL175
CL25
CL50
CL75
E
E
E
A
B
D
E
E
E
E
J
S
T
Z
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
444
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
L
M
O
R
S
T
Z
CL150
CL300
CL400
CL600
CL900
CL1500
CL2500
CL125
CL250
CL175
CL25
CL50
CL75
FFFE
RFFE
RFFE, 125 Ra finish

raised face flanged endss
raised face flanged ends,
125 Ra finish
RFFE, 125-500 Ra
finish
125-500 Ra finish
RFFE, 63-250 Ra finish raised face flanged ends,
63-250 Ra finish
63-125 Ra finish
RJFE
SWE
socketwelded ends
THD
threaded ends
AA
AB
AC
AD
AE
AF
AG
1/16 orifice "

5/64 orifice "
3/32 orifice "
7/64 orifice "
1/8 orifice "
9/64 orifice "
5/32 orifice "
1/16 orifice "

5/64 orifice "
3/32 orifice "
7/64 orifice "
1/8 orifice "
9/64 orifice "
5/32 orifice "

E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
AH
AI
AJ
AK
AL
AM
AN
AO
AP
AQ
AR
BA
TA
TE
TF
TG
TH
TI
ZZ
AAD
AAE
AAF
AAG
AAH
AAI
AAJ
AAK
AAL
BAA
EAV
EAW
FAA
FAB
3/16 orifice "

7/32 orifice "
1/4 orifice "
9/32 orifice "
5/16 orifice "
11/32 orifice "
3/8 orifice "
7/16 orifice "
1/2 orifice "
5/8 orifice "
3/4 orifice "
No 38 orifice
274 degF
378 degF
147 degC
184 degC
236 degC
259 degC
ASTM-A105, Armstrong
71-315
ASTM-A105, Spriax
Sarco SM 21
411F
ASTM-A105, Spirax
Sarco PB 43/2
ASTM-A105, Spirax
Sarco SM652
ASTM-A105, ITT Hoffman
TB-6W
CFH-TB
310FW
411G-FW
ASTM-A216-WCB,
Armstrong 981
ASTM-A182-F11, Yarway
720
ASME-SA182-F11,
Yarway 720
ASTM-A182-F11, ITT
Hoffman CH1-TB
ASTM-A182-F11, ITT
Hoffman CUH3-TB
3/16 orifice "

7/32 orifice "
1/4 orifice "
9/32 orifice "
5/16 orifice "
11/32 orifice "
3/8 orifice "
7/16 orifice "
1/2 orifice "
5/8 orifice "
3/4 orifice "
No 38 orifice
274 degF
378 degF
147 degC
184 degC'
236 degC
259 degC
71-315
ASTM-A105, Spriax Sarco SM
21
ASTM-A105, Armstrong 411F
ASTM-A105, Spirax Sarco PB
43/2
ASTM-A105, Spirax Sarco
SM652
TB-6W
CFH-TB
310FW
411G-FW
ASTM-A216 Gr.WCB,
Armstrong 981
ASTM-A182 Gr.F11,
1.25Cr-0.5Mo, Yarway 720
ASME-SA182 Gr.F11,
ASTM-A182 Gr.F11,
1.25Cr-0.5Mo, ITT Hoffman
CH1-TB
ASTM-A182 Gr.F11,
CUH3-TB
445

E
FAC
ASTM-A182-F11, ITT
Hoffman CUH4-TB
FAT
FAV
FAW
GAA
GAB
515
740
710
ASTM-A217-WC9, Yarway
C-500
ASTM-A182-F22,
Armstrong 5155FG
E
E
IAA
IAB
SS, Armstrong TT-2000

SS, Armstrong 2011
IAC
IAD
ASTM-A240-304L,
Wright-Austin 40EF
SS, Armstrong 2010
ZPA
ZPB
ZPC
ASTM-A278-30, Clark
60F
ASTM-A126-A, Crane
Swartwout
ASTM-A278-30,
Armstrong J Ser LD
Model
ASTM-A182 Gr.F11,
CUH4-TB
ASTM-A182 Gr.F11,
ASTM-A182 Gr.F11,
ASTM-A182 Gr.F11,
ASTM-A217 Gr.WC9,
2.25Cr-1Mo, Yarway C-500
ASTM-A182 Gr.F22,
2.25Cr-1Mo, Armstrong
5155FG
SS, Armstrong TT-2000
SS, Armstrong 2011, w/CS
connector
ASTM-A240 Type 304L,
Wright-Austin 40EF
SS, Armstrong 2010, w/CS
connector
ASTM-A278 Cl.30, cast iron,
Clark 60F
ASTM-A126 Cl.A, cast iron,
Crane Swartwout
ASTM-A278 Cl.30, cast iron,
Armstrong J Series LD Model
Flanges
!
!
!
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
446
0 1 2
1 2345678901234567890 SHORT DESCRIPTION LONG DESCRIPTION
FIRST LETTER: F - FLANGES
A
@@Flange, WN
Flange, weld neck
B
@@Blind flange
Blind flange
C
@@Flange, SW
Flange, socketwelded
D
@@Flange, THD
Flange, threaded
E
@@Flange, slip-on
Flange, slip-on
F
@@Flange, lap joint
Flange, lap joint
G
@@Orifice flange, WN
Orifice flange, weld neck
H
SW orifice flange
Socketwelded orifice
flange
I
@@Orifice flange, THD
Orifice flange, threaded
J
Slip-on orifice flange Slip-on orifice flange
L
Long WN flange
Long weld neck flange
M
Solder joint flange
Solder joint flange per
ANSI-B16.24
N
@@Flange, SE
Flange, socket end

F
F
F
F
R
S
T
U
Red
Red
Red
Red
F V
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
AA
AB
AC
AD
AE
AF
AG
AX
BA
BB
BC
BD
BE
BH
BO
BP
BQ
BR
BS
BT
CA
CB
CD
CE
DA
DB
DC
DD
OA
OB
OC
OD
OE
OF
OG
PB
WN flange
slip-on flange
THD flange
SW flange
Victaulic flange
Reducing weld neck flange

Reducing slip-on flange
Reducing threaded flange
Reducing socketwelded
flange
Victaulic flange
@@ANSI-B16.5 CL150
@@ANSI-B16.5 CL300
ANSI-B16.5 CL400
@@ANSI-B16.5 CL600
@@ANSI-B16.5 CL900
@@ANSI-B16.5 CL1500
ANSI-B16.5 CL2500
rating per reqn
@@API-605 CL150
@@API-605 CL300
API-605 CL400
API-605 CL600
API-605 CL900
API-605 CL75
API-6A CL2000
API-6A CL3000
API-6A CL5000
API-6A CL10000
API-6A CL15000
API-6A CL20000
@@MSS-SP-44 CL150
@@MSS-SP-44 CL300
@@MSS-SP-44 CL600
MSS-SP-44 CL900
ANSI-B16.1 CL25
ANSI-B16.1 CL125
ANSI-B16.1 CL250
ANSI-B16.1 CL800
ANSI-B16.36 CL150
ANSI-B16.36 CL300
ANSI-B16.36 CL400
ANSI-B16.36 CL600
ANSI-B16.36 CL900
ANSI-B16.36 CL1500
ANSI-B16.36 CL2500
@@ANSI-B16.36 CL300,
ANSI-B16.5 CL150
ANSI-B16.5 CL300
ANSI-B16.5 CL400
ANSI-B16.5 CL600
ANSI-B16.5 CL900
ANSI-B16.5 CL1500
ANSI-B16.5 CL2500
rating ??
API-605 CL150
API-605 CL300
API-605 CL400
API-605 CL600
API-605 CL900
API-605 CL75
API-6A CL2000
API-6A CL3000
API-6A CL5000
API-6A CL10000
API-6A CL15000
API-6A CL20000
MSS-SP-44 CL150
MSS-SP-44 CL300
MSS-SP-44 CL600
MSS-SP-44 CL900
ANSI-B16.1 CL25
ANSI-B16.1 CL125
ANSI-B16.1 CL250
ANSI-B16.1 CL800
ANSI-B16.36 CL150
ANSI-B16.36 CL300
ANSI-B16.36 CL400
ANSI-B16.36 CL600
ANSI-B16.36 CL900
ANSI-B16.36 CL1500
ANSI-B16.36 CL2500
ANSI-B16.36 CL300, 0.5 SWE
447
448
PC
PD
PE
PF
PG
PM
PN
PO
PP
PR
PS
QB
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
SA
SB
SC
SD
SE
SF
SG
SH
SI
TA
TB
TC
TD
TE
TF
TG
ZZ
F
F
F
A
B
D
0.5 SWE tap "

ANSI-B16.36 CL400 0.5
SWE tap "
@@ANSI-B16.36 CL600,
0.5 SWE tap "
ANSI-B16.36 CL900 0.5
SWE tap "
ANSI-B16.36 CL1500 0.5
SWE tap "
ANSI-B16.36 CL2500 0.5
SWE tap "
ANSI-B16.36 CL150 0.75
SWE tap "
@@ANSI-B16.36 CL300,
0.75 SWE tap "
ANSI-B16.36 CL400 0.75
SWE tap "
@@ANSI-B16.36 CL600,
0.75 SWE tap "
@@ANSI-B16.36 CL1500,
0.75 SWE tap "
ANSI-B16.36 CL2500 0.75
SWE tap "
@@ANSI-B16.36 CL300,
0.5 FTE tap "
@@CL150
CL300
CL400
CL600
CL900
CL1500
CL2500
CL250
CL175
@@AWWA-C207 Cl.D
Taylor Forge CL75
Taylor Forge CL125
Taylor Forge CL125LW
Taylor Forge CL175
Taylor Forge CL250
Taylor Forge CL350
tap "
ANSI-B16.36 CL400 0.5 SWE
tap "
ANSI-B16.36 CL600, 0.5 SWE
tap "
ANSI-B16.36 CL900 0.5 SWE
tap "
ANSI-B16.36 CL1500 0.5 SWE
tap "
ANSI-B16.36 CL2500 0.5 SWE
tap "
ANSI-B16.36 CL150 0.75 SWE
tap "
ANSI-B16.36 CL300, 0.75
SWE tap "
ANSI-B16.36 CL400 0.75 SWE
tap "
ANSI-B16.36 CL600, 0.75
SWE tap "
ANSI-B16.36 CL1500, 0.75
SWE tap "
ANSI-B16.36 CL2500 0.75
SWE tap "
ANSI-B16.36 CL150, 0.5 FTE
tap "
CL150
CL300
CL400
CL600
CL900
CL1500
CL2500
CL250
CL175
AWWA-C207 Cl.DA
Taylor Forge CL75
Taylor Forge CL125
Taylor Forge CL175
Taylor Forge CL250
Taylor Forge CL350
@@FFFE
@@RFFE
@@RFFE, 125 Ra finish
flat face flanged end

raised face flanged end
raised face flanged end,
125 Ra finish
RFFE, 125-500 Ra finish raised face flanged end,
F
F
F
J
L
N
125-500 Ra finish
63-250 Ra finish
63-125 Ra finish
125-250 Ra finish
@@RJFE
ring joint flanged end
lens joint
lens joint flanged end
RFFE, 3 Ra finish
raised face flanged end, 3
Ra finish
@@
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
AA
AB
AC
AD
AF
AG
AH
AI
AJ
AK
AL
AM
AN
AO
AW
BA
BB
BC
BD
CA
CB
CC
CD
CE
CF
CG
CH
CI
CJ
CK
CL
S-5S
S-10S
@@S-40S
@@S-80S
S-10
S-20
S-30
S-40
S-60
@@S-80
S-100
S-120
S-140
@@S-160
@@[???]
S-LW
S-STD
S-XS
@@S-XXS
0.125 "
0.188 "
0.25 "
0.312 "
0.375 "
0.438 "
0.5 "
0.562 "
0.625 "
0.688 "
0.75 "
0.812 "
Sch 5S
Sch 10S
Sch 40S
Sch 80S
Sch 10
Sch 20
Sch 30
Sch 40
Sch 60
Sch 80
Sch 100
Sch 120
Sch 140
Sch 160
[???]
light-weight
standard-weight
X-strong
XX-strong
0.125 "
0.188 "
0.25 "
0.312 "
0.375 "
0.438 "
0.5 "
0.562 "
0.625 "
0.688 "
0.75 "
0.812 "
449

F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
450
CM
CN
CO
CP
CQ
CR
CS
CT
CU
CV
CW
CX
DD
EA
VEB
VED
EE
EF
EG
EH
FE
MA
MB
MC
MD
ME
MF
MG
MH
MI
MJ
MK
ML
MM
MN
MO
MP
MQ
MR
MS
MT
MU
0.875 "
0.938 "
1 "
1.062 "
1.125 "
1.188 "
1.25 "
1.375 "
1.5 "
1.625 "
1.75 "
1.875 "
0.281 "
2 "
2.125 "
2.375 "
2.5 "
2.625 "
2.75 "
2.875 "
3.5 "
2.0 mm
2.5 mm
3.0 mm
3.5 mm
4.0 mm
4.5 mm
5.0 mm
6.0 mm
7.0 mm
8.0 mm
10.0 mm
12.0 mm
16.0 mm
20.0 mm
25.0 mm
30.0 mm
35.0 mm
40.0 mm
50.0 mm
60.0 mm
80.0 mm
0.875 "
0.938 "
1 "
1.062 "
1.125 "
1.188 "
1.25 "
1.375 "
1.5 "
1.625 "
1.75 "
1.875 "
0.281 "
2 "
2.125 "
2.375 "
2.5 "
2.625 "
2.75 "
2.875 "
3.5 "
2.0 mm
2.5 mm
3.0 mm
3.5 mm
4.0 mm
4.5 mm
5.0 mm
6.0 mm
7.0 mm
8.0 mm
10.0 mm
12.0 mm
16.0 mm
20.0 mm
25.0 mm
30.0 mm
35.0 mm
40.0 mm
50.0 mm
60.0 mm
80.0 mm

F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
MV
PA
PB
PC
PD
PE
PF
PG
PH
PI
PJ
PK
PL
PM
PN
PO
PP
PQ
PR
PS
PZ
QF
ZZ
100.0 mm
3.2 mm
4.8 mm
6.4 mm
7.9 mm
9.5 mm
11.1 mm
12.7 mm
14.3 mm
15.9 mm
17.5 mm
19.1 mm
20.6 mm
22.2 mm
23.8 mm
25.4 mm
27.0 mm
28.6 mm
30.2 mm
31.8 mm
29.0 mm
26.0 mm
@@
100.0 mm
3.2 mm (0.125")
4.8 mm (0.188")
6.4 mm (0.25")
7.9 mm (0.312")
9.5 mm (0.375")
11.1 mm (0.438")
12.7 mm (0.5")
14.3 mm (0.562")
15.9 mm (0.625")
17.5 mm (0.688")
19.1 mm (0.75")
20.6 mm (0.812")
22.2 mm (0.875")
23.8 mm (0.938")
25.4 mm (1")
27.0 mm (1.062")
28.6 mm (1.125")
30.2 mm (1.188")
31.8 mm (1.25")
29.0 mm (1.142")
26.0 mm
ASTM-A105
ASTM-A105, aluminized
ASTM-A105, treated &
wrapped
ASTM-A105, galvanized
ASTM-A105, aluminized,
treated & wrapped
ASTM-A350 Gr.LF2
ASME-SA105
ASTM-A182 Gr.F12,
1Cr-0.5Mo
ASTM-A182 Gr.F11
ASTM-A182 Gr.F22,
2.25Cr-1Mo
ASTM-A182 Gr.F21,
3Cr-1Mo
ASTM-A182 Gr.F5
ASTM-A182 Gr.F5A,
5Cr-0.5Mo
ASTM-A182 Gr.F7,
7Cr-0.5Mo
F
F
F
AAA
AAB
AAC
@@ASTM-A105
ASTM-A105, alum
ASTM-A105 T&W
F
F
AAH
AAI
@@ASTM-A105, galv
ASTM-A105 alum T&W
F
F
F
ABB
ABE
FFB
@@ASTM-A350-LF2
@@ASME-SA105
ASTM-A182-F12
F
F
FFC
FFF
@@ASTM-A182-F11
ASTM-A182-F22
FFG
ASTM-A182-F21
F
F
FFH
FFI
@@ASTM-A182-F5
ASTM-A182-F5A
FFK
ASTM-A182-F7
451
452
F
F
F
FFL
GFD
GFF
@@ASTM-A182-F9
@@ASME-SA182-F11
ASME-SA182-F22
F
F
F
IIA
IIB
IIC
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
IIE
IIF
IIG
IIH
IIJ
IIK
IIL
IIN
IIO
IIP
IIY
IJF
@@ASTM-A182-F304
@@ASTM-A182-F304L
ASTM-A182-F316L,
w/0.03% C max
ASTM-A182-F310
@@ASTM-A182-F316
ASTM-A182-F316L
ASME-SA182-F316L
@@ASTM-A182-F321
ASTM-A182-F321H
ASTM-A182-F347
ASTM-A182-F348
ASME-SA182-F316
ASTM-A182-F304H
ASTM-A182-F347H
ASTM-A182-F316L,
special
F
F
F
F
IKA
MLF
NPE
NPF
OAA
ASTM-A451-HF modified
ASTM-A350-LF3
ASTM-B62 bronze
@@ASTM-B166-600, hot
finish
ASTM-B564 Monel
OAC
ASTM-B564 Incoloy 800
PAA
ASTM-B462 Alloy 20
TAA
ASTM-F439 CPVC
TAB
@@ASTM-D2467 PVC
WAA
WAB
F
F
WAC
WAD
F
F
WXW
ZAD
@@ASTM-A105, cement
lined
ASTM-A105, cement lined
& epoxy coated
ASTM-A105, epoxy coated
& T&W
ASTM-A105 epoxy lined
ASTM-A536-65-45-12/EPD
M
ASTM-A182 Gr.F9
ASME-SA182 Gr.F11
ASME-SA182 Gr.F22,
2.25Cr-1Mo
ASTM-A182 Gr.F304
ASTM-A182 Gr.F304L
ASTM-A182 Gr.F316L,
w/0.03% C max
ASTM-A182 Gr.F310
ASTM-A182 Gr.F316
ASTM-A182 Gr.F316L
ASME-SA182 Gr.F316L
ASTM-A182 Gr.F321
ASTM-A182 Gr.F321H
ASTM-A182 Gr.F347
ASTM-A182 Gr.F348
ASME-SA182 Gr.F316
ASTM-A182 Gr.F304H
ASTM-A182 Gr.F347H
ASTM-A182 Gr.F316L,
w/0.036% C max, 12% Ni min,
2.2% Mo min
ASTM-A451 Gr.HF modified
ASTM-A350 Gr.LF3, 3.5 Ni
ASTM-B62 bronze
ASTM-B166 Gr.600 UNS
N06600, hot finish
ASTM-B564 UNS N04400,
Monel
ASTM-B564 UNS NO8800,
Incoloy 800
Alloy 20
ASTM-F439 Cl.23447-B,
CPVC
ASTM-D2467 Cl.12454-B
PVC
ASTM-A105, cement lined &
epoxy coated
ASTM-A105, epoxy coated
ASTM-A105, cement lined,
treated & wrapped
ASTM-A105, epoxy lined
ASTM-A536
Gr.65-45-12/EPDM, ductile
iron, Victaulic

F
ZAE
ASTM-A536-65-45-12/Bun
a N
ZAG
ASTM-A536-65-45-12/EPD
M
ZAH
ASTM-A536-65-45-12/Bun
a N
ASTM-A536
Gr.65-45-12/Buna N,
ductile iron, Victaulic
ASTM-A536
Gr.65-45-12/EPDM, ductile
iron, galvanized,
Victaulic
ASTM-A536
Gr.65-45-12/Buna N,
ductile iron, galvanized,
Victaulic
Flanged Fittings
! 0 1 2
! FIRST LETTER: G - FLANGED FITTINGS
G A
Flange isolation kit
Flange isolation kit
G D
Spacer
Spacer for plastic pipe
G E
@@Paddle spacer
Paddle spacer
G F
Paddle spacer for
Paddle spacer for
maintenance blank
maintenance blank
G G
Bleed ring, w/THD tap Bleed ring, w/threaded
tap
G H
Bleed ring, w/SWE tap Bleed ring,
w/socketwelded end tap
G J
@@Spectacle blank
Spectacle blank
G L
@@Paddle blank
Paddle blank
G M
Maint type paddle
Maintenance type paddle
blank
blank
G N
@@Blank disc
Blank disc
G O
3-bolt blank assy
Three bolt blank
assembly
G P
5-bolt blank assy
Five bolt blank assembly
G Q
7-bolt blank assy
Seven bolt blank
assembly
G U
Union blank
Union blank
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
A
AB
AC
AD
AE
AF
AG
BA
BB
@@ANSI-B16.5 CL150
ANSI-B16.5 CL300
ANSI-B16.5 CL400
ANSI-B16.5 CL600
ANSI-B16.5 CL900
ANSI-B16.5 CL1500
ANSI-B16.5 CL2500
API-605 CL150
API-605 CL300
ANSI-B16.5 CL150
ANSI-B16.5 CL300
ANSI-B16.5 CL400
ANSI-B16.5 CL600
ANSI-B16.5 CL900
ANSI-B16.5 CL1500
ANSI-B16.5 CL2500
API-605 CL150
API-605 CL300
453
454
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
BC
BD
BE
BH
BO
BP
BQ
BR
BS
BT
CA
CB
CD
DA
DB
DC
DD
FA
FB
FD
API-605 CL400
API-605 CL600
API-605 CL900
API-605 CL75
API-6A CL2000
API-6A CL3000
API-6A CL5000
API-6A CL10000
API-6A CL15000
API-6A CL20000
@@MSS-SP-44 CL150
@@MSS-SP-44 CL300
@@MSS-SP-44 CL600
ANSI-B16.1 CL25
ANSI-B16.1 CL125
ANSI-B16.1 CL250
ANSI-B16.1 CL800
@@API-590 CL150
@@API-590 CL300
@@API-590 CL600
API-605 CL400
API-605 CL600
API-605 CL900
API-605 CL75
API-6A CL2000
API-6A CL3000
API-6A CL5000
API-6A CL10000
API-6A CL15000
API-6A CL20000
MSS-SP-44 CL150
MSS-SP-44 CL300
MSS-SP-44 CL600
ANSI-B16.1 CL25
ANSI-B16.1 CL125
ANSI-B16.1 CL250
ANSI-B16.1 CL800
API-590 CL150
API-590 CL300
API-590 CL600
>
G
G
G
G
FE
FF
FG
GA
>
GB
>
GD
>
GE
>
GF
GG
>
HA
>
HB
>
HD
>
HE
>
HF
HG
@@API-590 CL900
@@API-590 CL1500
API-590 CL2500
@@API-590Z1 CL150,
w/0.125 CA "
@@API-590Z1 CL300,
w/0.125 CA "
@@API-590Z1 CL600,
w/0.125 CA "
@@API-590Z1 CL900,
w/0.125 CA "
@@API-590Z1 CL1500,
w/0.125 CA "
API-590 CL2500,
w/0.125 CA "
@@API-590Z2 CL150,
w/0.25 CA "
@@API-590Z2 CL300,
w/0.25 CA "
@@API-590Z2 CL600,
w/0.25 CA "
@@API-590Z2 CL900,
w/0.25 CA "
@@API-590Z2 CL1500,
w/0.25 CA "
API-590 CL2500, w/0.25
CA "
API-590 CL900
API-590 CL1500
API-590 CL2500
API-590 CL150, w/0.125
corrosion allowance "
API-590 CL300, w/0.125
API-590 CL600, w/0.125
API-590 CL900, w/0.125
API-590 CL1500, w/0.125
API-590 CL2500, w/0.125
CA "
API-590 CL150, w/0.25
API-590 CL300, w/0.25
API-590 CL600, w/0.25
API-590 CL900, w/0.25
API-590 CL1500, w/0.25
API-590 CL2500, w/0.25
CA "

G
G
G
G
G
G
SA
SB
SC
SD
SE
SF
CL150
CL300
CL400
CL600
CL900
CL1500
CL150
CL300
CL400
CL600
CL900
CL1500
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
SG
SH
SI
TA
TB
TC
TD
TE
TF
TG
CL2500
CL250
CL175
AWWA-C207 Cl.E
Taylor Forge CL75
Taylor Forge CL125
Taylor Forge CL175
Taylor Forge CL250
Taylor Forge CL350
CL2500
CL250
CL175
AWWA-C207 Cl.E
Taylor Forge CL75
Taylor Forge CL125
Taylor Forge CL175
Taylor Forge CL250
Taylor Forge CL350
FFFE
G
G
B
D
RFFE
RFFE, 125 Ra finish
G
G
G
G
J
M
N
R
G
G
G
G
S
T
W
Z
G
G
G
G
G
G

125 Ra finish
RFFE, 125-500 Ra
finish
125-500 Ra finish
63-250 Ra finish
63-125 Ra finish
RFFE, 125-250 Ra
finish
125-250 Ra finish
RJFE
BW x flange
buttweld x RF flange
flange x BW
RF flange x buttweld
RFFE, 3 Ra finish
raised face flanged
ends, 3 Ra finish
SWE
socketwelded ends
THD
threaded
B
buttweld
AA
AB
AC
AD
AF
AG
S-5S
S-10S
S-40S
S-80S
S-10
S-20
Sch
Sch
Sch
Sch
Sch
Sch
5S
10S
40S
80S
10
20
455

G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
456
AH
AI
AJ
AK
AL
AM
AN
AO
AW
BA
BB
BC
BD
CA
CB
CC
CD
CE
CCF
CG
CH
CI
CJ
CK
CL
CM
CN
CO
CP
CQ
CR
CS
DD
MA
MB
MC
MD
ME
MF
MG
MH
MJ
S-30
S-40
S-60
S-80
S-100
S-120
S-140
S-160
[???]|bore to match|
S-LW
S-STD
S-XS
S-XXS
0.125 "
0.188 "
0.25 "
0.312 "
0.375 "
0.438 "
0.5 "
0.562 "
0.625 "
0.688 "
0.75 "
0.812 "
0.875 "
0.938 "
1 "
1.062 "
1.125 "
1.188"
1.25 "
0.281 "
2.0 mm
2.5 mm
3.0 mm
3.5 mm
4.0 mm
4.5 mm
5.0 mm
6.0 mm
8.0 mm
Sch 30
Sch 40
Sch 60
Sch 80
Sch 100
Sch 120
Sch 140
Sch 160
[???]
light-weight
standard-weight
X-strong
XX-strong
0.125 "
0.188 "
0.25 "
0.312 "
0.375 "
0.438 "
0.5 "
0.562 "
0.625 "
0.688 "
0.75 "
0.812 "
0.875 "
0.938 "
1 "
1.062 "
1.125"
1.188"
1.25 "
0.281 "
2.0 mm
2.5 mm
3.0 mm
3.5 mm
4.0 mm
4.5 mm
5.0 mm
6.0 mm
8.0 mm

G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
MK
ML
MM
MN
MO
MP
MQ
MR
MS
MT
MU
MV
PA
PB
PC
PD
PE
PF
PG
PH
PI
PJ
PK
PL
PM
PN
PO
PP
PQ
PR
PS
ZZ
10.0 mm
12.0 mm
16.0 mm
20.0 mm
25.0 mm
30.0 mm
35.0 mm
40.0 mm
50.0 mm
60.0 mm
80.0 mm
100.0 mm
3.2 mm
4.8 mm
6.4 mm
7.9 mm
9.5 mm
11.1 mm
12.7 mm
14.3 mm
15.9 mm
17.5 mm
19.1 mm
20.6 mm
22.2 mm
23.8 mm
25.4 mm
27.0 mm
28.6 mm
30.2 mm
31.8 mm
@@
10.0 mm
12.0 mm
16.0 mm
20.0 mm
25.0 mm
30.0 mm
35.0 mm
40.0 mm
50.0 mm
60.0 mm
80.0 mm
100.0 mm
3.2 mm (0.125) "
4.8 mm (0.188) "
6.4 mm (0.25) "
7.9 mm (0.312) "
9.5 mm (0.375) "
11.1 mm (0.438) "
12.7 mm (0.5) "
14.3 mm (0.562) "
15.9 mm (0.625) "
17.5 mm (0.688) "
19.1 mm (0.75) "
20.6 mm (0.812) "
22.2 mm (0.875) "
23.8 mm (0.938) "
25.4 mm (1) "
27.0 mm (1.062) "
28.6 mm (1.125) "
30.2 mm (1.188) "
31.8 mm (1.25) "
ASTM-A516 Gr.60
ASME-SA516 Gr.60
ASTM-A516 Gr.60, hot dip
galvanized after
fabrication
ASTM-A285 Gr.C
ASTM-A285 Gr.C, hot dip
galvanized to ASTM-A123
ASTM-A515 Gr.70, Mack
Iron
ASTM-A105, w/Teflon
G
G
G
AAA
AAB
AAC
ASTM-A516-60
ASME-SA516-60
ASTM-A516-60, galv
G
G
ABA
ABB
ASTM-A285-C
ASTM-A285-C
ABN
ASTM-A515-70
ABS
ASTM-A105/TFE, galv
457
458
ABT
ABY
G
G
ADA
ADB
ADC
>
G
G
G
ADD
ADE
ADF
>
ADG
AEA
G
G
EAA
FAA
FAB
FAC
FAD
G
G
G
G
FAE
FAF
FAG
GFA
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
GFG
IAA
IIG
IIH
IIJ
IIL
IJA
IJB
IJC
IJD
seals, galvanized,
Greenwood
ASTM-A105/TFE
ASTM-A105, w/Teflon
seals, Greenwood
ASTM-A105/Hycar
ASTM-A105, w/Hycar seals,
Greenwood
@@ASTM-A516-70
ASTM-A516 Gr.70
ASTM-A516-60
ASTM-A516 GR 60, w/0.125
thk Monel clading
ASTM-B127 UNS N04400
@@ASTM-A516-70, galv
ASTM-A516 Gr.70,
galvanized
ASTM-A516-65
ASTM-A516 Gr.65
@@ASME-SA516-70
ASME-SA516 Gr.70
@@ASTM-A516-70,
ASTM-A516 Gr.70, Aitken,
Aitken Z1, w/0.125 CA " w/0.125 corrosion
allowance "
@@ASTM-A516-70,
ASTM-A516 Gr.70, Aitken,
Aitken Z2, w/0.25 CA " w/0.25 corrosion
allowance "
ASTM-A420-WPL6
ASTM-A420 Gr.WPL6, low
temp CS, w/Teflon seals,
Greenwood
ASTM-A204-A
ASTM-A204 Gr.A, C-Mo
ASTM-A387-5 Cl.1
ASTM-A387 Gr.5, Cl.1,
5Cr
ASTM-A387-9 Cl.1
9Cr
ASTM-A387-11 Cl.1
1.25Cr
ASTM-A387-22 Cl.1
2.25Cr
@@ASTM-A387-5 Cl.2
ASTM-A387 Gr.5, Cl.2
@@ASTM-A387-9 Cl.2
@@ASTM-A387-11 Cl.2
ASME-SA387-11 Cl.1
ASME-SA387 Gr.11, Cl.1,
1.25Cr
@@ASME-SA387-11 Cl.2
ASME-SA387 Gr.11, Cl.2
ASTM-A167-316
ASTM-A167 Type 316
ASTM-A240-316L
ASTM-A240 Type 316L
ASTM-A167-304L
ASTM-A167 Type 304L
ASTM-A167-321
ASTM-A167 Type 321
ASTM-A167-347
ASTM-A167 Type 347
@@ASTM-A240-304
ASTM-A240 Type 304
ASTM-A240-304H
ASTM-A240 Type 304H
@@ASTM-A240-304L
ASTM-A240 Type 304L
@@ASTM-A240-304,
ASTM-A240 Type 304,
Aitken, w/0.125 CA "
Aitken, w/0.125 corrosion
allowance "

G
IJE
G
G
G
G
IJI
IJJ
IJL
IJT
OAE
PAA
TGL
TGM
TGN
TGQ
TGR
@@ASTM-A240-316,
Aitken, w/0.125 CA "
ASTM-A240 Type 316,

Aitken, w/0.125 corrosion
allowance "
@@ASTM-A240-316
ASTM-A240 Type 316
@@ASTM-A240-321
ASTM-A240 Gr.TP321
ASTM-A240-347
ASTM-A240 Type 347
TP304 SS, w/TFE seals Type 304 SS, w/Teflon
seals, Greenwood
ASTM-B127
Monel
ASTM-B463
Alloy 20
phenolic gasket
phenolic gasket neoprene
facing, w/sleeve & washer,
Maloney E
phenolic gasket
phenolic gasket, w/sleeve
& washer
phenolic gasket
facing, w/sleeve & washer,
Maloney E modified
phenolic gasket
facing, w/extra long
sleeve & Maloney E,
modified
phenolic gasket
phenolic GSKT neoprene
fcng, w/extra long sleeve &
washer, Maloney E,
modified
Strainer Specialties
!
!
!
H
H
H
H
H
H
0 1 2
1 2345678901234567890 SHORT DESCRIPTION LONG DESCRIPTION
FIRST LETTER: H - STRAINER SPECIALTIES
A
Basket strainer
Basket strainer
B
Temp basket strainer Temporary basket strainer
C
Cone strainer
Cone strainer
F
Flat strainer
Flat strainer
I
Inv cone strainer
Inverted cone strainer
P
Inclin perf pl
Inclined perforated strainer
strainer
H U
T-type thru strainer Tee-type assembly straight
thru pattern strainer
H V
T-type angle strainer Tee-type assembly angle
pattern strainer
H Y
Y-type strainer
Y-pattern strainer
H
H
AA
AB
ANSI-B16.5 CL150
ANSI-B16.5 CL300
ANSI-B16.5 CL150
ANSI-B16.5 CL300
459
460
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
AC
AD
AE
AF
AG
BA
BB
BH
CA
CB
CD
DA
DB
DC
DD
SA
SB
SC
SD
SE
SF
SG
SH
SI
TA
TB
TC
TD
TE
TF
TG
A
B
D
ANSI-B16.5 CL400
ANSI-B16.5 CL600
ANSI-B16.5 CL900
ANSI-B16.5 CL1500
ANSI-B16.5 CL2500
API-605 CL150
API-605 CL300
API-605 CL75
MSS-SP-44 CL150
MSS-SP-44 CL300
MSS-SP-44 CL600
ANSI-B16.1 CL25
ANSI-B16.1 CL125
ANSI-B16.1 CL250
ANSI-B16.1 CL800
CL150
CL300
CL400
CL600
CL900
CL1500
CL2500
CL250
CL175
AWWA-C207 Cl.E
Taylor Forge CL75
Taylor Forge CL125
Taylor Forge CL175
Taylor Forge CL250
Taylor Forge CL350
FFFE
RFFE
RFFE, 125 Ra finish
ANSI-B16.5 CL400
ANSI-B16.5 CL600
ANSI-B16.5 CL900
ANSI-B16.5 CL1500
ANSI-B16.5 CL2500
API-605 CL150
API-605 CL300
API-605 CL75
MSS-SP-44 CL150
MSS-SP-44 CL300
MSS-SP-44 CL600
ANSI-B16.1 CL25
ANSI-B16.1 CL125
ANSI-B16.1 CL250
ANSI-B16.1 CL800
CL150
CL300
CL400
CL600
CL900
CL1500
CL2500
CL250
CL175
AWWA-C207 Cl.E
Taylor Forge CL75
Taylor Forge CL125
Taylor Forge CL175
Taylor Forge CL250
Taylor Forge CL350
raised face flanged ends, 125
Ra finish
RFFE, 125-500 Ra
finish
125-500 Ra finish
63-250 Ra finish
63-125 Ra finish
RFFE, 125-250 Ra
finish
125-250 Ra finish
RJFE

H
H
H
M
N
R
BW x flange
flange x BW
RFFE, 3 Ra finish
H
H
H
H
S
T
W
Z
SWE
THD
BW
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
AA
AB
AC
AD
AF
AG
AH
AI
AJ
AK
AL
AM
AN
AO
AW
BA
BB
BC
BD
CA
CB
CC
CD
CE
CF
CG
CH
CI
CJ
CK
CL
CM
CN
CO
S-5S
S-10S
S-40S
S-80S
S-10
S-20
S-30
S-40
S-60
S-80
S-100
S-120
S-140
S-160
[???]|bore to match|
S-LW
S-STD
S-XS
S-XXS
0.125 "
0.188 "
0.25 "
0.312 "
0.375 "
0.438 "
0.5 "
0.562 "
0.625 "
0.688 "
0.75 "
0.812 "
0.875 "
0.938 "
1 "
buttweld x RF flange
RF flange x buttweld
raised face flanged ends, 3 Ra
finish
socketwelded ends
threaded
buttwelded
Sch 5S
Sch 10S
Sch 40S
Sch 80S
Sch 10
Sch 20
Sch 30
Sch 40
Sch 60
Sch 80
Sch 100
Sch 120
Sch 140
Sch 160
[???]
light-weight
standard-weight
X-strong
XX-strong
0.125 "
0.188 "
0.25 "
0.312 "
0.375 "
0.438 "
0.5 "
0.562 "
0.625 "
0.688 "
0.75 "
0.812 "
0.875 "
0.938 "
1 "
461

H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
462
CP
CQ
CR
CS
DD
MA
MB
MC
MD
ME
MF
MG
MH
MI
MK
MM
MN
MO
MP
MQ
MR
MS
MT
MU
MV
PA
PB
PC
PD
PE
PF
PG
PH
PI
PJ
PK
PL
PM
PN
PO
PP
PQ
1.062 "
1.125 "
1.188 "
1.25 "
0.281 "
2.0 mm
2.5 mm
3.0 mm
3.5 mm
4.0 mm
4.5 mm
5.0 mm
6.0 mm
7.0 mm
10.0 mm
16.0 mm
20.0 mm
25.0 mm
30.0 mm
35.0 mm
40.0 mm
50.0 mm
60.0 mm
80.0 mm
100.0 mm
3.2 mm
4.8 mm
6.4 mm
7.9 mm
9.5 mm
11.1 mm
12.7 mm
14.3 mm
15.9 mm
17.5 mm
19.1 mm
20.6 mm
22.2 mm
23.8 mm
25.4 mm
27.0 mm
28.6 mm
1.062 "
1.125 "
1.188 "
1.25 "
0.281 "
2.0 mm
2.5 mm
3.0 mm
3.5 mm
4.0 mm
4.5 mm
5.0 mm
6.0 mm
7.0 mm
10.0 mm
16.0 mm
20.0 mm
25.0 mm
30.0 mm
35.0 mm
40.0 mm
50.0 mm
60.0 mm
80.0 mm
100.0 mm
3.2 mm (0.125) "
4.8 mm (0.188) "
6.4 mm (0.25) "
7.9 mm (0.312) "
9.5 mm (0.375) "
11.1 mm (0.438) "
12.7 mm (0.5) "
14.3 mm (0.562) "
15.9 mm (0.625) "
17.5 mm (0.688) "
19.1 mm (0.75) "
20.6 mm (0.812) "
22.2 mm (0.875) "
23.8 mm (0.938) "
25.4 mm (1) "
27.0 mm (1.062) "
28.6 mm (1.125) "

H
H
H
PR
PS
ZZ
30.2 mm
31.8 mm
30.2 mm (1.188) "

31.8 mm (1.25) "
CS, 33-0.125 diam holes per

in*2
in*2 ack Iron BT-W
CS, 10 mesh 0.028 SS screen
CS, 80 mesh Monel screen,
Mueller 862
CS, 0.125 perf
CS, 20 mesh 0.016 SS screen
ASTM-A516 Gr.60, 33-0.125 diam
holes per in*2 PBL
ASTM-A516 Gr.60, 33-0.125 diam
holes per in*2 PCS
ASTM-A516 Gr.60, 33-0.125 diam
holes per in*2 PCL
ASTM-A516 Gr.60, 33-0.125 diam
holes per in*2 PBS
ASTM-A516 Gr.60, 33-0.156 diam
holes per in*2 inside, Mack Iron
PCS
ASTM-A516 Gr.60, 33-0.125 diam
holes per in*2 Iron PCS mod
AAD
CS, w/SS screen
AAE
CS, w/SS screen
H
H
AAF
AAJ
CS, w/SS screen

CS, w/Monel screen
H
H
H
AAL
AAS
ACA
CS
CS, w/SS screen
ASTM-A516-60
ACB
ASTM-A516-60
ACE
ASTM-A516-60
ACG
ASTM-A516-60
ACH
ASTM-A516-60, w/SS
screen
ACK
ASTM-A516-60
ACM
ACN
ACP
ACQ
ACR
ADD
ASTM-A216-WCB,
screen
ASTM-A216-WCB,
screen
ASTM-A352-LCB,
screen
ASTM-A216-WCB,
screen
ASTM-A216-WCB,
screen
ASTM-A516-60
ADE
ASTM-A216-WCB, w/SS
screen
FFP
ASTM-A217-WC6, w/SS
screen
FFR
IAB
ASTM-A182-F22, w/SS
screen
316 SS/LO CS
IID
w/SS
w/SS
w/SS
w/SS
w/SS
ASTM-A351-CF8M, w/SS
screen
ASTM-A216 Gr.WCB, 20 mesh SS

screen, Mueller 860 Series
ASTM-A352 Gr.LCB, SS screen,
Mueller 862-BC
ASTM-A216 Gr.WCB, 0.045 SS
screen
ASTM-A516 Gr.60, 16 Ga,
132-0.063 diam holes per in*2
Iron PBS
ASTM-A216 GR WCB/SS screen,
33-0.125 diam holes per in*2
Mueller 860 Series
ASTM-A217 Gr.WC6,
1.25Cr-0.5Mo, 30 mesh SS screen,
Mueller
ASTM-A182 Gr.F22, 2.25Cr,
0.045 SS screen
316 SS basket, low CS gasket
ring, Winston 51P
ASTM-A351 Gr.CF8M 316 SS, 0.125
diam holes Mueller 760 Series
463
464
IIE
ASTM-A351-CF3M, w/SS
screen
ASTM-A351-CF8, w/SS
screen
ASTM-A351-CF8, w/SS
screen
ASTM-A351-CF8M
IIG
IIH
IIJ
H
H
H
IJP
IJR
IJS
304 SS, w/SS screen

304 SS, w/SS screen
ASTM-A240-304, w/SS
screen
IJT
ASTM-A240-304, w/SS
screen
IJU
ASTM-A240-316
IJV
ASTM-A240-316
IJW
ASTM-A240-304
IJX
ASTM-A240-304
IJY
ASTM-A240-304
IKA
ASTM-A240-304, w/SS
screen
IKB
ASTM-A240-304, w/SS
screen
IKC
ASTM-A240-321, w/SS
screen
IKD
IKE
ASTM-A240-321, w/SS
screen
ASTM-A351-CF8C
IKF
316 SS, w/SS screen
IKG
CS, w/SS screen
PAA
ASTM-A351-CN7M,
w/Alloy 20 screen
ZAA
ASTM-A395, w/SS
screen
ASTM-A351 Gr.CF3M, 316L SS,

0.057 SS screen Mueller
ASTM-A351 Gr.CF8, 304 SS, 0.045
SS screen Series
ASTM-A351 Gr.CF8, 304 SS, 0.033
SS screen Series
ASTM-A351 GR CF8M, 33-0.125
diam holes per in*2 Series
304 SS, 20 mesh 0.016 SS screen
304 SS, 20 mesh 0.016 SS screen
ASTM-A240 Type 304, 33-0.125
diam holes per in*2 Mack Iron
PBL
ASTM-A240 Type 304, 33-0.125
diam holes per in*2 Mack Iron
PBL
ASTM-A240 Type 316, 33-0.125
diam holes per in*2 PCS
ASTM-A240 Type 316, 33-0.125
diam holes per in*2 PBS
ASTM-A240 Type 304, 33-0.125
diam holes per in*2 PBL
ASTM-A240 Type 304, 33-0.125
diam holes per in*2 PBS
ASTM-A240 Type 304, 33-0.125
diam holes per in*2 PCS
ASTM-A240 Type 304, 33-0.125
diam holes per in*2 lined, Mack
Iron PBS
ASTM-A240 Type 304, 33-0.125
diam holes per in*2 covered,
Mack Iron PBS
ASTM-A240-Type 321, 33-0.125
diam holes per in*2 covered,
Mack Iron PBS lined, Mack Iron
PBS
ASTM-A240-Type 321, 33-0.125
diam holes per in*2
ASTM-A351 Gr.CF8C, 347 SS,
Mueller 862-BC
316 SS, 33-0.125 holes per in*2
w/0.02 wire diam "
in*2 20X20, w/0.02 wire diam "
ASTM-A351 Gr.CN7M, 33-0.125
diam holes per in*2 Alloy 20 "
screen, Ladish 6278
ASTM-A395 DI, 316 SS screen,
0.057 diam perforated screen
Mueller No 761

H
ZAB
ASTM-A395, w/Monel
screen
ASTM-A395 DI, Monel screen,

0.057 diam perforated screen
Mueller
ZAC
ASTM-A395, w/SS
screen
ASTM-A395, ductile iron,

galvanized, 0.045 SS screen
Mueller 251-DI
ZAD
ASTM-A395, w/SS
screen

galvanized, 100 mesh SS screen,
Mueller 251-DI
ZAE
ASTM-A395, w/SS
screen

galvanized, 0.045 SS screen
Mueller 751-DI
Instrument Specialties
! 0 1 2
! FIRST LETTER: I - INSTRUMENT SPECIALTIES (PDS WILL NOT USE)
I AA
Air selector
Air selector
I AD
adapter
adapter
I AE
Reducing adapter Reducing adapter
I AJ
Syphon
Syphon
I BA
Banding kit
Banding kit
I BJ
Junction box
Junction box
I BO
Heated enclosure Heated enclosure
I BP
Pipe clamp
Pipe clamp
I BR
Pipe hex nipple
Pipe nex nipple
I CB
Machine bolt
Machine bolt
I CN
Nut
Nut, w/spring
I CP
Push clips
Push clips
I CR
Expansion anchor Expansion anchor
I CS
Split washer
Split washer
I CT
Threaded rod
Threaded rod
I CU
Machine screw
Flat head machine screw
I DA
Dampener
Pulsation dampener
I EA
Splice
Splice
I FF
Filter, tee type Filter, tee type
465
466
I FR
Filter regulator Filter regulator
I GM
Gauge mounting
kit
Gauge mounting kit
I GP
Pressure gauge
Pressure gauge
I GR
Receiver gauge
Receiver gauge
I HC
Conduit clamp
Heavy duty conduit clamp
I LA
Ladder tray
Ladder tray
I LB
Channel
Channel
I LC
Cover
Cover
I LD
Dropout
Dropout
I LE
Expansion
connector
Expansion connector
I LF
Flat connector
Flat connector, w/5% extra bolts &

nuts DS-8530-1/DS-8524-1
I LG
Reducer
Reducer connector offset
connector offset
I LH
Hold down clip,

w/guide
Hold down clip, w/guide
I LL
Elbow 90 deg
Elbow 90 deg
I LR
Reducer
Reducer
I LT
Tee
Tee
I MA
Air manifold
Air manifold
I OR
Restriction
orifice
Restriction orifice
I PC
Cond pot
Condensate pot
I PD
Drip pot,
w/mounting tab
Drip pot, w/mounting tab
I PP
Seal patch
Seal patch
I PS
Seal pot
Seal pot
I RA
Air relay
Air relay
I RB
Booster relay
Booster relay
I RG
O ring gasket
O ring gasket
I RO
Rotometer
Rotometer
I RR
Relay
Relay
I SC
Column mount
support
Column mount support
I SF
Floor mount
support
Floor mount support

I SL
Line mount
support
Line mount support
I SO
Off-platform
mount Support
Off-platform mount support
I SP
Platform mount
support
Platform mount support
I SS
Surface mount
support
Surface mount support
I SW
Wall mount
support
Wall mount support
I UA
Packing gland
Packing gland
I VA
Vert adapter
Vertical adapter
I WR
Raceway,
w/connector
Raceway, w/connector & 5% extra

drive rivets
I YA
Vent plug
Vent plug
I YB
Bugproof vent
Bugproof vent
I ZZ
single pipe mount single pipe instr mount
single mount
double pipe mount double pipe instr mount
double mount, w/1 double instr mount, w/1 plate

plate
double mount, w/1 double instr mount, w/1 pipe & 1

pipe & 1 plate
plate
triple mount, w/2 triple instr mount, w/2 pipe & 1

pipe & 1 plate
plate
single angle
mount
single angle mount
horizontal
horizontal for ladder tray

fittings
double angle
mount
double angle mount
100 band, w/100 100 band, w/100 clips

clips
double mount, w/1 double mount, w/1 pipe & 1 angle

pipe & 1 angle
double mount
triple mount, w/1 triple instr mount, w/1 pipe & 1

pipe & 1 plate
plate
single instr mount
double mount
467

I
panel, w/angle
legs
panel, w/angle legs
std
standard
vertical
vertical for ladder tray fittings
angled
angled
inside
inside
outside
outside
straight
straight
w/air header
w/air header
w/o air header
w/o air header
CA
clamped
clamped
CB
cabled
cables
CC
welded
welded
CD
bolted
bolted
CE
U-bolt
U-bolt
FA
flanged
flanged
SW
SW
socketwelded
TA
THD
threaded
TF
FTE
female pipe thread
TG
FTE x red MTE
female pipe thread x reducing male

pipe thread
TL
MTE back conn
male pipe thread back connection
TM
MTE
male pipe thread
TN
MTE bottom conn
male pipe thread bottom connection
TS
male SW x FTE
male socketwelded x female pipe

thread
TT
tube x tube
tube x tube
TX
MTE x FTE
male x female pipe thread
WB
BW
buttwelded
ZZ
468
AAA
carbon steel
carbon steel

I
AAC
CS
CS AISI-1018, Hex 10025-002 thru

10030-002
AAD
CS
CS, w/303 SS inner tubes,

Anderson-Greenwood CT7-44
AAE
AISI-C1018
AISI-C1018, barstock, Cajon Series

RA
AAF
AISI-C1018
AISI-C1018, barstock, Cajon

S-MPW-7
AAH
ASTM-A106-B
ASTM-A106 Gr.B, w/1/16 eccentricity
AAI
ASTM-A106-B
ASTM-A106 Gr.B, Shirlee Ind

2090-1000
AAJ
CS
CS, Shirlee Ind 3100-5000
AAK
CS
CS, Shirlee Ind 3101-5000
AAL
CS
CS, Shirlee Ind 3101-2500-1
AAM
ASME-SA105,
SA106-B
ASME-SA105, SA106-B, Shirlee Ind

3101-5000
AAN
ASTM-A106-B,
S-80
ASTM-A106 Gr.B, S-80, Shirlee Ind

2090-2500-1
AAO
ASTM-A106-B

35.51-2500
AAP
ASTM-A106-B

3101-2500
AAQ
CS
CS, Unistrut P-3300
AAR
CS
CS, galvanized Unistrut P-2033
AAS
CS
AAT
CS
AAU
CS
AAV
CS
AAW
CS
CS, galvanized Unistrut P-1000 HS
AAX
CS
CS, electro galvanized, w/spring

Unistrut P-1010
AAY
CS
CS, electro galvanized Unistrut

HFMS050100EG
ABA
ASTM-A106-B
ASTM-A106 Gr.B, Det XAA
ABB
CS
CS, Det MHA
ABC
CS
CS, Det MDA & MEA
ABD
CS
CS, Det MIA
ABE
CS
CS, Det MFB
ABF
CS
CS, Det MAA & MAC
469

I
ABG
CS
CS, Det MAB & MAD
ABH
CS
CS, Det MDB & MEB
ABI
CS
CS, Det MFA
ABJ
CS
CS, Det MGA
ABK
CS
CS, Det MGB
ABL
CS
CS, Det MHB
ABN
CS
CS, Det MDG & MEG
ABO
CS
CS, Det MDH & MEH
ABP
CS
CS, Det MDF & MEF
ABQ
CS
CS, Det MHG
ABR
CS
CS, Det MHF
ABS
CS
CS, Det MHH
ABT
CS
CS, Det MFF
ABU
CS
CS, Det MFG
ABV
CS
CS, Det MCA
ABW
CS
CS, Det MCB
ABX
CS
CS, Det MBA
ABY
CS
CS, Det MBB
ABZ
CS
CS, Det MJA THRU MJK
ACA
CS
CS, Det MAE & MAG
ACB
CS
CS, Det MAF & MAH
ACC
CS
CS, Det MBC
ACD
CS
CS, Det MBD
ACE
CS
CS, Det MCC
ACF
CS
CS, Det MCD
ACG
CS
CS, Det MAI & MAJ
ACH
CS
CS, Det MAK & MAL
ACI
CS
CS, Det MBE
CS
CS, Det MBF
ACJ
470
ACK
CS
CS, Det MCE
ACL
CS
CS, Det MCF
ACM
CS
CS, Det MJX
ACN
CS
CS, Det MJY
ACO
CS
CS, Det MJZ
ACP
CS
CS, Det MKA

I
ACQ
CS
CS, Det MKB
ACR
CS
CS, Det MIB
ACS
CS
CS, Det MHI
ACT
CS
CS, Det MIC
ACU
CS
CS, Det MID
ACV
CS
CS, Det MDI
ACW
CS
CS, Det MKF
ACX
CS
CS, Det MHC
ADA
CS
CS, Det MLA
ADB
CS
CS, Det MLB
ADC
CS
CS, Det MLC
ADD
CS
CS, Det MLD
ADE
CS
CS, Det MLE
ADF
CS
CS, Det MLF
ADG
CS
CS, Det MLG
ADH
CS
CS, Det MLH
ADI
CS
CS, Det MLI
ADJ
CS
CS, Det MLJ
ADK
CS
CS, Det MLK
ADL
CS
CS, Det MLL
ADM
CS
CS, Det MLM
ADN
CS
CS, Det MDJ
ADO
CS
CS, Det MBG
ADP
CS
CS, Det MBH
ADQ
CS
CS, Det MCG
ADR
CS
CS, Det MDC
ADS
CS
CS, Det MDD
ADT
CS
CS, Det MDE
ADV
CS
CS, Det MIE
ADW
CS
CS, Det MHD
ADX
CS
CS, Det MHE
ADY
CS
CS, Det MIF
ADZ
CS
CS, Det MIG
AEB
CS
CS, Det MIH
AEC
CS
CS, Det MOG
471
472
AED
CS
CS, Det MPG
AEE
CS
CS, Det MFJ
AEF
CS
CS, Minerallac H75
AEG
CS
CS, Det MDK
AZZ
matl unspec
no matl specified
CAA
CS
CS, P-W Ind 18-1442-0024-(Size-1)

or approved equal
CAB
CS
CS, P-W Ind 1442-1302-02 or approved

equal
CAC
CS

equal
CAD
CS
CS, P-W Ind 18-1442-9012-(Size-1)

Series 2 or approved equal
CAE
CS
CS, P-W Ind 18-1442-9112-(Size-1)

Series 2 or approved equal
CAF
CS
CS, P-W Ind

1442-01-(Size-1)-(Size-2) or
approved equal
CAG
CS
CS, P-W Ind 1442-9212-(Size-1) or

approved equal
CAH
CS
CS, P-W Ind 1442-2012-(Size-1) or

approved equal
CAI
CS
CS, P-W Ind 9987-0249-(Size-1) or

approved equal
CAJ
CS

equal
CAK
CS

equal
CAL
CS
CS pre-galvanized steel, P-W Ind

2501-0016-(Size 1)-1301 & DS-8500-01
or approved equal
CAM
SS
TP304 SS, P-W Ind DS-9004-(Size 1)

or approved equal
CAN
CS
CS, P-W Ind 9985-1893-01, w/bolt,

nut & lockwasher or approved equal
CAO
CS
CS, P-W Ind 1442-1304-(Size 1) or

approved equal
CAP
CS
CS, P-W Ind 9985-1893-01,

w/carriage bolt & std spring
EAB
ASTM-A335-P11
ASTM-A335 Gr.P11, 1.25Cr, Det XAB
FAA
316 SS FILTER
316 SS filter, Nupro SS-(Size

1)-TF-7

I
IAA
stainless steel
stainless steel
IAB
SS
316 SS ASTM-A479 TP316, Hex

10025-002 thru 10030-002
IAC
316 SS
316 SS
IAF
316 SS
316 SS, Hex HK111U24 no equal
IAG
SS
SS, P-W Ind 9996-0904-01 or approved

equal
IAH
316 SS
316 SS, Cajon SS-4-RA-2
IAI
316 SS
316 SS, Mid-West 150SH
IAJ
316 SS
316 SS, w/316 SS inner & outer tube,

Anderson-Greenwood CT7S-44
IBB
SS
316 SS, Ashcroft 1009 or approved

equal
IBC
SS
316 SS, Ashcroft 1008S or approved

equal
IBD
SS
316 SS, Ashcroft 1008A or approved

equal
IIH
ASTM-A312-304
ASTM-A312 Type 304, w/1/16

eccentricity
IIJ
ASTM-A479-316
ASTM-A479 Type 316, barstock, Cajon

MPW-A-IPS
IIK
ASTM-A479-316
ASTM-A479 Type 316, barstock, Cajon

Series RA
IIL
304 SS
304 SS, Shirlee Ind 3100-6500-304
IIM
304 SS
304 SS, Shirlee Ind 3101-6500-304
IIN
ASTM-A312-304
ASTM-A312 Type 304, Shirlee Ind

2090-2500-1-304
IIO
ASTM-A312-304

35.53-2500-304
IIP
ASTM-A312-304

3101-2500-304
IIQ
ASTM-A312-304

2090-5000-1-304
IIR
ASTM-A312-304

35.51-5000-304
IIS
ASTM-A312-304

3101-5000-304
NAA
bronze
bronze
NAB
brass
brass ASTM-B16, Hex 10025-002 thru

10030-002
NAC
brass
brass, Fisher P-594-1
473
474
RAA
die cast zinc
die cast zinc, Fisher Y602-7, -13
SAA
aluminum
aluminum
SBB
die cast aluminum die cast aluminum, Masoneilan 77-40

or approved equal
SBC
die cast aluminum die cast aluminum, Masoneilan 77-4

or approved equal
SBD
die cast aluminum die cast aluminum, Yokogawa

Hokushin Electric #T44A
SCA
aluminum allloy
aluminum alloy 6063-T6, P-W

Industries 09-4F14-0024-(Size 1)
SCB
aluminum alloy

Industries 4F14-1302-02
SCC
aluminum alloy

Industries 9998-0249-(Size 1)
SCD
aluminum alloy

Industries 4F14-1314-02
SCE
aluminum alloy

Industries 09-4F14-9012-(Size 1) Ser
2
SCF
aluminum alloy

2
SCG
aluminum alloy

2
SCI
aluminum alloy

2
SCJ
aluminum alloy

Industries 5501-0016-(Size 1)
TAA
Teflon
Teflon, Rosemount O1151-0035-0003

or approved equal
TAB
Viton
Viton, Rosemount 01151-0035-0001 or

approved equal
TAC
Thermoplastic
Thermoplastic, Dekoron 1540-10000

or approved equal
XXX
matl per reqn
matl per specification ??
ZAB
cast iron
cast iron, Fisher 254
ZAC
ASTM-A126
ASTM-A126 cast iron, Varec 42S
ZZZ
no matl reqd
no matl required for this detail
Pipe Supports
! 0 1 2
! FIRST LETTER: J - PIPE SUPPORTS (PDS WILL NOT USE)
J BA
NA base support
Base support non-adjustable
J BB
ADJ base support
Base support adjustable
J BC
Welded beam attach
Welded beam attachment
J BD
Rigid base support
Base support rigid
J BE
Bolt-on base support
Bolt-on base support
J BF
Bolt-on base spring

support
Bolt-on base spring support
J BG
Base support, w/slide Bolt-on base support,

plate
w/slide plate
J BH
NA base support,
w/slide plate
Base support, w/slide plate
J BR
Bracket
Bracket
J BS
Base spring support
Base spring support
J CA
Hvy 2-bolt clamp
Heavy 2 bolt clamp
J CB
Hvy 3-bolt clamp
Heavy 3 bolt clamp
J CC
Adj clevis
Adjustable clevis hanger
J CD
Pipe clamp
Pipe clamp
J CE
3-bolt pipe clamp
3 bolt pipe clamp
J CR
Riser clamp
Riser clamp
J DA
Dummy support
Dummy extension support
J EA
Fastener
Fastener
J EB
U-bolt, w/nuts
U-bolt, w/4 nuts
J EC
Weldless eye nut
Weldless eye nut
J ED
Welded eye rod
Welded eye rod
J FA
Pipe lug
Pipe lug
J FB
Beam
Beam
J FC
Trapeze
Trapeze
J FD
Vert beam support
Vertical beam support
J FE
Stabilizer
Stabilizer
J FF
Horiz beam support
Horizontal beam support
J FG
Pick-up support
Pick-up support
475

J FH
Welding lug
Welding lug
J FI
Frame support
Frame support
J FS
Flexible strut
Flexible strut
J GA
Vibration pipe clamp
Vibration pipe clamp
J HA
Hanger rod assem
Pipe hanger rod assembly
J IS
Instr support
Instrument support
J PA
Pipe anchor
Pipe anchor
J PB
Pipe anchor & guide
Pipe andhor & guide
J PC
Bolt-on shoe
Bolt-on pipe shoe
J PD
Bolt-on shoe & guide
Bolt-on shoe & guide
J PE
Bolt-on shoe anchor
Bolt-on shoe anchor
J PG
Pipe guide
Pipe guide
J PH
Pipe shoe, w/slide
Pipe shoe, w/slide bearing
J PI
Insul pipe support

saddle
Insulated pipe support

saddle
J PJ
Pipe shoe, w/guides
Pipe shoe, w/guides
J PK
Pipe protection
saddle
Pipe covering protection

saddle
J PP
Pipe support pad
Pipe support pad
J PS
Pipe shoe
Pipe shoe
J RA
Rod
Rod
J RB
Threaded rod
Threaded rod
J RC
THD rod, both ends
Threaded rod, both ends
J SB
Sway brace
Sway brace
J SH
Spring hanger
Spring hanger
J SM
Structural member
Structural member
J SP
Slide
Slide
J SS
Structural shape
Structural shape
J VA
Vessel bracket
Pipe bracket for vertical

Vessel
J VG
Vessel guide
Vessel pipe guide
J VH
Bolt-on vessel guide
Bolt-on vessel guide
J VL
Vessel lugs
Pipe lugs for vessel bracket
J VS
Snubber
Snubber
J ZZ
476

J
Heat or uninsulated
Heat insulated or
uninsulated
Cold or uninsulated
Cold insulated or
uninsulated
Cold insulated
Cold insulated
Cold insul single

layer
Cold insulated single layer
Cold insul double

layer
Cold insulated double layer
Heat insulated
Heat insulated
Dual purp, single

layer
Dual purpose, single layer
Dual purp, double

layer
Dual purpose, double layer
Uninsulated
Uninsulated
Plate
Plate
Flat bar
Flat bar
Angle
Angle
Channel
Channel
I-beam
I-beam
Wide flange
Wide flange
ST structural tee
ST structural tee
Tube
Tube
Attach to conc beam
Attach to concrete beam
Attach to conc col
Attach to conc column
Attach to steel
Attachment to steel
2 "
2 "
3 "
3 "
4 "
4 "
5 "
5 "
6 "
6 "
477
478
7 "
7 "
8 "
8 "
50 mm
50 mm
75 mm
75 mm
100 mm
100 mm
125 mm
125 mm
150 mm
150 mm
175 mm
175 mm
200 mm
200 mm
height per reqn
height per specification ??
AA
CS Spec 400-303-1
CS per Specification
400-303, Det 1
AAB
CS Spec 400-303-2
400-303, Det 2
AAC
CS Spec 400-303-3
400-303, Det 3
AAD
CS Spec 400-303-4
400-303, Det 4
AAE
CS Spec 400-303-1A
400-303, Det 1A
ACA
CS Spec 400-306-2
400-306, Det 2
ACB
CS Spec 400-306-1
400-306, Det 1
ACC
CS Spec 400-307-1A
400-307, Det 1A
ACD
CS Spec 400-306-4
400-306, Det 4
ACE
CS Spec 400-306-6
400-306, Det 6
ACF
CS Spec 400-307-2A
400-307, Det 2A
ACG
CS Spec 400-306-8
400-306, Det 8
ACH
CS Spec 400-306-7
400-306, Det 7
ACI
CS Spec 400-307-3A
400-307, Det 3A

J
ACK
CS Spec 400-306-5
400-306, Det 5
ACM
CS Spec 400-306-3
400-306, Det 3
ACN
CS Spec 400-306-9
400-306, Det 9
ADA
CS Spec 400-312-7
400-312, Det 7
ADD
CS Spec 400-312-6
400-312, Det 6
AEW
CS Spec 400-307-13
400-307, Det 13
AFA
CS Spec 400-323-76,
78, 80
400-323, Det 76, 78, 80
AFB
CS Spec 400-323-82
400-323, Det 82
AFG
CS Spec 400-323-6, 8, CS per Specification

10
400-323, Det 6, 8, 10
AFH
CS Spec 400-323-12
400-323, Det 12
AHA
CS Spec 400-304-1
400-304, Det 1
AHB
CS Spec 400-304-2
400-304, Det 2
AHC
CS Spec 400-304-3
400-304, Det 3
AHD
CS Spec 400-304-4
400-304, Det 4
AHE
CS Spec 400-304-5
400-304, Det 5
AHF
CS Spec 400-304-8
400-304, Det 8
AHG
CS Spec 400-304-11
400-304, Det 11
AHH
CS Spec 400-304-13
400-304, Det 13
AHI
CS Spec 400-304-14
400-304, Det 14
AHJ
CS Spec 400-304-15
400-304, Det 15
AHK
CS Spec 400-304-17
400-304, Det 17
479
480
AHL
CS Spec 400-304-21
400-304, Det 21
AHM
CS Spec 400-304-22
400-304, Det 22
AHN
CS Spec 400-304-23
400-304, Det 23
AHO
CS Spec 400-304-25
400-304, Det 25
AHP
CS Spec 400-304-27
400-304, Det 27
AHQ
CS Spec 400-304-28
400-304, Det 28
AHR
CS Spec 400-304-29
400-304, Det 29
AHS
CS Spec 400-304-31
400-304, Det 31
AHU
CS Spec 400-304-33
400-304, Det 33
AHV
CS Spec 400-304-34
400-304, Det 34
AHW
CS Spec 400-304-36
400-304, Det 36
AHX
CS Spec 400-304-37
400-304, Det 37
AHY
CS Spec 400-304-16
400-304, Det 16
AHZ
CS Spec 400-304-18
400-304, Det 18
BEL
CS Spec 400-307-22
400-307, Det 22
BEM
CS Spec 400-307-23
400-307, Det 23
BEN
CS Spec 400-307-24
400-307, Det 24
BEO
CS Spec 400-307-25
400-307, Det 25
BEP
CS Spec 400-307-26
400-307, Det 26
BHA
CS Spec 400-304-20
400-304, Det 20
BHB
CS Spec 400-304-24
400-304, Det 24

J
CAA
ASTM-A516-65
ASTM-A516 Gr.65
CAC
ASTM-A307-A
ASTM-A307 Gr.A, w/4

assembled nuts
CAD
ASTM-A36
ASTM-A36
CAE
ASTM-A105
ASTM-A105
CAG
ASTM-A36
ASTM-A36, Grinnell Fig 162
CAH
CS
CS, Grinnell Fig 140,

w/tensile strength per Cat
PH83
FAA
Cr Spec 400-303-1
chrome steel per

Specification 400-303, Det 1
FAB
Cr Spec 400-303-2
chrome steel per

FAC
Cr Spec 400-303-3
chrome steel per

FAD
Cr Spec 400-303-4
chrome steel per

FAE
Cr Spec 400-303-1A
chrome steel per

Specification 400-303, Det
1A
FCA
Cr Spec 400-306-2
chrome steel per

FCB
Cr Spec 400-306-1
chrome steel per

FCC
Cr Spec 400-307-1A
chrome steel per

1A
FCD
Cr Spec 400-306-4
chrome steel per

FCE
Cr Spec 400-306-6
chrome steel per

FCF
Cr Spec 400-307-2A
chrome steel per

2A
FCG
Cr Spec 400-306-8
chrome steel per

Sprache

Willkommen bei Scribd!

PDS Piping Component Data

Hochgeladen von

Dokumentinformationen

Beschreibung:

Datum des Uploads

Copyright

Verfügbare Formate

Dieses Dokument teilen

Dokument teilen oder einbetten

Freigabeoptionen

Stufen Sie dieses Dokument als nützlich ein?

Sind diese Inhalte unangemessen?

Beschreibung:

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

PDS Piping Component Data

Hochgeladen von

Beschreibung:

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

Verwandte Titel

Plant Design System (PDS)

Piping Component Data

Version 2011 (V12)

U.S. Government Restricted Rights Legend

Warranties and Liabilities

Plant Design System (PDS) Piping Component Data

Plant Design System (PDS) Piping Component Data

Plant Design System (PDS) Piping Component Data

Plant Design System (PDS) Piping Component Data

Plant Design System (PDS) Piping Component Data

Plant Design System (PDS) Piping Component Data

Plant Design System (PDS) Piping Component Data

Plant Design System (PDS) Piping Component Data

Plant Design System (PDS) Piping Component Data

Plant Design System (PDS) Piping Component Data

Plant Design System (PDS) Piping Component Data

Plant Design System (PDS) Piping Component Data

List of PDS Documentation

DPDS3-PB-200003 - DesignReview Integrator (PD_Review) Reference Guide

Plant Design System (PDS) Piping Component Data

Reference Data File Descriptions

Piping Job Specification File Descriptions

Plant Design System (PDS) Piping Component Data

Pipe Support Family

Non-Database Part of the Piping Job Specification

Plant Design System (PDS) Piping Component Data

Non-Database Part of Item Descriptions

Plant Design System (PDS) Piping Component Data

Seed File Definitions

Piping Job Specification

Alphanumeric Commodity Data

Piping Job Specification Tables

Piping Commodities Long

Piping Specialties, Pipe Supports

Graphic Commodity Library

Commodity Dimension Tables

Model Seed File

Plant Design System (PDS) Piping Component Data

Plant Design System (PDS) Piping Component Data

Unit Name Code

Angle between runs

Plant Design System (PDS) Piping Component Data

Unit Name Code

Grams per cubic meter

Kilograms per cubic

Kilograms per liter

Kilopounds (kips) per

Kilopounds (kips) per inch KLB_IN

Kilopounds (kips) per foot KLB_FT

Pounds per cubic foot

Pounds per UK gallon

Pounds per US gallon

Kilograms per cubic

Plant Design System (PDS) Piping Component Data

Unit Name Code

Kilograms per square

Kilograms per square